UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from        to       
Commission file number 000-49728
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
 incorporation or organization)
87-0617894
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
27-01 Queens Plaza North, Long Island City, New York 11101
(Address, including zip code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
(718) 286-7900
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value                        The NASDAQ Global Select Market
Participating Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ý No o     
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No  ý     
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý  No  o
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý  No  o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Yes  o  No  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of ''large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer'' and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
Large accelerated filer ý                  Accelerated filer           o
Non-accelerated filer o                  Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o  No  ý
The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 28, 2013 was approximately $1.5 billion (based on the last reported sale price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on that date). The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock as of January 31, 2014 was 295,632,350 shares.





DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is to be filed subsequent to the date hereof, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.




Table of Contents
PART I.
Item 1.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A.
 
 
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
 
PART II.
 
 
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A.
Item 8.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III.
 
 
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV.
 
 
Item 15.

i



FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

Statements in this Form 10-K (or otherwise made by JetBlue or on JetBlue’s behalf) contain various forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions concerning future events. When used in this document and in documents incorporated herein by reference, the words “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “indicates,” “believes,” “forecast,” “guidance,” “outlook,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “targets” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, and are based on information currently available to us. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements due to many factors, including, without limitation, our extremely competitive industry; volatility in financial and credit markets which could affect our ability to obtain debt and/or lease financing or to raise funds through debt or equity issuances; increases and volatility in fuel prices, maintenance costs and interest rates; our ability to implement our growth strategy; our significant fixed obligations and substantial indebtedness; our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel and maintain our culture as we grow; our reliance on high daily aircraft utilization; our dependence on the New York metropolitan market and the effect of increased congestion in this market; our reliance on automated systems and technology; our being subject to potential unionization, work stoppages, slowdowns or increased labor costs; our reliance on a limited number of suppliers; our presence in some international emerging markets that may experience political or economic instability or may subject us to legal risk; reputational and business risk from information security breaches; changes in or additional government regulation; changes in our industry due to other airlines' financial condition; a continuance of the economic recessionary conditions in the U.S. or a further economic downturn leading to a continuing or accelerated decrease in demand for domestic and business air travel; and external geopolitical events and conditions. It is routine for our internal projections and expectations to change as the year or each quarter in the year progresses, and therefore it should be clearly understood that the internal projections, beliefs and assumptions upon which we base our expectations may change prior to the end of each quarter or year. Although these expectations may change, we may not inform you if they do.
You should understand that many important factors, in addition to those discussed or incorporated by reference in this report, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Potential factors that could affect our results include, in addition to others not described in this report, those described in Item 1A of this report under “Risks Related to JetBlue” and “Risks Associated with the Airline Industry.” In light of these risks and uncertainties, the forward-looking events discussed in this report might not occur.


ii




ITEM 1. BUSINESS

OVERVIEW
General
JetBlue Airways Corporation, or JetBlue, is New York's Hometown Airline™. In 2013 JetBlue carried over 30 million passengers with an average of 800 daily flights and served 82 destinations in the United States, the Caribbean and Latin America.
JetBlue was incorporated in Delaware in August 1998, commenced service on February 11, 2000 and by the end of 2013 had grown to become the 5th largest passenger carrier in the U.S. based on revenue passenger miles as reported by these passenger airlines. We believe our differentiated product and service offering combined with our competitive cost advantage enables us to compete fiercely in the high-value geography we serve. Looking to the future we plan to continue to grow in our high-value geography, invest in industry-leading products and provide award winning service by our 15,000 dedicated employees, whom we refer to as Crewmembers. We believe in the future we will continue to differentiate ourselves from the other airlines, enable us to continue to attract a higher mix of business travelers and allocate further profitable growth to the Caribbean and Latin America. We are focused on driving to deliver solid results for our shareholders, our Crewmembers and our customers.
As used in this Form 10-K, the terms “JetBlue”, “we”, “us”, “our” and similar terms refer to JetBlue Airways Corporation and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise. Our principal executive offices are located at 27-01 Queens Plaza North, Long Island City, New York 11101 and our telephone number is (718) 286-7900.
Our Industry and Competition
The U.S. airline industry is extremely competitive, challenging and often volatile. It is uniquely susceptible to external factors such as domestic and international economic downturns, inclement weather, natural disasters and acts of terrorism. We operate in a capital and energy intensive industry which has high fixed costs as well as heavy taxation and fees. Airline returns are sensitive to slight changes in fuel prices, average fare levels and passenger demand. The principal competitive factors in the airline industry include fares, brand and customer service, route networks, flight schedules, aircraft types, safety records, code-sharing and interline relationships, in-flight entertainment and connectivity systems and frequent flyer programs.
Price competition is strong in our industry and occurs through price discounting, fare matching, targeted sale promotions, ancillary fee additions and frequent flyer travel initiatives. All of these measures are usually matched by other airlines in order to maintain their competitive position. Our ability to meet this price competition depends on, among other things, our ability to operate at costs equal to or lower than our competitors.
Since 2001, the majority of traditional network airlines have undergone significant financial restructuring including bankruptcies, mergers and consolidations. These processes typically result in a lower cost structure through reduction of labor costs, restructuring of commitments (including debt terms, leases and fleet), modification or termination of pension plans, increased workforce flexibility and innovative offerings. These actions also have provided significant opportunities for realignment of route networks, alliances and frequent flyer programs. These factors have had a significant influence on the industry's improved profitability.

2013 OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS
We believe our differentiated product, high-value geography and competitive cost advantage relative to the other airlines have contributed to our continued success in 2013. Our 2013 operational highlights include:
Fleet - We restructured our long-term order book so as to better match our capacity with network demand at a lower unit cost in the future. Specifically, we deferred 24 EMBRAER 190 aircraft from 2014-2018 to 2020-2022, converted 18 Airbus A320 positions to larger A321s and added an incremental order for 35 A321 aircraft. All Airbus aircraft delivered going forward are to be equipped with Sharklets® which are expected to reduce fuel consumption. Most of the aircraft currently in our fleet are expected to be retrofitted with Sharklets® starting in 2015. Finally, we took delivery of the Airbus A321, a variant of the A320. With up to 190 seats we expect it will help us better serve our high-value geography more effectively.

1



Product enhancements - Throughout 2013 we continued to invest in industry-leading products which we believe will continue to differentiate our product offering from the other airlines. We launched Fly-Fi™ in-flight internet service with connectivity speed significantly faster than those offered by other U.S. airlines. We expect to complete the retrofit of our Airbus fleet with Fly-Fi™ by the end of 2014 and anticipate retrofitting the Embraer fleet shortly thereafter. We announced our premium transcontinental service, Mint™, which is scheduled to commence June 2014. Mint™ is designed to include 16 fully lie-flat beds, four of which will be in suites with privacy door a first in the U.S. domestic market.
Network - We continued to expand and grow in our high-value geography. Specifically, we grew our Boston network with nearly 80,000 flights in 2013. We are now the largest carrier in Boston and account for more than 30% of all flights by U.S. carriers from this airport. We expanded operations in San Juan, Puerto Rico and built relationships with smaller airlines throughout the Caribbean to help feed these operations. We are working with the local authorities of Broward County, Florida, who have committed to runway and terminal expansion plans at Fort Lauderdale-Hollywood Airport. These plans align with our future plans at Fort Lauderdale-Hollywood of growing to 100 flights per day.
TrueBlue and partnerships - In June we announced members of our TrueBlue frequent flyer program could earn and keep points without expiration. In October we became the first U.S. airline to offer family pooling where families and small groups can now elect to earn and share TrueBlue points, free of charge. Our customers determine their own "family". Additionally, we expanded our portfolio of commercial airline partnerships throughout the year and began codeshare agreements with current partners Emirates in October and South African Airways in December.
Customer Service - We were recognized by J.D. Power and Associates for the ninth consecutive year as the “Highest in Airline Customer Satisfaction among Low-Cost Carriers.” We were additionally recognized by Airline Ratings as the "Best Low Cost Airline – The Americas" receiving 7/7 stars for safety, and 5/5 stars for our product offering.

THE JETBLUE EXPERIENCE AND STRATEGY
We offer our customers a distinctive flying experience which we refer to as the “JetBlue Experience”. We believe we deliver award winning service which focuses on the customer experience from booking their itinerary to arrival at their final destination. Typically our customers are neither the high-traffic business travelers nor the ultra-price sensitive travelers. Rather, we believe we are the carrier of choice for delivering a differentiated product, brand and award winning customer service to the majority of travelers who have been underserved by the other airlines.
Differentiated Product and Service    
Delivering the JetBlue Experience to our customers through our differentiated product and service is core to our mission to inspire humanity. We look to attract new customers to our brand and provide current customers reasons to come back to us. A key element of our success is the belief that competitive fares and quality air travel need not be mutually exclusive.
Our award winning service begins from the moment our customers purchase a ticket across a variety of our distribution channels such as www.jetblue.com , our mobile applications or our reservations centers. Upon arrival at the airport they are welcomed by our dedicated Crewmembers and can experience a variety of products including having their first checked bag for free. They can also purchase one of our ancillary options, such as Even More™ Speed, which allows them to enjoy an expedited security experience in most domestic JetBlue locations.
Once onboard, customers enjoy leather seats in a comfortable single class layout and the most legroom in the main cabin of all U.S. airlines (based on average fleet-wide seat pitch). Customers who have purchased our Even More Space seats enjoy additional legroom; these seats are available on all of our aircraft. Our in-flight entertainment system include 36 channels of free DIRECTV ® , 100 channels of free SiriusXM ® satellite radio and premium movie channel offerings from JetBlue Features ® , our source of first run films. All customers can enjoy an assortment of free and unlimited brand name snacks and beverages as well as having the option to purchase premium beverages and food selections. They also have the option to purchase specially-tailored products such as our "blanket & pillow" set. In December 2013 we began to retrofit our fleet with Fly-Fi™. This connectivity is significantly faster than the in-flight connections offered by other U.S. airlines and allows for high-quality video streaming for all customers onboard. We expect installations to be completed on our Airbus fleet in 2014, after which we plan to begin installations on our EMBRAER 190 fleet.

2



Our Airbus A320 aircraft have 150 seats and a wider cabin than both the Boeing 737 and 757 aircraft operated by many of our competitors on their domestic routes. Our EMBRAER 190 aircraft have 100 seats arranged in a two-by-two seating configuration. In October 2013 we received delivery of the first Airbus A321 aircraft in our fleet, which was placed into service in December 2013 with 190 seats. Beginning in June 2014 we plan to introduce a number of Airbus A321 aircraft which include our premium transcontinental service, Mint™. We anticipate this service will include 16 fully lie-flat beds, four of which will be in suites with privacy doors, a first in the U.S. domestic market. We intend that Mint™ customers will have access to a 15-inch flat screen with up to 100 channels of DIRECTV ® , 100+ channels of SiriusXM ® radio and access to an assortment of complimentary food and beverages.
In addition to our core products we also sell vacation packages through JetBlue Getaways , a one-stop, value-priced vacation service for self-directed packaged travel planning. These packages offer competitive fares for air travel on JetBlue, along with a selection of JetBlue-recommended hotels and resorts, car rentals and attractions.
We work to provide a superior air travel experience, including communicating openly and honestly with customers about delays and service disruptions. We are the only U.S. major airline to have a Customer Bill of Rights, a program introduced in 2007 to provide for compensation to customers who experience avoidable inconveniences as well as some unavoidable circumstances. It also commits us to high service standards and holds us accountable if we do not. In 2013, we completed 99.2% of our scheduled flights. Unlike most other airlines, we have a policy of not overbooking flights.
Our customers have repeatedly indicated the distinctive JetBlue Experience is an important reason why they choose to fly us over other carriers. We measure and monitor our customer feedback regularly which helps us to continuously improve customer satisfaction. One way we do so is by measuring our net promoter score, or NPS. This metric is used by companies in many industries to measure and monitor customer experience. Many of the leading consumer brands that are recognized for great customer service receive high NPS scores. We believe a higher NPS score has positive effects on customer loyalty and leads to increased revenue.
Network/ High-Value Geography
We are predominately a point-to-point system carrier, with the majority of our routes touching at least one of our six focus cities. During 2013 approximately 90% of our customers flew on non-stop itineraries.
Airlines with a strong leisure traveler focus are often faced with high seasonality. As a result we are continually working to manage our mix of customers to include business travelers as well as travelers visiting friends and relatives (VFR). VFR travelers tend to be slightly less seasonal and less susceptible to economic downturns than traditional leisure destination travelers. Understanding the purpose of our customers' travel helps us optimize destinations, strengthen our network and increase unit revenues.
As of December 31, 2013 , our network served 82 BlueCities in 25 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and 15 countries in the Caribbean and Latin America. In 2013, we commenced service to seven new BlueCities including Lima, Peru, our southernmost BlueCity. We also made tactical changes across our network by announcing new routes between existing BlueCities. We group our capacity distribution based upon geographical regions rather than a mileage or length of haul. The historic distribution for the past three years of available seat miles, or capacity, by region is:
  
 
Year Ended December 31,
Capacity Distribution
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Florida
 
30.9
%
 
31.1
%
 
32.7
%
Latin, including Puerto Rico (1)
 
28.1

 
27.2

 
24.7

Transcontinental
 
27.9

 
28.6

 
29.1

Central
 
5.2

 
5.0

 
5.0

East
 
5.0

 
4.9

 
5.1

West
 
2.9

 
3.2

 
3.4

Total
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
(1) Domestic operations as defined by the DOT include Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands but for the purposes of the capacity distribution table above we have included these locations in the Latin region.

3



Our network growth over the past few years has been focused on the business traveler in Boston as well as travelers to the Caribbean and Latin America. Looking to the future we expect to focus on increasing our presence in Fort Lauderdale-Hollywood which is a destination we currently serve primarily from the Northeast. We believe there is an opportunity at Fort Lauderdale-Hollywood to increase our presence to destinations throughout the Caribbean and Latin America. In 2014 we anticipate further expanding our network and have announced the following new destinations:
Destination
  
Service Scheduled to Commence
Savannah, Georgia (SAV)
 
February 13, 2014
Port of Spain, Trinidad and Tobago (POS)*
 
February 24, 2014
Detroit, Michigan (DTW)
 
March 10, 2014
* subject to receipt of government operating authority
Airline Commercial Partnerships     
Airlines frequently participate in commercial partnerships with other carriers in order to provide inter-connectivity, code-sharing, coordinated flight schedules, frequent flyer program reciprocity and other joint marketing activities. At December 31, 2013 we had 31 airline commercial partnerships. Our commercial partnerships typically begin as an interline agreement allowing a customer to book one itinerary with tickets on multiple airlines. We have strengthened the relationship with two of our existing partners in 2013 to include code-sharing, a practice in which one airline places its name and flight number on flights operated by another airline. In 2014, we will continue to seek additional strategic opportunities through new commercial partners as well as assess ways to deepen select current airline partnerships. We will do this by expanding one-way code share to, two-way code-share relationships and other areas of cooperation such as frequent flyer programs. We believe these commercial partnerships allow us to leverage our strong network and drive incremental traffic and revenue while improving off-peak travel.
Marketing
JetBlue is a widely recognized and respected global brand. This brand has evolved into an important and valuable asset which identifies us as a safe, reliable, high value airline. Similarly, we believe customer awareness of our brand has contributed to the success of our marketing efforts. It enables us to promote ourselves as a preferred marketing partner with companies across many different industries.
We market our services through advertising and promotions in various media forms including popular social media outlets. We engage in large multi-market programs, local events and sponsorships as well as mobile marketing programs. Our targeted public and community relations efforts reflect our commitment to the communities we serve, as well as promoting brand awareness and complementing our strong reputation.
Distribution
Our primary and preferred distribution channel to customers is through our website, www.jetblue.com , our lowest cost channel. We additionally have mobile applications for both Apple and Android devices which have robust features including real-time flight information updates and mobile check-in for certain routes. Both of these channels are designed to enhance our customers' travel experience and are in keeping with the JetBlue Experience. Our participation in global distribution systems (GDSs) supports our profitable growth, particularly in the business market. We find business customers are more likely to book through a travel agency or a booking product which rely on a GDS platform. Although the cost of sales through this channel is higher than through our website, the average fare purchased through the GDSs is generally higher and often covers the increased distribution costs. We currently participate in several major GDSs and online travel agents (OTAs). Because the majority of our customers book travel on our website, we maintain relatively low distribution costs despite our increased participation in GDS and OTA in recent years.

4



Customer Loyalty Program    
TrueBlue is our customer loyalty program designed to reward and recognize loyal customers. Members earn points based upon the amount paid for JetBlue flights and services from certain commercial partners. Our points do not expire and for as little as 5,000 points and related taxes/fees can be redeemed for a one-way flight. The program has no black-out dates or seat restrictions and any JetBlue destination can be booked if the member has enough points to exchange for the value of an open seat. In addition to points, members can earn badges and rewards for JetBlue-related activities like flying, interacting with partners and social media use. Since 2012 we have had an additional level for our most loyal customers called Mosaic. In order to qualify for Mosaic status, TrueBlue members must either (1) fly a minimum of 30 times with JetBlue and acquire at least 12,000 base flight points within a calendar year, or (2) accumulate 15,000 base flight points within a calendar year. Mosaic customers enjoy benefits including free Even More TM Speed expedited security, no change/cancel fees, early boarding, access to a dedicated Customer service line available 24 hours a day/7days a week, a free second checked bag and the exclusive ability to use TrueBlue points for Even More TM Space seat upgrades. There were over 931,000 TrueBlue award miles travel segments flown during 2013 , representing approximately 3% of our total revenue passenger miles.
We have an agreement with American Express under which they issue JetBlue co-branded American Express credit cards to U.S. residents that allow cardmembers to earn TrueBlue points. We have a separate agreement with American Express allowing any American Express cardholder to convert Membership Rewards points into TrueBlue points. We also have a co-branded loyalty credit card jointly with Banco Santander Puerto Rico and Mastercard which allows customers in Puerto Rico to take full advantage of our TrueBlue loyalty program.
We have separate agreements with other loyalty partners, including hotels and car rental companies, allowing their customers to earn TrueBlue points through participation in the partners’ programs. We intend to develop the footprint of our co-branded credit cards and pursue other loyalty partnerships in the future.

OPERATIONS AND COST STRUCTURE
Historically, our cost structure has allowed us to profitably price fares lower than many competitors and is a principle reason for our success. Our current cost advantage relative to some of our competitors is due to high aircraft utilization, new and efficient aircraft, relatively low distribution costs, and a productive workforce among other factors. Because our network initiatives and growth plans necessitate a low cost platform, we are continually focused on our cost advantage and maintaining it. In making investments, we believe not just in the ones that contribute and enhance the JetBlue Experience, but also ones that drive efficiencies and contribute to the preservation of our long-term cost advantage.
Route Structure
Our point-to-point system is the foundation of our operational structure. This structure allows us to optimize costs as well as accommodate customers' preference for non-stop itineraries. Further, a vast majority of our operations are centered in and around the heavily populated northeast corridor of the U.S., which includes the New York and Boston metropolitan areas. This airspace is some of the world's most congested and drives certain operational constraints.
New York metropolitan area. We are New York's Hometown Airline TM . The majority of our flights originate in the New York metropolitan area, the nation's largest travel market. New York's John F. Kennedy International Airport, (JFK) is New York's largest airport. We are the largest airline at JFK as measured by domestic capacity and by the end of 2013 our domestic operations accounted for nearly 31% of all domestic passengers at JFK. We operate predominately out of Terminal 5, or T5, and in 2014 we expect to complete the construction of T5i, an international arrivals facility that will expand our current T5 footprint. We believe T5i will enable us to increase operational efficiencies, provide savings and streamline our operations as well as improve the overall travel experience for our customers arriving from international destinations. We also serve New Jersey's Newark Liberty International Airport, New York's LaGuardia Airport, Newburgh, NY's Stewart International Airport and White Plains, NY's Westchester County Airport. We are the leading carrier in number of flights flown per day between the New York metropolitan area and Florida.
Boston. We are the largest carrier in terms of flights and seats offered at Boston's Logan International Airport, or Boston. By the end of 2013 we flew to 49 destinations from Boston and served twice as many non-stop destinations than any other airline. Our operations accounted for more than 30% of all Boston passengers. We continue to capitalize on opportunities in the changing competitive landscape by adding routes, frequencies and increasing our relevance to local travelers, including business travelers. Our plan is to grow Boston towards a target of 150 flights per day.

5



Caribbean and Latin America. Since 2008 we have added 20 BlueCities in this region. We expect this number to continue to grow in the future. Our only focus city outside of the Continental U.S. is San Juan, Puerto Rico. We are now the largest airline in Puerto Rico in terms of capacity with approximately 36% of all passengers in 2013 from our three BlueCities. We are also the largest airline in terms of capacity serving the Dominican Republic with six BlueCities and approximately 13% of all passengers in 2013. We continue to invest in our Caribbean operations including intra-Caribbean services out of Puerto Rico. While the Caribbean and Latin American region is a growing part of our network, operating in these developing countries can present operational challenges, including working with less developed airport infrastructure, political instability and vulnerability to corruption.
Fort Lauderdale-Hollywood. We are the largest carrier in terms of capacity at Fort Lauderdale-Hollywood International Airport, with approximately 20% of all passengers in 2013 served by JetBlue. Flying out of Fort Lauderdale-Hollywood instead of nearby Miami International Airport helps preserve our competitive cost advantage through lower cost per enplanement. Broward County authorities have commenced a multi-year, $2.3 billion, refurbishment effort at the airport and surrounding facilities including the construction of a new airfield. We operate out of Terminal 3 which is scheduled to be refurbished and connected to the upgraded and expanded international terminal by 2018. We expect the connection of these terminals will streamline operations for both Crewmembers and customers. Due to these factors, its ideal location between the U.S. and Latin America, and South Florida's high-value geography, Fort Lauderdale-Hollywood is expected to be one of our key areas of focused growth going forward.
Orlando. We are the second largest carrier in Orlando International Airport, or Orlando, with more than 15% of all flights in 2013 being operated by JetBlue. Our centralized training center, known as JetBlue University, is based in Orlando and in 2013 we broke ground on the construction of a facility at the airport, adjacent to our training center, for lodging our Crewmembers when they attend training at JetBlue University.
Los Angeles area. We are the seventh largest carrier in the Los Angeles area, operating from Long Beach Airport, Los Angeles International Airport and Burbank's Bob Hope Airport. We are the largest carrier in Long Beach, with almost 68% of all flights in 2013 being operated by JetBlue. In mid-2014 we are scheduled to start operating our premium transcontinental service, Mint™, from Los Angeles.
Our peak levels of traffic over the course of the year depend upon the route, with the East Coast to Florida/Caribbean peak from October through April and the East Coast to West Coast peak in the summer months. Many of our areas of operations in the Northeast experience poor winter weather conditions, resulting in increased costs associated with de-icing aircraft, canceled flights and accommodating displaced customers. Many of our Florida and Caribbean routes experience bad weather conditions in the summer and fall due to thunderstorms and hurricanes. As we enter new markets we could be subject to additional seasonal variations along with competitive responses by other airlines.
Fleet Structure
We currently operate the Airbus A321, the Airbus A320 and the EMBRAER 190 aircraft types. In 2013 our fleet had an average age of 7.1 years and operated an average of 11.9 hours per day. By operating a younger fleet as well as scheduling and operating our aircraft more efficiently we are able to spread related fixed costs over a greater number of available seat miles.
The reliability of our fleet is essential to our operations running smoothly. We are continually working with our aircraft and engine manufacturers to enhance our efficiency performance. In 2015 we expect to start retrofitting our Airbus aircraft with Sharklets®, a blended wingtip devices designed to improve the aircraft’s aerodynamics, which we anticipate will result in improved range and flight performance in addition to fuel savings. We are working with the FAA in efforts towards implementing the Next Generation Air Transportation System, or NextGen by 2020. In 2012 we equipped 35 of our Airbus A320 aircraft to test ADS-B Out, a satellite based technology aimed to facilitate the communication between pilots and air traffic controllers. Even though it is still in the testing phase we have already seen benefits from the ADS-B Out equipment. This includes being able to reroute flights over the Gulf of Mexico to avoid bad weather, an area where the current FAA radar coverage is not complete. This NextGen technology is expected to improve operational efficiency in the congested airspaces in which we operate. In 2012 we also became the first FAA certified Airbus A320 carrier in the U.S. to use satellite-based Special Required Navigation Performance Authorization Required, or RNP AR, approaches at two of JFK's prime and most used runways, 13L and 13R.

6



Fleet Maintenance
Consistent with our core value of safety, our FAA-approved maintenance program is administered by our technical operations department. We use qualified maintenance personnel and ensure they have comprehensive training. We maintain our aircraft and associated maintenance records in accordance with, if not exceeding, FAA regulations. Fleet maintenance work is divided into three categories: line maintenance, heavy maintenance and component maintenance.
The bulk of our line maintenance is handled by JetBlue technicians and inspectors. It consists of daily checks, overnight and weekly checks, “A” checks, diagnostics and routine repairs. Heavy maintenance checks consist of a series of more complex tasks taking from one to four weeks to accomplish; these items are typically performed once every 15 months. All of our aircraft heavy maintenance work is performed by FAA-approved facilities such as Embraer, Pemco and Timco, subject to direct oversight by JetBlue personnel. We outsource heavy maintenance as the costs are lower than if we performed the tasks internally (including inventory related costs). Component maintenance on equipment such as engines, auxiliary power units, landing gears, pumps and avionic computers are all performed by a number of different FAA-approved repair stations. We have maintenance agreements with MTU Maintenance Hannover GmbH, MTU, for the engines that power our Airbus fleet and with GE (OEM) for our EMBRAER 190 aircraft engines. We also have an agreement with Lufthansa Technik AG for the repair, overhaul, modification and logistics of certain Airbus components. Many of our maintenance service agreements are based on a fixed cost per flying hour; these vary based upon the age of the aircraft and other operating factors impacting the related component. Required maintenance not otherwise covered by these agreements is performed on a time and materials basis. All other maintenance activities are sub-contracted to qualified maintenance, repair and overhaul organizations.
Aircraft Fuel
Aircraft fuel is our largest expense; its price and availability has been extremely volatile in the past due to global economic and geopolitical factors which we can neither control nor accurately predict. We use a third party fuel management service to procure most of our fuel. Our historical fuel consumption and costs for the years ended December 31 were:
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Gallons consumed (millions)
 
604

 
563

 
525

Total cost (millions) (a)
 
1,899

 
1,806

 
1,664

Average price per gallon (a)
 
$
3.14

 
$
3.21

 
$
3.17

Percent of operating expenses
 
37.9
%
 
39.2
%
 
39.8
%
(a) Total cost and average price per gallon each include related fuel taxes as well as effective fuel hedging gains and losses.
We attempt to protect ourselves against the volatility of fuel prices by entering into a variety of hedging instruments. These include swaps and options with underlyings of jet fuel, crude and heating oil. We also use fixed forward price agreements, or FFPs, which allow us to lock in the price of fuel for specified quantities and at specified locations in future periods.

7



Financial Health
We strive to maintain financial strength and a cost structure that enables us to grow profitably and sustainably. In the first years of our history, we relied upon financing activities to fund much of our growth. Starting in 2007, as our airline matured, growth has largely been funded through internally generated cash from operations. Since 2009, while we have invested over $2.7 billion in capital assets, we have also generated nearly $3.1 billion in cash from operations resulting in over $300 million in free cash flow. Our improving financial results have resulted in better credit ratings, which have in-turn resulted in more attractive financing terms when we do not purchase assets for cash. Since 2009, we have also reduced our total debt balance by $570 million.


LiveTV
LiveTV, LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JetBlue, provides in-flight entertainment, voice communication and data connectivity services and solutions for commercial and general aviation aircraft. LiveTV's largest customer for its core products and services is JetBlue with a further six agreements with other domestic and international commercial airlines. It also has general aviation customers to which it supplies voice and data communication services. LiveTV continues to pursue additional customers and related product enhancements. JetBlue, ViaSat Inc. and LiveTV have worked together to develop and support in-flight broadband connectivity for JetBlue which is being marketed as Fly-Fi™. LiveTV is also working with ViaSat Inc. to support in-flight connectivity for other airlines in the near future.
LiveTV's major competitors in the in-flight entertainment systems market include Rockwell Collins, Thales Avionics and Panasonic Avionics; however, only Panasonic is currently providing in-seat live television. In the voice and data communication services market, LiveTV's primary competitors are GoGo, Row 44 and Panasonic.


8



CULTURE
Our People
Our success depends on our Crewmembers delivering the best customer service experience in the sky and on the ground. One of our competitive strengths is a service-orientated culture grounded in five key values of safety, caring, integrity, fun and passion. We believe a highly productive, engaged workforce enhances customer satisfaction and loyalty. Our goal is to hire, train and retain a diverse workforce of caring, passionate, fun and friendly people who share our mission to inspire humanity.
Our culture is first introduced to new Crewmembers during the screening process and then at an extensive new hire orientation program. The orientation focuses on the JetBlue strategy and emphasizes the importance of customer service, productivity and cost control. We provide continuous training for our Crewmembers including technical training; a specialized captain leadership training program unique in the industry; a leadership program for current company managers; an emerging managers program; regular training focused on the safety value and front line training for our customer service teams. Our growth plans necessitate and facilitate opportunities for talent development.
We believe a direct relationship between Crewmembers and our leadership is in the best interest of our Crewmembers, customers and shareholders. Currently, none of our Crewmembers have third-party representation, we have individual employment agreements with each of our FAA licensed Crewmembers which consist of pilots, dispatchers, technicians, inspectors and air traffic controllers. Each employment agreement is for a term of five years and renews for an additional five-year term unless the Crewmember is terminated for cause or the Crewmember elects not to renew. Pursuant to these agreements, Crewmembers can only be terminated for cause. In the event of a downturn in our business, resulting in a reduction of flying and related work hours, we are obligated to pay these Crewmembers a guaranteed level of income and to continue their benefits. In addition, through these agreements we provide what we believe to be industry-leading job protection language. We believe these agreements provide the Company and Crewmembers flexibility and allow us to react to Crewmember needs more efficiently than collective bargaining agreements.
Another aspect of the direct relationship are our Values Committees which are made up of peer-elected frontline Crewmembers from each of our major work groups. These Values Committees represent the interest of our workgroups and help us run our business in a productive and efficient way. We believe this direct relationship drives higher levels of engagement and alignment with the Company’s strategy, culture and overall goals.
We believe the efficiency and engagement of our Crewmembers is a result of our flexible and productive work rules. We are cognizant of the competition for productive labor in key industry positions and new government rules requiring higher qualifications and more restricted hours that may result in potential labor shortages in the upcoming years.
Our leadership team communicates on a regular basis with all Crewmembers in order to maintain this direct relationship with our people and to keep them informed about news, strategy updates and challenges affecting the airline. Effective and frequent communication throughout the organization is fostered through various means including email messages from our CEO and other senior leaders at least weekly, weekday news updates to all Crewmembers, employee engagement surveys, a quarterly Crewmember magazine and active leadership participation in new hire orientations. Leadership is also heavily involved in periodic open forum meetings across our network, called “pocket sessions” which are often videotaped and posted on our intranet. By soliciting feedback for ways to improve our service, teamwork and work environment, our leadership team works to keep Crewmembers engaged and make our business decisions transparent. Additionally we believe cost and revenue improvements are best recognized by Crewmembers on the job.
Our full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2013 consisted of 2,407 pilots, 2,598 flight attendants, 3,586 airport operations personnel, 581 technicians (whom other airlines may refer to as mechanics), 1,025 reservation agents, and 2,833 management and other personnel. At December 31, 2013 , we employed 11,021 full-time and 3,862 part-time employees.
Crewmember Programs
We are committed to supporting our Crewmembers through a number of programs including:
Crewmember Resource Groups (CRGs). These are groups of Crewmembers formed to act as a resource for both the group members as well as JetBlue. These groups serve as an avenue to embrace and encourage different perspectives, thoughts and ideas. At the end of 2013 we had three CRGs in place: JetPride, Women in Flight, and Vets in Blue.
JetBlue Crewmember Crisis Fund (JCCF). Formed in 2002 as a nonprofit corporation and recognized by the IRS as of that date as a tax-exempt entity described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code,  JCCF was created to assist JetBlue Crewmembers and their immediate family members (IRS Dependents) in times of crisis. Funds for JCCF grants come directly from Crewmembers via a tax-deductible payroll deduction. The assistance process is confidential with only the fund administrator and coordinator knowing the identity of the Crewmembers in need.

9



Lift Recognition Program. Formed in 2012, this Crewmember recognition program encourages Crewmembers to celebrate their peers for living the values by sending e-thanks through an on-line platform. In 2013, we saw over 47,000 Lift nominations.
Community Programs
JetBlue is strongly committed to supporting the communities and BlueCities we serve through a variety of community programs including:
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). The CSR team was established to support not-for-profit organizations focusing on youth and education, environment, and community in the cities we serve. They organize and support community service projects, charitable giving and non-profit partnerships such as KaBOOM! and Soar with Reading.
JetBlue Foundation. Incorporated in 2013 as a nonprofit corporation, this foundation is a JetBlue-sponsored organization to advance aviation-related education and to continue our efforts to put aviation on the map as a top career choice for students.   We intend to do this by igniting interest in science, technology, engineering and mathematics. The foundation is legally independent from JetBlue and has a Board of Directors as well as an Advisory Committee, both of which are made up of Crewmembers.  The foundation has applied to the IRS for recognition as a tax-exempt entity described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.

REGULATION
Airlines are heavily regulated, with rules and regulations set by various federal, state and local agencies. We also operate under specific regulations due to our operations within the high density airspace of the northeast U.S. Most of our airline operations are regulated by U.S. governmental agencies including;
DOT: The DOT primarily regulates economic issues affecting air service including but not limited to certification and fitness, insurance, consumer protection and competitive practices. They set the requirement that carriers do not permit domestic flights to remain on the tarmac for more than three hours. They also require that the advertised price for an airfare or a tour package including airfare (e.g., a hotel/air vacation package) has to be the total price to be paid by the customer, including all government taxes and fees. It has the authority to investigate and institute proceedings to enforce its economic regulations and may assess civil penalties, revoke operating authority and seek criminal sanctions.
FAA: The FAA primarily regulates flight operations, in particular, matters affecting air safety. This includes but is not limited to airworthiness requirements for aircraft, the licensing of pilots, mechanics and dispatchers, and the certification of flight attendants. It requires each airline to obtain an operating certificate authorizing the airline to operate at specific airports using specified equipment. Like all U.S. certified carriers, we cannot fly to new destinations without the prior authorization of the FAA. After providing notice and a hearing it has the authority to modify, suspend temporarily or revoke permanently our authority to provide air transportation or that of our licensed personnel for failure to comply with FAA regulations. It can additionally assess civil penalties for such failures as well as institute proceedings for the imposition and collection of monetary fines for the violation of certain FAA regulations. When significant safety issues are involved, it can revoke our authority to provide air transportation on an emergency basis, without providing notice and a hearing. It monitors our compliance with maintenance as well as flight operations and safety regulations. It maintains on-site representatives and performs frequent spot inspections of our aircraft, employees and records. It also has the authority to issue airworthiness directives and other mandatory orders. This includes the inspection of aircraft and engines, fire retardant and smoke detection devices, collision and windshear avoidance systems, noise abatement and the mandatory removal and replacement of aircraft parts that have failed or may fail in the future. We have and maintain FAA certificates of airworthiness for all of our aircraft and have the necessary FAA authority to fly to all of the destinations we currently serve.
TSA: The TSA operates under the Department of Homeland Security and is responsible for all civil aviation security. This includes passenger and baggage screening, cargo security measures, airport security, assessment and distribution of intelligence, and security research and development. It also has law enforcement powers and the authority to issue regulations, including in cases of national emergency, without a notice or comment period.  
Taxes & Fees: The airline industry is one of the most heavily taxed in the U.S., with taxes and fees accounting for approximately 16% of the total fare charged to a customer. Airlines are obligated to fund all of these taxes and fees regardless of their ability to pass these charges on to the customer. The TSA sets the September 11, or 9/11, Security Fee as well as the Aviation Security Infrastructure Fee, or ASIF. The 9/11 Security Fee is passed to the customer while the ASIF directly impacts our costs. The federal budget expected to be ratified in 2014 has removed the ASIF fee but has increased the 9/11 Security Fee from $2.50 per enplanement, with a maximum of $5 per one-way trip, to $5.60 per one-way trip regardless of connecting flights. This higher tax will be effective from July 1, 2014.

10



State and Local: We are subject to state and local laws and regulations in a number of states in which we operate and the regulations of various local authorities operating the airports we serve.
Airport Access: JFK, LaGuardia, Newark and Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport in Washington D.C., or Reagan National, are slot-controlled airports subject to the "High Density Rule" and successor rules issued by the FAA. These rules were implemented due to the high volume of traffic at these popular airports located in the northeast corridor airpsace. The rules limit the air traffic in and out of these airports during specific times; however even with the rules in place, delays remain among the highest in the nation due to continuing airspace congestion. We additionally have slots at other slot-controlled airports governed by unique local ordinances not subject to the High Density Rule, Westchester County Airport in White Plains, NY and Long Beach (California) Municipal Airport. In January 2014, we were notified of our successful bid to acquire a certain number of takeoff and landing slots at Reagan National. The acquisition of these slots is subject to final approval by the Department of Justice and customary written agreements.
Airport Infrastructure: The northeast corridor of the U.S. is some of the most congested airspaces in the world. The airports in this region are some of the busiest in the country, the majority of which are more than 60 years old. Due to high usage and aging infrastructure, issues arise at these airports that are not necessarily seen in other parts of the country. Starting in 2015, a heavily utilized runway at JFK is scheduled to be refurbished and the Central Terminal at LaGuardia is scheduled to be refurbished in phases over the next six years.
Foreign Operations: International air transportation is subject to extensive government regulation. The availability of international routes to U.S. airlines is regulated by treaties and related agreements between the U.S. and foreign governments. We currently operate international service to Aruba, the Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Haiti, Jamaica, Mexico, Peru, Saint Lucia, St. Maarten and the Turks and Caicos Islands. To the extent we seek to provide air transportation to additional international markets in the future, we would be required to obtain necessary authority from the DOT and the applicable foreign government.
We believe we are operating in material compliance with DOT, FAA, TSA and applicable international regulations as well as hold all necessary operating and airworthiness authorizations and certificates. Should any of these authorizations or certificates be modified, suspended or revoked, our business could be materially adversely affected.
Other
Environmental: We are subject to various federal, state and local laws relating to the protection of the environment. This includes the discharge or disposal of materials and chemicals as well as the regulation of aircraft noise administered by numerous state and federal agencies.
The Airport Noise and Capacity Act of 1990 recognizes the right of airport operators with special noise problems to implement local noise abatement procedures as long as those procedures do not interfere unreasonably with the interstate and foreign commerce of the national air transportation system. Certain airports, including those in San Diego and Long Beach, California, have established restrictions to limit noise which can include limits on the number of hourly or daily operations and the time of such operations. These limitations are intended to protect the local noise-sensitive communities surrounding the airport. Our scheduled flights at Long Beach and San Diego are in compliance with the noise curfew limits but on occasion when we experience irregular operations we may violate these curfews. We have agreed to a payment structure with the Long Beach City Prosecutor for any violations which we pay quarterly to the Long Beach Public Library Foundation. The payment is based on the number of infractions in the preceding quarter. This local ordinance has not had, and we believe it will not have, a negative effect on our operations.
We use our “Jetting to Green” program on www.jetblue.com to educate our customers and Crewmembers about environmental issues and to inform the public about our environmental protection initiatives. Our most recent corporate sustainability report for 2012 is available on our website and addresses our environmental programs, including those aimed at curbing greenhouse emissions, our conservation efforts and our social responsibility efforts.
Foreign Ownership: Under federal law and the DOT regulations, we must be controlled by U.S. citizens. In this regard, our president and at least two-thirds of our board of directors must be U.S. citizens. Further, no more than 24.99% of our outstanding common stock may be voted by non-U.S. citizens. We believe we are currently in compliance with these ownership provisions.

11



Other Regulations: All airlines are subject to certain provisions of the Communications Act of 1934 due of their extensive use of radio and other communication facilities. They are also required to obtain an aeronautical radio license from the FCC. To the extent we are subject to FCC requirements, we will take all necessary steps to comply with those requirements. Our labor relations are covered under Title II of the Railway Labor Act of 1926 and are subject to the jurisdiction of the National Mediation Board. In addition, during periods of fuel scarcity, access to aircraft fuel may be subject to federal allocation regulations.
Civil Reserve Air Fleet: We are a participant in the Civil Reserve Air Fleet Program, which permits the U.S. Department of Defense to utilize our aircraft during national emergencies when the need for military airlift exceeds the capability of military aircraft. By participating in this program, we are eligible to bid on and be awarded peacetime airlift contracts with the military.
Insurance
We carry insurance of types customary in the airline industry and at amounts deemed adequate to protect us and our property as well as comply with both federal regulations and certain credit and lease agreements. As a result of the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, aviation insurers significantly reduced the amount of insurance coverage available to commercial airlines for liability to persons other than employees or passengers for claims resulting from acts of terrorism, war or similar events (war risk coverage). At the same time, these insurers significantly increased the premiums for aviation insurance in general. The U.S. government has agreed to provide commercial war-risk insurance for U.S. based airlines, currently through September 30, 2014, covering losses to employees, passengers, third parties and aircraft. We currently have such coverage in addition to our overall hull and liability insurance coverage. If the U.S. government were to cease providing such insurance in whole or in part, it is likely we would be able to obtain comparable coverage in the commercial market, the premiums will likely be lower but with some more restrictive terms.
Iran Sanctions Disclosure
Pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, if during 2013, JetBlue or any of its affiliates have engaged in certain transactions with Iran or with persons or entities designated under certain executive orders, JetBlue would be required to disclose information regarding such transactions in our Annual Report as required under Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or ITRA. During 2013, JetBlue did not engage in any reportable transactions with Iran or with persons or entities related to Iran.
Deutsche Lufthansa AG, or Lufthansa, is a stockholder of approximately 16% of JetBlue's outstanding shares of common stock and has two representatives on our Board of Directors.  Accordingly, it may be deemed an “affiliate” of JetBlue, as the term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.  In response to our inquiries, Lufthansa informed us it does not engage in transactions that would be disclosable under ITRA Section 219.  However, Lufthansa informed us it does provide air transportation services from Frankfurt, Germany to Tehran, Iran pursuant to Air Transport Agreements between the respective governments. Accordingly, Lufthansa may have agreements in place to support such air transportation services with the appropriate agencies or entities, such as landing or overflight fees, handling fees or technical/refueling fees. In addition, there may be additional civil aviation related dealings with Iran Air as part of typical airline to airline interactions.  In response to our inquiry, Lufthansa did not specify the total revenue it receives in connection with the foregoing transactions, but confirmed the transactions are not prohibited under any applicable laws.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND OTHER INFORMATION
Our website is www.jetblue.com . Information contained on our website is not part of this report. Information we furnish or file with the SEC, including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to or exhibits included in these reports are available for download, free of charge, on our website soon after such reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our SEC filings, including exhibits filed therewith, are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . You may obtain and copy any document we furnish or file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference facilities by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC at its principal office at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549.

12



ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to JetBlue
We operate in an extremely competitive industry.
The domestic airline industry is characterized by low profit margins, high fixed costs and significant price competition in an increasingly concentrated competitive field. We currently compete with other airlines on all of our routes. Most of our competitors are larger and have greater financial resources and name recognition than we do. Following our entry into new markets or expansion of existing markets, some of our competitors have chosen to add service or engage in extensive price competition. Unanticipated shortfalls in expected revenues as a result of price competition or in the number of passengers carried would negatively impact our financial results and harm our business. The extremely competitive nature of the airline industry could prevent us from attaining the level of passenger traffic or maintaining the level of fares required to maintain profitable operations in new and existing markets and could impede our profitable growth strategy, which would harm our business. Furthermore, there have been numerous mergers and acquisitions within the airline industry including, for example, the recent combinations of Delta Air Lines and Northwest Airlines, United Airlines and Continental Airlines, and Southwest Airlines and AirTran Airways. In the future, there may be additional mergers and acquisitions in our industry. Any business combination could significantly alter industry conditions and competition within the airline industry and could cause fares of our competitors to be reduced. Additionally, if a traditional network airline were to fully develop a low cost structure, or if we were to experience increased competition from low cost carriers, our business could be materially adversely affected.
Our business is highly dependent on the availability of fuel and fuel is subject to price volatility.
Our results of operations are heavily impacted by the price and availability of fuel. Fuel costs comprise a substantial portion of our total operating expenses and are our single largest operating expense. Historically, fuel costs have been subject to wide price fluctuations based on geopolitical factors as well as supply and demand. The availability of fuel is not only dependent on crude oil but also on refining capacity. When even a small amount of the domestic or global oil refining capacity becomes unavailable, supply shortages can result for extended periods of time. The availability of fuel is also affected by demand for home heating oil, gasoline and other petroleum products, as well as crude oil reserves, dependence on foreign imports of crude oil and potential hostilities in oil producing areas of the world. Because of the effects of these factors on the price and availability of fuel, the cost and future availability of fuel cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty.
Our aircraft fuel purchase agreements do not protect us against price increases or guarantee the availability of fuel. Additionally, some of our competitors may have more leverage than we do in obtaining fuel. We have and may continue to enter into a variety of option contracts and swap agreements for crude oil, heating oil, and jet fuel to partially protect against significant increases in fuel prices; however, such contracts and agreements do not completely protect us against price volatility, are limited in volume and duration, and can be less effective during volatile market conditions and may carry counterparty risk. Under the fuel hedge contracts we may enter from time to time, counterparties to those contracts may require us to fund the margin associated with any loss position on the contracts if the price of crude oils falls below specified benchmarks. Meeting our obligations to fund these margin calls could adversely affect our liquidity.
Due to the competitive nature of the domestic airline industry, at times we have not been able to adequately increase our fares to offset the increases in fuel prices nor may we be able to do so in the future. Future fuel price increases, continued high fuel price volatility or fuel supply shortages may result in a curtailment of scheduled services and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We have a significant amount of fixed obligations and we will incur significantly more fixed obligations, which could harm our ability to service our current or satisfy future fixed obligations.
As of December 31, 2013, our debt of $2.59 billion accounted for 55% of our total capitalization. In addition to long-term debt, we have a significant amount of other fixed obligations under operating leases related to our aircraft, airport terminal space, other airport facilities and office space. As of December 31, 2013, future minimum payments under noncancelable leases and other financing obligations were approximately $2.11 billion for 2014 through 2018 and an aggregate of $1.62 billion for the years thereafter. Terminal 5 at JFK is under a 30-year lease with the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, or PANYNJ. The minimum payments under this lease are being accounted for as a financing obligation and have been included in the future minimum payment totals above.

13



As of December 31, 2013, we had commitments of approximately $6.87 billion to purchase 146 additional aircraft and other flight equipment through 2022, including estimated amounts for contractual price escalations. We may incur additional debt and other fixed obligations as we take delivery of new aircraft and other equipment and continue to expand into new markets. In an effort to limit the incurrence of significant additional debt, we may seek to defer some of our scheduled deliveries, sell or lease aircraft to others, or pay cash for new aircraft, to the extent necessary or possible. The amount of our existing debt, and other fixed obligations, and potential increases in the amount of our debt and other fixed obligations could have important consequences to investors and could require a substantial portion of cash flows from operations for debt service payments, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes.
Our high level of debt and other fixed obligations could:
impact our ability to obtain additional financing to support capital expansion plans and for working capital and other purposes on acceptable terms or at all;
divert substantial cash flow from our operations and expansion plans in order to service our fixed obligations;
require us to incur significantly more interest expense than we currently do if rates were to increase, since approximately 43% of our debt has floating interest rates; and
place us at a possible competitive disadvantage compared to less leveraged competitors and competitors with better access to capital resources or more favorable terms.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on our debt and other fixed obligations will depend on our future operating performance and cash flows, which in turn will depend on prevailing economic and political conditions and financial, competitive, regulatory, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. We are principally dependent upon our operating cash flows and access to the capital markets to fund our operations and to make scheduled payments on debt and other fixed obligations. We cannot assure you we will be able to generate sufficient cash flows from our operations or from capital market activities to pay our debt and other fixed obligations as they become due; if we fail to do so our business could be harmed. If we are unable to make payments on our debt and other fixed obligations, we could be forced to renegotiate those obligations or seek to obtain additional equity or other forms of additional financing.
Our substantial indebtedness may limit our ability to incur additional debt to obtain future financing needs.
We typically finance our aircraft through either secured debt or lease financing. The impact on financial institutions from the continuing economic malaise may adversely affect the availability and cost of credit to JetBlue as well as to prospective purchasers of our aircraft we undertake to sell in the future, including financing commitments we have already obtained for purchases of new aircraft. To the extent we finance our activities with additional debt, we may become subject to financial and other covenants that may restrict our ability to pursue our strategy or otherwise constrain our operations.
Our maintenance costs will increase as our fleet ages.
Our maintenance costs will increase as our fleet ages. In the past, we have incurred lower maintenance expenses because most of the parts on our aircraft were under multi-year warranties; many of these warranties have expired. If any maintenance provider with whom we have a flight hours agreement fails to perform or honor such agreements, we will incur higher interim maintenance costs until we negotiate new agreements.
Furthermore, as our fleet ages, we expect to implement various fleet modifications over the next several years to ensure our aircrafts’ continued efficiency, modernization, brand consistency and safety. Our plans to equip our Airbus A320 aircraft with Sharklets®, for example, may require significant modification time. These fleet modifications may require significant investment over several years, including taking aircraft out of service for several weeks at a time.
Our salaries, wages and benefits costs will increase as our workforce ages.
As our employees' tenure with JetBlue matures, our salaries, wages and benefits costs increase. Our pilot pay structure, for example, is based on an industry derived average and to the extent our competitors continue consolidating and/or begin raising their pilot salaries in the face of a possible pilot shortage, or if overall pilot wages increase across the industry due to regulatory changes, we may have to address increased salary cost pressure to retain our pilots in an environment where our capacity is also forecast to continue to grow. As our work force ages, we expect our medical and related benefits to increase as well, despite an increased corporate focus on Crewmember wellness.

14



There are risks associated with our presence in some of our international emerging markets, including political or economic instability and failure to adequately comply with existing legal requirements.
Expansion to new international emerging markets may have risks due to factors specific to those markets. Emerging markets are countries which have less developed economies and are vulnerable to economic and political problems, such as significant fluctuations in gross domestic product, interest and currency exchange rates, civil disturbances, government instability, nationalization and expropriation of private assets, trafficking and the imposition of taxes or other charges by governments. The occurrence of any of these events in markets served by us and the resulting instability may adversely affect our business.
We have expanded and expect to continue to expand our service to countries in the Caribbean and Latin America, some of which have less developed legal systems, financial markets, and business and political environments than the United States, and therefore present greater political, legal, economic and operational risks.  We emphasize legal compliance and have implemented and continue to implement and refresh policies, procedures and certain ongoing training of employees with regard to business ethics, anti-corruption policies and many key legal requirements; however, there can be no assurance our employees will adhere to our code of business ethics, anti-corruption policies, other Company policies, or other legal requirements.  If we fail to enforce our policies and procedures properly or maintain adequate record-keeping and internal accounting practices to accurately record our transactions, we may be subject to sanctions.  In the event we believe or have reason to believe our employees have or may have violated applicable laws or regulations, we may be subject to investigation costs, potential penalties and other related costs which in turn could negatively affect our reputation, and our results of operations and cash flow.
In addition, to the extent we continue to grow our business, opening new markets requires us to commit a substantial amount of resources even before the new services commence. Expansion is also dependent upon our ability to maintain a safe and secure operation and requires additional personnel, equipment and facilities.
We may be subject to risks through the commitments and business of LiveTV, our wholly-owned subsidiary.
LiveTV has agreements to provide in-flight entertainment products and services with JetBlue and six other airlines. At December 31, 2013 , LiveTV services were available on 461 aircraft under these agreements, with firm commitments for 196 additional aircraft through 2015 and with options for 9 additional installations through 2016 . Performance under these agreements requires LiveTV to hire, train and retain qualified employees, obtain component parts unique to its systems and services from their suppliers and secure facilities necessary to perform installations and maintenance on those systems. Should LiveTV be unable to satisfy its commitments under these third party contracts, our business could be harmed.
We may be subject to unionization, work stoppages, slowdowns or increased labor costs; recent changes to the labor laws may make unionization easier to achieve.
Our business is labor intensive and, unlike most other airlines, we have a non-union workforce. The unionization of any of our employees could result in demands that may increase our operating expenses and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Any of the different crafts or classes of our employees could unionize at any time, which would require us to negotiate in good faith with the employee group’s certified representative concerning a collective bargaining agreement. In February 2014, the Airline Pilots Association filed a petition with the National Mediation Board, or NMB, seeking to become the collective bargaining representative of our pilots. The NMB will hold an election from March through April, 2014. In 2010, the NMB changed its election procedures to permit a majority of those voting to elect to unionize (from a majority of those in the craft or class). These rule changes fundamentally alter the manner in which labor groups have been able to organize in our industry since the inception of the Railway Labor Act. Ultimately, if we and a newly elected representative were unable to reach agreement on the terms of a collective bargaining agreement and all of the dispute resolution processes of the Railway Labor Act were exhausted, we could be subject to work stoppages. In addition, we may be subject to other disruptions by organized labor groups protesting our non-union status. Any of these events would be disruptive to our operations and could harm our business.
Our high aircraft utilization rate helps us keep our costs low, but also makes us vulnerable to delays and cancellations in our operating regions; such delays and cancellations could reduce our profitability.
We maintain a high daily aircraft utilization rate (the amount of time our aircraft spend in the air carrying passengers). High daily aircraft utilization allows us to generate more revenue from our aircraft and is achieved in part by reducing turnaround times at airports so we can fly more hours on average in a day. Aircraft utilization is reduced by delays and cancellations from various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including adverse weather conditions, security requirements, air traffic congestion and unscheduled maintenance. The majority of our operations are concentrated in the Northeast and Florida, which are particularly vulnerable to weather and congestion delays. Reduced aircraft utilization may limit our ability to achieve and maintain profitability as well as lead to customer dissatisfaction.

15



Our business is highly dependent on the New York metropolitan market and increases in competition or congestion or a reduction in demand for air travel in this market, or governmental reduction of our operating capacity at JFK, would harm our business.
We are highly dependent on the New York metropolitan market where we maintain a large presence with approximately one-half of our daily flights having JFK, LaGuardia, Newark, Westchester County Airport or Newburgh’s Stewart International Airport as either their origin or destination. We have experienced an increase in flight delays and cancellations at these airports due to airport congestion which has adversely affected our operating performance and results of operations. Our business could be further harmed by an increase in the amount of direct competition we face in the New York metropolitan market or by continued or increased congestion, delays or cancellations. Our business would also be harmed by any circumstances causing a reduction in demand for air transportation in the New York metropolitan area, such as adverse changes in local economic conditions, negative public perception of New York City, terrorist attacks or significant price or tax increases linked to increases in airport access costs and fees imposed on passengers.
We rely heavily on automated systems to operate our business; any failure of these systems could harm our business.
We are dependent on automated systems and technology to operate our business, enhance customer service and achieve low operating costs. The performance and reliability of our automated systems and data center is critical to our ability to operate our business and compete effectively. These systems include our computerized airline reservation system, flight operations system, telecommunications systems, website, maintenance systems, check-in kiosks, in-flight entertainment systems and our primary and redundant data centers. Our website and reservation system must be able to accommodate a high volume of traffic and deliver important flight information. These systems require upgrades or replacement periodically, which involve implementation and other operational risks. Our business may be harmed if we fail to operate, replace or upgrade our systems or data center infrastructure successfully.
We rely on the third party providers of our current automated systems and data center infrastructure for technical support. If the current provider were to fail to adequately provide technical support for any one of our key existing systems or if new or updated components were not integrated smoothly, we could experience service disruptions, which, if they were to occur, could result in the loss of important data, increase our expenses, decrease our revenues and generally harm our business and reputation. Furthermore, our automated systems cannot be completely protected against events beyond our control, including natural disasters, computer viruses, other security breaches, or telecommunications failures. Substantial or sustained system failures could impact customer service and result in our customers purchasing tickets from other airlines. We have implemented security measures and change control procedures and have disaster recovery plans as well as requiring our third party providers to have disaster recovery plans; however, we cannot assure you these measures are adequate to prevent disruptions, which, if they were to occur, could result in the loss of important data, increase our expenses, decrease our revenues and generally harm our business and reputation.
We may be impacted by increases in airport expenses relating to infrastructure and facilities.
In order to operate within our current markets as well as continue to grow in new markets, we must be able to obtain adequate infrastructure and facilities within the relevant airports. This includes gates, check-in facilities, operations facilities and landing slots (where applicable). The costs associated to these airports are often negotiated on a short-term basis with the relevant airport authority and we could be subject to increases in costs on a regular basis with or without our approval.
In addition, our operations concentrated in older airports may be harmed if the infrastructure at those airports fail to operate as expected due to age, overuse or significant unexpected weather events.
Our reputation and business may be harmed and we may be subject to legal claims if there is loss, unlawful disclosure or misappropriation of, or unsanctioned access to, our customers’, employees’, business partners’ or our own information or other breaches of our information security.
We make extensive use of online services and centralized data processing, including through third party service providers. The secure maintenance and transmission of customer and employee information is a critical element of our operations. Our information technology and other systems maintain and transmit customer information, or those of service providers or business partners, may be compromised by a malicious third party penetration of our network security, or of a third party service provider or business partner, or impacted by deliberate or inadvertent actions or inactions by our employees, or those of a third party service provider or business partner. As a result, personal information may be lost, disclosed, accessed or taken without consent.

16



We transmit confidential credit card information by way of secure private retail networks and rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission and storage of confidential information, such as customer credit card information. The Company has made significant efforts to secure its computer network. If any compromise of our security or computer network were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on the reputation, business, operating results and financial condition of the Company, and could result in a loss of customers. Additionally, any material failure by the Company to achieve or maintain compliance with the Payment Card Industry, or PCI, security requirements or rectify a security issue may result in fines and the imposition of restrictions on the Company's ability to accept credit cards as a form of payment.
Any such loss, disclosure or misappropriation of, or access to, customers’, employees’ or business partners’ information or other breach of our information security can result in legal claims or legal proceedings, including regulatory investigations and actions, may have a negative impact on our reputation and may materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Furthermore, the loss, disclosure or misappropriation of our business information may materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our liquidity could be adversely impacted in the event one or more of our credit card processors were to impose material reserve requirements for payments due to us from credit card transactions.
We currently have agreements with organizations that process credit card transactions arising from purchases of air travel tickets by our customers. Credit card processors have financial risk associated with tickets purchased for travel which can occur several weeks after the purchase. Our credit card processing agreements provide for reserves to be deposited with the processor in certain circumstances. We do not currently have reserves posted for our credit card processors. If circumstances were to occur requiring us to deposit reserves, the negative impact on our liquidity could be significant which could materially adversely affect our business.
If we are unable to attract and retain qualified personnel or fail to maintain our company culture, our business could be harmed.
We compete against the other major U.S. airlines for pilots, mechanics and other skilled labor; some of them offer wage and benefit packages exceeding ours. As more pilots in the industry approach mandatory retirement age, the U.S. airline industry may be affected by a pilot shortage, to some extent. We may be required to increase wages and/or benefits in order to attract and retain qualified personnel or risk considerable employee turnover. If we are unable to hire, train and retain qualified employees, our business could be harmed and we may be unable to implement our growth plans.
In addition, as we hire more people and grow, we believe it may be increasingly challenging to continue to hire people who will maintain our company culture. One of our competitive strengths is our service-oriented company culture which emphasizes friendly, helpful, team-oriented and customer-focused employees. Our company culture is important to providing high quality customer service and having a productive workforce in order to help keep our costs low. As we continue to grow, we may be unable to identify, hire or retain enough people who meet the above criteria, including those in management or other key positions. Our company culture could otherwise be adversely affected by our growing operations and geographic diversity. If we fail to maintain the strength of our company culture, our competitive ability and our business may be harmed.
Our results of operations fluctuate due to seasonality and other factors.
We expect our quarterly operating results to fluctuate due to seasonality including high vacation and leisure demand occurring on the Florida routes between October and April and on our western routes during the summer. Actions of our competitors may also contribute to fluctuations in our results. We are more susceptible to adverse weather conditions, including snow storms and hurricanes, as a result of our operations being concentrated on the East Coast, than some of our competitors. As we enter new markets we could be subject to additional seasonal variations along with any competitive responses to our entry by other airlines. Price changes in aircraft fuel as well as the timing and amount of maintenance and advertising expenditures also impact our operations. As a result of these factors, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results may not be a good indicator of our future performance. In addition, it is possible in any future period our operating results could be below the expectations of investors and any published reports or analyses regarding JetBlue. In such an event, the price of our common stock could decline, perhaps substantially.
We are subject to the risks of having a limited number of suppliers for our aircraft, engines and a key component of our in-flight entertainment system.
Our current dependence on three types of aircraft and engines for all of our flights makes us vulnerable to significant problems associated with the International Aero Engines, or IAE V2533-A5 engine on our Airbus A321 fleet, the International Aero Engines, or IAE V2527-A5 engine on our Airbus A320 fleet and the General Electric Engines CF-34-10 engine on our EMBRAER 190 fleet. This could include design defects, mechanical problems, contractual performance by the manufacturers, or adverse perception by the public which would result in customer avoidance or in actions by the FAA resulting in an inability to operate our aircraft. Carriers operating a more diversified fleet are better positioned than we are to manage such events.

17



One of the unique features of our fleet is every seat in each of our aircraft is equipped with free in-flight entertainment including DIRECTV ® . An integral component of the system is the antenna, which is supplied to us by KVH Industries Inc, or KVH. If KVH were to stop supplying us with its antennas for any reason, we would have to incur significant costs to procure an alternate supplier.
In addition, our Fly-Fi service uses technology and satellite access through our partnership with ViaSat, Inc. Similarly an integral component of the Fly-Fi system is the antenna, which is supplied to us by ViaSat. If ViaSat were to stop supplying us with its antennas for any reason, we would have to incur significant costs to procure an alternate supplier. Additionally, if the satellites Fly-Fi uses were to become inoperable for any reason, we would have to incur significant costs to replace the service.
Our reputation and financial results could be harmed in the event of an accident or incident involving our aircraft.
An accident or incident involving one of our aircraft, or an aircraft containing LiveTV equipment, could involve significant potential claims of injured passengers or others in addition to repair or replacement of a damaged aircraft and its consequential temporary or permanent loss from service. We are required by the DOT to carry liability insurance. Although we believe we currently maintain liability insurance in amounts and of the type generally consistent with industry practice, the amount of such coverage may not be adequate and we may be forced to bear substantial losses from an accident. Substantial claims resulting from an accident in excess of our related insurance coverage would harm our business and financial results. Moreover, any aircraft accident or incident, even if fully insured, could cause a public perception we are less safe or reliable than other airlines which would harm our business.
An ownership change could limit our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. income tax purposes.
As of December 31, 2013 , we had approximately $456 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. income tax purposes that begin to expire in 2025 . Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes limitation on a corporation’s ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards if it experiences an “ownership change”. Similar rules and limitations may apply for state income tax purposes. In the event an “ownership change” were to occur in the future, our ability to utilize our net operating losses could be limited.
Our business depends on our strong reputation and the value of the JetBlue brand.
The JetBlue brand name symbolizes high-quality friendly customer service, innovation, fun, and a pleasant travel experience. JetBlue is a widely recognized and respected global brand; the JetBlue brand is one of our most important and valuable assets. The JetBlue brand name and our corporate reputation are powerful sales and marketing tools and we devote significant resources to promoting and protecting them. Adverse publicity (whether or not justified) relating to activities by our employees, contractors or agents could tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity could reduce demand for our services and thus have an adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as require additional resources to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brand.
We may be subject to competitive risks due to the long term nature of our fleet order book.
At present, we have existing aircraft commitments through 2022. As technological evolution occurs in our industry, through the use of composites and other innovations, we may be competitively disadvantaged because we have existing extensive fleet commitments that would prohibit us from adopting new technologies on an expedited basis.

Risks Associated with the Airline Industry
The airline industry is particularly sensitive to changes in economic condition.
Fundamental and permanent changes in the domestic airline industry have been ongoing over the past several years as a result of several years of repeated losses, among other reasons. These losses resulted in airlines renegotiating or attempting to renegotiate labor contracts, reconfiguring flight schedules, furloughing or terminating employees, as well as considering other efficiency and cost-cutting measures. Despite these actions, several airlines have reorganized under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to permit them to reduce labor rates, restructure debt, terminate pension plans and generally reduce their cost structure. Since 2005, the U.S. airline industry has experienced significant consolidation and liquidations. The global economic recession and related unfavorable general economic conditions, such as higher unemployment rates, a constrained credit market, housing-related pressures, and increased business operating costs can reduce spending for both leisure and business travel. Unfavorable economic conditions could also impact an airline’s ability to raise fares to counteract increased fuel, labor, and other costs. It is foreseeable further airline reorganizations, consolidation, bankruptcies or liquidations may occur in the current global recessionary environment, the effects of which we are unable to predict. We cannot assure you the occurrence of these events, or potential changes resulting from these events, will not harm our business or the industry.

18



A future act of terrorism, the threat of such acts or escalation of U.S. military involvement overseas could adversely affect our industry.
Acts of terrorism, the threat of such acts or escalation of U.S. military involvement overseas could have an adverse effect on the airline industry. In the event of a terrorist attack, whether or not successful, the industry would likely experience increased security requirements and significantly reduced demand. We cannot assure you these actions, or consequences resulting from these actions, will not harm our business or the industry.
Changes in government regulations imposing additional requirements and restrictions on our operations or the U.S. Government ceasing to provide adequate war risk insurance could increase our operating costs and result in service delays and disruptions.
Airlines are subject to extensive regulatory and legal requirements, both domestically and internationally, involving significant compliance costs. In the last several years, Congress has passed laws, and the agencies of the federal government, including, but not limited to, the DOT, FAA, CBP and the TSA have issued regulations relating to the operation of airlines that have required significant expenditures. We expect to continue to incur expenses in connection with complying with government regulations. Additional laws, regulations, taxes and airport rates and charges have been proposed from time to time that could significantly increase the cost of airline operations or reduce the demand for air travel. If adopted or materially amended, these measures could have the effect of raising ticket prices, reducing air travel demand and/or revenue and increasing costs. We cannot assure you these and other laws or regulations enacted in the future will not harm our business.
The U.S. Government currently provides insurance coverage for certain claims resulting from acts of terrorism, war or similar events. Should this coverage no longer be offered, the coverage that would be available to us through commercial aviation insurers may have substantially less desirable terms, result in higher costs and not be adequate to protect our risk, any of which could harm our business. In addition, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has proposed changes to underground storage tank regulations that could affect certain airport fuel hydrant systems. In addition to the proposed EPA and state regulations, several U.S. airport authorities are actively engaged in efforts to limit discharges of de-icing fluid to local groundwater, often by requiring airlines to participate in the building or reconfiguring of airport de-icing facilities.
Amended FAA regulations relating to flight, duty and rest regulations and the additional operational requirements will impact our business
In January 2014, the FAA’s rule amending the FAA’s flight, duty, and rest regulations became effective. Among other things, the new rule requires a ten hour minimum rest period prior to a pilot’s flight duty period; mandates a pilot must have an opportunity for eight hours of uninterrupted sleep within the rest period; and imposes new pilot “flight time” and “duty time” limitations based upon report times, the number of scheduled flight segments, and other operational factors. We have hired additional pilots to address the requirements of the new rule. The new rule may reduce our staffing flexibility, which could impact our operational performance, costs, and delivery of the JetBlue Experience, any of which could harm our business.
The impact of federal sequester budget cuts mandated by the Budget Control Act of 2011 or other federal budgetary constraints may adversely affect our industry, business, results of operations and financial position.
On April 16, 2013, the FAA imposed furloughs mandated by the Budget Control Act of 2011, which included reduced staffing of air traffic controllers.  This action resulted in increased delays, reduced arrival rates and flight cancellations across the airline industry and impacting the flying public for approximately one week until Congress passed legislation allowing the FAA to redirect other funds to cover staffing for air traffic controllers. On October 1, 2013, after Congress failed to pass a 2014 budget, portions of the federal government deemed nonessential were shut down. After extending the federal debt ceiling limit, the partial government shutdown ended on October 17, 2013, but not before delaying the delivery of two aircraft from their manufacturers. Much of our airline operations are regulated by governmental agencies, including the FAA, the DOT, CBP, The TSA and others.  Should mandatory furloughs and/or other budget constraints continue or resume for an extended period of time, our operations and results of operations could be materially negatively impacted.  The travel behaviors of the flying public could also be affected, which may materially adversely impact our industry and our business.
Compliance with future environmental regulations may harm our business.
Many aspects of airlines’ operations are subject to increasingly stringent environmental regulations, and growing concerns about climate change may result in the imposition of additional regulation. Since the domestic airline industry is increasingly price sensitive, we may not be able to recover the cost of compliance with new or more stringent environmental laws and regulations from our passengers, which could adversely affect our business. Although it is not expected the costs of complying with current environmental regulations will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, no assurance can be made the costs of complying with environmental regulations in the future will not have such an effect.

19



We could be adversely affected by an outbreak of a disease or an environmental disaster that significantly affects travel behavior.
Any outbreak of a disease affecting travel behavior could have a material adverse impact on us.  In addition, outbreaks of disease could result in quarantines of our personnel or an inability to access facilities or our aircraft, which could adversely affect our operations. Similarly, if an environmental disaster were to occur and adversely impact any of our destination cities, travel behavior could be affected and in turn, could materially adversely impact our business.
The unknown impact from the Dodd-Frank Act as well as the rules to be promulgated under it could require the implementation of additional policies and require us to incur administrative compliance costs.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, contains a variety of provisions designed to regulate financial markets. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to rulemaking that will take effect over several years, thus making it difficult to assess its impact on us at this time. We expect to successfully implement any new applicable legislative and regulatory requirements and may incur additional costs associated with our compliance with the new regulations and anticipated additional reporting and disclosure obligations; however, at this time we do not expect such costs to be material to us.


20



ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES
Aircraft
As of December 31, 2013 , we operated a fleet consisting of four Airbus A321 aircraft, 130 Airbus A320 aircraft and 60 EMBRAER 190 aircraft as summarized in the table below:
Aircraft
 
Seating Capacity
 
Owned
 
Capital Leased
 
Operating Leased
 
Total
 
Average Age in Years
Airbus A320
 
150

 
96

 
4

 
30

 
130

 
8.3

Airbus A321
 
190

 
4

 

 

 
4

 
0.1

EMBRAER 190
 
100

 
30

 

 
30

 
60

 
5.2

 
 
 
 
130

 
4

 
60

 
194

 
7.1

As of December 31, 2013 our aircraft leases have an average remaining term of approximately 9.2 years, with expiration dates between 2016 and 2026 . We have the option to extend most of these leases for additional periods or to purchase the aircraft at the end of the related lease term. All but 23 of our 134 owned aircraft and all but 30 of our 35 owned spare engines are subject to secured debt financing.
In October 2013, we amended our purchase agreement with Embraer by deferring previously scheduled deliveries of 24 EMBRAER 190 aircraft from 2014-2018 to 2020-2022. We converted eight existing A320 orders to A321 orders and 10 A320 new engine option (A320neo) orders to A321 new engine option (A321neo) orders. We ordered an additional 15 A321 aircraft for delivery between 2015 and 2017 and 20 A321neo for delivery between 2018 and 2020.
As of December 31, 2013 , we had on order 136 aircraft, which are scheduled for delivery through 2022 . Our future aircraft delivery schedule is as follows:
Year
 
Airbus
A320
 
Airbus
A320neo
 
Airbus
A321
 
Airbus A321neo
 
EMBRAER
190
 
Total
2014
 
 
 
9
 
 
 
9
2015
 
 
 
12
 
 
 
12
2016
 
3
 
 
12
 
 
 
15
2017
 
 
 
15
 
 
 
15
2018
 
 
5
 
1
 
9
 
 
15
2019
 
 
 
 
15
 
 
15
2020
 
 
9
 
 
6
 
10
 
25
2021
 
 
16
 
 
 
7
 
23
2022
 
 
 
 
 
7
 
7
 
 
3
 
30
 
49
 
30
 
24
 
136


21



Ground Facilities
Airports
All of our facilities at the airports we serve are under leases or other occupancy agreements. This space is leased directly from the local airport authority on varying terms dependent on prevailing practice at each airport. It is customary in the airline industry to have agreements that automatically renew. Our terminal passenger service facilities of ticket counters, gate space, operations support area and baggage service offices generally have agreement terms ranging from less than one year to five years. They can contain provisions for periodic adjustments of rental rates, landing fees and other charges applicable under the type of lease. Under these agreements we are responsible for the maintenance, insurance, utilities and certain other facility-related expenses and services.
Our most significant lease agreements relate to our airport facilities at JFK, followed by our agreement at Boston:
JFK . We have a lease agreement with the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, or PANYNJ, for T5 which ends on October 22, 2038. We have the option to terminate the agreement five years prior to the end of the scheduled lease term. In December 2010 we executed a supplement to this lease agreement for the T6 property, our original base of operations at JFK, for a term of five years. In 2012, we commenced construction on T5i, an expansion to T5 that we intend to use as an international arrival facility. An amendment of the original T5 lease was executed in 2013 which incorporates approximately 19 acres of the former T6 property and space for the T5i facilities. We expect T5i will be open to customers in late 2014.
Boston . We have a lease agreement with Massport for 17 gates and 42 ticket counter positions in Terminal C. This lease started on May 1, 2005, with an initial term of five years. An extension clause came into effective on May 1, 2010 whereby the lease has 20 successive one-year automatic renewals, each from May 1 through to April 30.
We have entered into use arrangements at each of the airports we serve providing for the non-exclusive use of runways, taxiways and other airport facilities. Landing fees under these agreements are typically based on the number of aircraft landings and the weight of the aircraft.
Other
We lease the following hangars and airport support facilities at our focus cities:
New York. At JFK we have a ground lease agreement which expires in 2030 relating to a 70,000 square foot aircraft maintenance hangar and an adjacent 32,000 square foot office and warehouse facility. These facilities accommodate our technical support operations and passenger provisioning personnel. We also occupy a building where we store aircraft spare parts and perform ground equipment maintenance.
Boston. We have a ground lease agreement which expires in 2017 relating to an 80,000 square feet building which includes an aircraft maintenance hangar and office space. We also have a lease for a facility to accommodate our ground support equipment maintenance.
Orlando. We have a ground lease agreement which expires in 2035 relating to a 70,000 square foot hangar. This hangar is used both by Live TV for the installation and maintenance of in-flight satellite television systems as well as JetBlue for aircraft maintenance. We also occupy a training center with a lease agreement that expires in 2035 which we use for the initial and recurrent training of our pilots and in-flight crew, as well as support training for our technical operations and airport crew. This facility is equipped with seven full flight simulators, three cabin trainers, a training pool, classrooms and support areas. In 2013 we began construction on a temporary lodging facility adjacent to our training center. We anticipate that our Crewmembers will utilize this lodging facility when attending training at the training center. It is expected that the facility will be opened in 2015, with the lease agreement expiring in 2035.
Our primary corporate offices are located in Long Island City, New York, with our lease expiring in 2023. Our offices in Salt Lake City, Utah contains a core team of employees who are responsible for group sales, customer service, at-home reservation agent supervision, disbursements and certain other finance functions. The lease for Salt Lake City expires in 2022. We also maintain other facilities that are necessary to support our operations in the cities we serve.

22



ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the ordinary course of our business, we are party to various legal proceedings and claims which we believe are incidental to the operation of our business. Other than as described under Note 12-Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe the ultimate outcome of these proceedings to which we are currently a party will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Certain information concerning JetBlue’s executive officers as of the date of this report follows. There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers.
David Barger , age 56, is our Chief Executive Officer. He has served in this capacity since May 2007 and was our President from August 1998 to September 2007 and June 2009 until December 2013. He is also a member of our Board of Directors. He previously served as our Chief Operating Officer from August 1998 to March 2007. From 1992 to 1998, Mr. Barger served in various management positions with Continental Airlines, including Vice President, Newark hub. He held various director level positions at Continental Airlines from 1988 to 1995. From 1982 to 1988, Mr. Barger served in various positions with New York Air, including Director of Stations.
Robin Hayes , age 46, is our President. He was promoted to this role on January 1, 2014, having previously served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer since he joined us in August 2008. He joined JetBlue after nineteen years at British Airways. In his last role at British Airways, Mr. Hayes served as Executive Vice President for The Americas and before that he served in a number of operational and commercial positions in the UK and Germany.
Mark D. Powers , age 60, is our Chief Financial Officer, a position he has held since April 2012. Mr. Powers joined us in July 2006 as Treasurer and Vice President, Corporate Finance. He was promoted to Senior Vice President, Treasurer in 2007. Prior to joining JetBlue, Mr. Powers was an independent advisor to several aviation-related companies and has held a number of positions in both the finance and legal departments of Continental Airlines, Northwest Airlines and General Electric's jet engine unit.
Rob Maruster , age 42, is our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, having served in this capacity since June 2009. Mr. Maruster joined JetBlue in 2005 as Vice President, Operations Planning and in 2006 he was promoted to Senior Vice President, Airports and Operational Planning. In 2008, Mr. Maruster’s responsibilities were expanded to include the Customer Services group which included Airports, Inflight Services, Reservations, and System Operations. Mr Maruster joined JetBlue after a 12-year career with Delta Air Lines in a variety of leadership positions with increasing responsibilities in the carrier’s Marketing and Customer Service departments. This culminated in him being responsible for all operations at Delta’s largest hub as Vice President, Airport Customer Service at Hartsfield-Jackson Atlanta International Airport.
James Hnat , age 43, is our Executive Vice President Corporate Affairs, General Counsel and Secretary and has served in this capacity since April 2007. He served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary since March 2006 and as our General Counsel and Assistant Secretary from February 2003 to March 2006. Mr. Hnat is a member of the bar of New York and Massachusetts.
Don Daniels , age 46, is our Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer, a position he has held since May 2009. He served as our Vice President and Corporate Controller since October 2007. He previously served as our Assistant Controller since July 2006 and Director of Financial Reporting since October 2002.



23



PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY; RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol JBLU. The table below shows the high and low sales prices for our common stock.
 
 
High
 
Low
2013 Quarter Ended
 
 
 
 
March 31
 
$
7.01

 
$
5.70

June 30
 
7.28

 
5.95

September 30
 
6.93

 
6.04

December 31
 
9.20

 
6.57

2012 Quarter Ended
 
 
 
 
March 31
 
6.32

 
4.73

June 30
 
5.44

 
4.06

September 30
 
5.94

 
4.76

December 31
 
5.99

 
4.77

As of January 31, 2014, there were approximately 754 holders of record of our common stock.
We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock and have no current intention of doing so. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to applicable limitations under Delaware law. This decision will be dependent upon our results of operations, financial condition and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchases
In September 2012, the Board authorized a five year share repurchase program of up to 25 million shares. As of December 31, 2013 , 20.4 million shares remain available for repurchase under the program. During 2013 the following shares were repurchased under the program:
Period
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased
 
Average price paid per share
 
Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced program
 
Maximum number of shares that may yet to be purchased under the program
January 2013
 
257,725

 
$
5.90

 
257,725

 
 
February 2013
 
261,200

 
$
5.89

 
261,200

 
 
June 2013
 
11,000

 
$
6.00

 
11,000

 
 
Total
 
529,925

 
$
5.90

 
529,925

 
20,392,430

The program may be commenced or suspended from time to time without prior notice. Shares repurchased under our share repurchase program are purchased in open market transactions and are held as treasury stock.
Convertible Debt Redemption
In October 2013 we notified the holders of our 5.5% Convertible Debentures due 2038 (Series A) that we planned to redeem their holding on December 3, 2013. These holders could elect to convert their holding into shares of our common stock up until the business day prior to the redemption date at a rate of 220.6288 shares per $1,000 debenture. All holders converted the debt into shares of our common stock before December 3, 2013 for a total of approximately 12.2 million shares.





24




Stock Performance Graph
This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC or subject to Section 18 of the Exchange Act, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
The following line graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and the NYSE Arca Airline Index from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2013. The comparison assumes the investment of $100 in our common stock and in each of the foregoing indices and reinvestment of all dividends. The stock performance shown represents historical performance and is not representative of future stock performance.
 
 
12/31/2009
 
12/31/2010
 
12/31/2011
 
12/31/2012
 
12/31/2013
JetBlue Airways Corporation
 
$
100

 
$
121

 
$
95

 
$
105

 
$
157

S&P 500 Stock Index
 
100

 
115

 
117

 
136

 
180

NYSE Arca Airline Index (1)
 
100

 
139

 
96

 
131

 
206


(1) As of December 31, 2013 , the NYSE Arca Airline Index consisted of Air Canada, Alaska Air Group Inc., Allegiant Travel Company, American Airlines Group, Inc., Delta Air Lines, Inc., JetBlue Airways Corporation, Southwest Airlines Company, Republic Airways Holding, Inc., Transat A.T. Inc. (Cl B), United Continental Holdings Inc. and WestJet Airlines Ltd.


25



ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following financial information for the five years ended December 31, 2013 has been derived from our consolidated financial statements. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Statements of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
 
$
5,441

 
$
4,982

 
$
4,504

 
$
3,779

 
$
3,292

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aircraft fuel and related taxes
 
1,899

 
1,806

 
1,664

 
1,115

 
945

Salaries, wages and benefits (1)
 
1,135

 
1,044

 
947

 
891

 
776

Landing fees and other rents
 
305

 
277

 
245

 
228

 
213

Depreciation and amortization
 
290

 
258

 
233

 
220

 
228

Aircraft rent
 
128

 
130

 
135

 
126

 
126

Sales and marketing
 
223

 
204

 
199

 
179

 
151

Maintenance materials and repairs
 
432

 
338

 
227

 
172

 
149

Other operating expenses (2)
 
601

 
549

 
532

 
515

 
419

Total operating expenses
 
5,013

 
4,606

 
4,182

 
3,446

 
3,007

Operating income
 
428

 
376

 
322

 
333

 
285

Other income (expense) (3)
 
(149
)
 
(167
)
 
(177
)
 
(172
)
 
(181
)
Income before income taxes
 
279

 
209

 
145

 
161

 
104

Income tax expense
 
111

 
81

 
59

 
64

 
43

Net income
 
$
168

 
$
128

 
$
86

 
$
97

 
$
61

Earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
0.59

 
$
0.45

 
$
0.31

 
$
0.36

 
$
0.24

Diluted
 
$
0.52

 
$
0.40

 
$
0.28

 
$
0.31

 
$
0.21

Other Financial Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating margin
 
7.9
%
 
7.5
%
 
7.1
%
 
8.8
%
 
8.6
%
Pre-tax margin
 
5.1
%
 
4.2
%
 
3.2
%
 
4.3
%
 
3.2
%
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
 
2.05
x
 
1.75
x
 
1.52
x
 
1.59
x
 
1.33
x
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
758

 
$
698

 
$
614

 
$
523

 
$
486

Net cash used in investing activities
 
(476
)
 
(867
)
 
(502
)
 
(696
)
 
(457
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
(239
)
 
(322
)
 
96

 
(258
)
 
306

(1) In 2010 we incurred approximately $9 million in one-time implementation expenses related to our new customer service system.
(2) In 2013, we had a gain of $7 million on the sale of the Airfone business by LiveTV and sold three spare engines resulting in gains of approximately $2 million. In 2012 we sold six spare engines and two aircraft resulting in gains of approximately $10 million and LiveTV terminated a customer contract resulting in a gain of approximately $8 million. In 2010 we recorded an impairment loss of $6 million related to the spectrum license held by our LiveTV subsidiary. In 2010 we also incurred approximately $13 million in one-time implementation expenses related to our new customer service system. In 2009 we sold two aircraft which resulted in gains of approximately $1 million.
(3) We recorded $3 million, $1 million and $6 million in losses on the early extinguishment of debt in 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively.

26



 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
 
(in millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
225

 
$
182

 
$
673

 
$
465

 
$
896

Investment securities
 
516

 
685

 
591

 
628

 
246

Total assets
 
7,350

 
7,070

 
7,071

 
6,593

 
6,549

Total debt
 
2,585

 
2,851

 
3,136

 
3,033

 
3,304

Common stockholders’ equity
 
2,134

 
1,888

 
1,757

 
1,654

 
1,546

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Operating Statistics (unaudited):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue passengers (thousands)
 
30,463

 
28,956

 
26,370

 
24,254

 
22,450

Revenue passenger miles (millions)
 
35,836

 
33,563

 
30,698

 
28,279

 
25,955

Available seat miles (ASMs)(millions)
 
42,824

 
40,075

 
37,232

 
34,744

 
32,558

Load factor
 
83.7
%
 
83.8
%
 
82.4
%
 
81.4
%
 
79.7
%
Aircraft utilization (hours per day)
 
11.9

 
11.8

 
11.7

 
11.6

 
11.5

Average fare
 
$
163.19

 
$
157.11

 
$
154.74

 
$
140.69

 
$
130.67

Yield per passenger mile (cents)
 
13.87

 
13.55

 
13.29

 
12.07

 
11.30

Passenger revenue per ASM (cents)
 
11.61

 
11.35

 
10.96

 
9.82

 
9.01

Operating revenue per ASM (cents)
 
12.71

 
12.43

 
12.10

 
10.88

 
10.11

Operating expense per ASM (cents)
 
11.71

 
11.49

 
11.23

 
9.92

 
9.24

Operating expense per ASM, excluding fuel (cents)
 
7.28

 
6.99

 
6.76

 
6.71

 
6.33

Operating expense per ASM, excluding fuel and profit sharing (cents)
 
7.25

 
6.98

 
6.76

 
6.71

 
6.33

Airline operating expense per ASM (cents) (4)
 
11.56

 
11.34

 
11.06

 
9.71

 
8.99

Departures
 
282,133

 
264,600

 
243,446

 
225,501

 
215,526

Average stage length (miles)
 
1,090

 
1,085

 
1,091

 
1,100

 
1,076

Average number of operating aircraft during period
 
185.2

 
173.9

 
164.9

 
153.5

 
148.0

Average fuel cost per gallon, including fuel taxes
 
$
3.14

 
$
3.21

 
$
3.17

 
$
2.29

 
$
2.08

Fuel gallons consumed (millions)
 
604

 
563

 
525

 
486

 
455

Full-time equivalent employees at period end (4)
 
12,647

 
12,070

 
11,733

 
11,121

 
10,704

 
(4) Excludes results of operations and employees of LiveTV, LLC, which are unrelated to our airline operations and are immaterial to our consolidated operating results.
Glossary of Airline terminology
Airline terminology used in this section and elsewhere in this report:
Aircraft utilization. The average number of block hours operated per day per aircraft for the total fleet of aircraft.
Available seat miles . The number of seats available for passengers multiplied by the number of miles the seats are flown.
Average fare. The average one-way fare paid per flight segment by a revenue passenger.

27



Average fuel cost per gallon. Total aircraft fuel costs, including fuel taxes and effective portion of fuel hedging, divided by the total number of fuel gallons consumed.
Average stage length. The average number of miles flown per flight.
Load factor. The percentage of aircraft seating capacity actually utilized, calculated by dividing revenue passenger miles by available seat miles.
Operating expense per available seat mile. Operating expenses divided by available seat miles.
Operating expense per available seat mile, excluding fuel. Operating expenses, less aircraft fuel, divided by available seat miles.
Operating expense per available seat mile, excluding fuel and profit sharing. Operating expenses, less aircraft fuel and profit sharing, divided by available seat miles.
Operating revenue per available seat mile. Operating revenues divided by available seat miles.
Passenger revenue per available seat mile. Passenger revenue divided by available seat miles.
Revenue passengers . The total number of paying passengers flown on all flight segments.
Revenue passenger miles . The number of miles flown by revenue passengers.
Yield per passenger mile. The average amount one passenger pays to fly one mile.

28




ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
In 2013 we experienced the continuation of uncertain economic conditions, ongoing fuel price constraints, and the persistent competitiveness of the airline industry. Even with these external factors 2013 was one of the most profitable years in our history. We generated operating revenue growth of over 9% year over year and reported our highest ever net income. We are committed to delivering a safe and reliable JetBlue Experience for our customers as well as increasing returns for our shareholders. We believe our continued focus on cost discipline, product innovation and network enhancements, combined with our service excellence, will drive our future success.
2013 Financial Highlights
We reported our highest ever net income of $168 million , an increase of $40 million compared to 2012 .
We generated over $5.4 billion in operating revenue. Our ancillary revenue continues to be a source of significant revenue growth, primarily driven by customer demand for our Even More products as well as changes to our fee structure.
Operating margin increased by 0.4 points to 7.9% and we improved our return on invested capital, or ROIC, to 5.3%.
Our earnings per diluted share reached $0.52 , the highest since 2003.
We generated $758 million in cash from operations and $121 million in free cash flow.
Operating expenses per available seat mile increased 1.9% to 11.71 cents. Excluding fuel and profit sharing, our cost per available seat mile increased 3.8% in 2013.
We entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement consisting of a $350 million revolving credit and a letter of credit facility with Citibank.
Company Initiatives
Strengthening of our Balance Sheet
Throughout 2013 we continued to focus on strengthening our balance sheet. We ended the year with unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $627 million and undrawn lines of credit of $550 million. Our unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments is at approximately 12% of trailing twelve months revenue. We reduced our overall debt balance by $266 million, including a prepayment for approximately $94 million related to four A320 aircraft in the fourth quarter of 2013. We have increased the number of unencumbered aircraft and spare engines in 2013 bringing total unencumbered aircraft to 23 and spare engines to 30 as of December 31, 2013. In 2013 the holders of our 5.5% Convertible Debentures due 2038 (Series A) converted their securities into approximately 12.2 million shares of our common stock. During 2013 we repurchased approximately 0.5 million shares of our common stock for approximately $3 million .
Aircraft
During 2013 we took delivery of 14 aircraft, including four of our new aircraft type, the Airbus A321. In October 2013 we restructured our fleet order book. We deferred 24 EMBRAER 190 aircraft deliveries from 2014-2018 to 2020-2022, converted 18 Airbus A320 positions to A321's and added an incremental order for 35 A321 aircraft. We entered into a flight-hour based maintenance and repair agreement relating to our EMBRAER 190 engines to better provide for more predictable maintenance expenses.
Airport Infrastructure Investments
During 2013 we continued our construction of T5i, the new international arrival extension to T5 at JFK. We expect the creation of a new dedicated site to handle U.S. Customs and Border Protection checks at T5 to eliminate the need for our international customers to arrive at T4, resulting in a more efficient process and a better JetBlue Experience for both our customers and Crewmembers.

29



Network
As part of our ongoing network initiatives and route optimization efforts we have continued to make schedule and frequency adjustments throughout 2013. We added seven new BlueCities to our network: Charleston, SC, Albuquerque, NM, Philadelphia, PA, Medellin, Colombia, Worcester, MA, Lima, Peru and Port-au-Prince, Haiti. We also added new routes between existing BlueCities.
Outlook for 2014
We ended 2013 with record revenues and our highest ever net income. We believe we will be able to build on this momentum in 2014 by continuing to improve our year over year margins and increase returns for our shareholders. We plan to do this by introducing our new product, Mint™ in June as well as continuing to retrofit our Airbus fleet with Fly-Fi™. We further plan to add new destinations and route pairings based upon market demand, having previously announced three new BlueCities for the first half of 2014. We are continuously looking to expand our other ancillary revenue opportunities, improve our TrueBlue loyalty program and deepen our portfolio of commercial partnerships. We also remain committed to investing in infrastructure and product enhancements which will enable us to reap future benefits. We intend to continue to opportunistically pre-purchase outstanding debt when market conditions and terms are favorable.
For the full year 2014, we estimate our operating capacity to increase approximately 5% to 7% over 2013 with the addition of nine Airbus A321 aircraft to our operating fleet. Assuming fuel prices of $3.06 per gallon, net of our fuel hedging activity, our cost per available seat mile for 2014 is expected to increase by 1% to 3% over 2013, primarily due to increases to salaries, wages and benefits.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Year 2013 Compared to Year 2012
Operating Revenues
(Revenue in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
Year-over-Year
Change
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
Passenger Revenue
 
$
4,971

 
$
4,550

 
$
421

 
9.3

 
Other Revenue
 
470

 
432

 
38

 
8.8

 
Operating Revenues
 
5,441

 
4,982

 
459

 
9.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Fare
 
$
163.19

 
$
157.11

 
$
6.08

 
3.9

 
Yield per passenger mile (cents)
 
13.87

 
13.55

 
0.32

 
2.4

 
Passenger revenue per ASM (cents)
 
11.61

 
11.35

 
0.26

 
2.3

 
Operating revenue per ASM (cents)
 
12.71

 
12.43

 
0.28

 
2.2

 
Average stage length (miles)
 
1,090

 
1,085

 
5

 
0.5

 
Revenue passengers (thousands)
 
30,463

 
28,956

 
1,507

 
5.2

 
Revenue passenger miles (millions)
 
35,836

 
33,563

 
2,273

 
6.8

 
Available Seat Miles (ASMs) (millions)
 
42,824

 
40,075

 
2,749

 
6.9

 
Load Factor
 
83.7
%
 
83.8
%
 
 
 
(0.1
)
pts
Passenger revenue is our primary source of revenue and accounted for over 91% of our total operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 . As well as seat revenue it includes revenue from our ancillary product offerings such as EvenMore™ Space. Revenues generated from international routes, including Puerto Rico, accounted for 28% of our passenger revenues in 2013. Revenue is recognized either when transportation is provided or after the ticket or customer credit expires. We measure capacity in terms of available seat miles, which represents the number of seats available for passengers multiplied by the number of miles the seats are flown. Yield, or the average amount one passenger pays to fly one mile, is calculated by dividing passenger revenue by revenue passenger miles. We attempt to increase passenger revenue primarily by increasing our yield per flight which produces higher revenue per available seat mile, or RASM. Our objective is to optimize our fare mix to increase our overall average fare while continuing to provide our customers with competitive fares.

30



In 2013, the increase in passenger revenues was mainly attributable to the increased capacity and increase in yield. Our largest ancillary product remains the EvenMore™ Space seats, generating approximately $170 million in revenue, an increase of over 13% compared to 2012.
The primary component of other revenue is the fees from reservation changes and excess baggage charged to customers in accordance with our published policies. We also include the marketing component of TrueBlue point sales, on-board product sales, transportation of mail and cargo, Charters, ground handling fees of other airlines and rental income. We additionally include the revenues earned by our subsidiary, LiveTV, LLC, for the sale of in-flight entertainment systems and on-going services provided for these systems on other airlines in Other Revenue.
In 2013, other revenue increased by $38 million compared to 2012. This was primarily due an increase in fees revenue, a factor of which was a change in our fee structure policy over the summer period. Further increases were seen in the marketing component of TrueBlue. These increases were offset slightly by a decrease in LiveTV revenue.
Operating Expenses
(in millions; per ASM data in cents)
 
 
 
 
 
Year-over-Year Change
 
per ASM
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
2013
 
2012
 
% Change
Aircraft fuel and related taxes
 
$
1,899

 
$
1,806

 
$
93

 
5.1

 
4.43

 
4.50

 
(1.6
)
Salaries, wages and benefits
 
1,135

 
1,044

 
91

 
8.7

 
2.65

 
2.60

 
1.9

Landing fees and other rents
 
305

 
277

 
28

 
10.1

 
0.71

 
0.69

 
2.9

Depreciation and amortization
 
290

 
258

 
32

 
12.5

 
0.68

 
0.65

 
4.6

Aircraft rent
 
128

 
130

 
(2
)
 
(1.5
)
 
0.30

 
0.33

 
(9.1
)
Sales and marketing
 
223

 
204

 
19

 
9.2

 
0.52

 
0.51

 
2.0

Maintenance materials and repairs
 
432

 
338

 
94

 
28.0

 
1.01

 
0.84

 
20.2

Other operating expenses
 
601

 
549

 
52

 
9.5

 
1.41

 
1.37

 
2.9

Total operating expenses
 
$
5,013

 
$
4,606

 
$
407

 
8.8

 
11.71

 
11.49

 
1.9


Aircraft Fuel and Hedging
Aircraft fuel and related taxes remains our largest expense category, representing 38% of our total operating expenses in 2013 compared to 39% in 2012. Even though the average fuel price decreased 2% in 2013 to $3.14 per gallon, our fuel expenses increased by $93 million as we consumed 41 million more gallons of aircraft fuel compared to 2012, mainly due to our increased capacity. Based on our expected fuel volume for 2014, a 10% per gallon increase in the cost of aircraft fuel would increase our annual fuel expense by approximately $202 million .
We maintain a diversified fuel hedge portfolio by entering into a variety of fuel hedge contracts in order to provide some protection against sharp and sudden volatility as well as further increases in fuel prices. In total, we hedged 21% of our total 2013 fuel consumption. We also use fixed forward price agreements, or FFPs, which allow us to lock in a price for fixed quantities of fuel to be delivered at a specified date in the future, to manage fuel price volatility. As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding fuel hedge contracts covering approximately 16% of our forecasted consumption for the first quarter of 2014 and 9% for the full year 2014. We also had 7% of our 2014 fuel consumption requirements covered under FFPs. In January 2014, we entered into jet fuel swap and cap agreements covering an additional 3% of our 2014 forecasted consumption. We will continue to monitor fuel prices closely and intend to take advantage of reasonable fuel hedging opportunities as they become available.
In 2013 we recorded $10 million in fuel hedge losses compared to 2012 when we recorded $10 million in effective fuel hedge gains. Fuel derivatives not qualifying as cash flow hedges in 2013 resulted in immaterial losses compared to $3 million in losses in 2012 which were recorded in interest income and other. Accounting ineffectiveness on fuel derivatives classified as cash flow hedges resulted in immaterial losses in 2013 and 2012 and were recorded in interest income and other. We are unable to predict what the amount of ineffectiveness will be related to these instruments, or the potential loss of hedge accounting which is determined on a derivative-by-derivative basis, due to the volatility in the forward markets for these commodities.

31



Salaries, Wages and Benefits
Salaries, Wages and Benefits is our second largest expense, representing approximately 23% of our total operating expenses in 2013 and 2012. During 2013 the average number of full-time equivalent employees increased by 5% and the average tenure of our Crewmembers increased to 6.1 years, both of which contributed to a $ 91 million , or 8.7%, increase compared to 2012. Retirement Plus contributions, which equate to 5% of all of our eligible Crewmembers wages, increased by $4 million and our 3% retirement contribution for a certain portion of our FAA-licensed Crewmembers, which we refer to as Retirement Advantage, increased by $6 million. Our increased profitability resulted in $12 million of profit sharing expense compared to $3 million in 2012. The increasing tenure of our Crewmembers, rising healthcare costs and efforts to maintain competitiveness in our overall compensation packages are presenting cost pressures.
We have agreed to provide our pilots with a 20% pay increase in their base rate over the next three years which we expect will equate to approximately $30 million in 2014. In January 2014, the FAA’s rule amending the FAA’s flight, duty, and rest regulations became effective. Among other things, the new rule requires a ten hour minimum rest period prior to a pilot’s flight duty period; mandates a pilot must have an opportunity for eight hours of uninterrupted sleep within the rest period; and imposes new pilot “flight time” and “duty time” limitations based upon report times, the number of scheduled flight segments, and other operational factors. We have hired additional pilots to address the requirements of the new rule.
Maintenance Materials and Repairs
Maintenance materials and repairs are generally expensed when incurred unless covered by a long-term flight hour services contract. The average age of our aircraft in 2013 was 7.1 years which is relatively young compared to our competitors. However, as our fleet ages our maintenance costs will increase significantly, both on an absolute basis and as a percentage of our unit costs, as older aircraft require additional, more expensive repairs over time. We had an average of 11.3 additional operating aircraft in 2013 compared to 2012.
In 2013 maintenance materials and repairs increased by $94 million as we had higher engine related costs for our EMBRAER 190 aircraft. In the latter half of 2013 we finalized a flight-hour based maintenance and repair agreement for these engines, which is expected to result in better planning of maintenance activities. While our maintenance costs will increase as our fleet ages, we expect we will benefit from these new maintenance agreements for our fleet.
Other Operating Expenses
Other operating expenses consist of the following categories: outside services (including expenses related to fueling, ground handling, skycap, security and janitorial services), insurance, personnel expenses, cost of goods sold to other airlines by LiveTV, professional fees, on-board supplies, shop and office supplies, bad debts, communication costs and taxes other than payroll and fuel taxes. Other operating expenses increased by $52 million, or 9.5%, compared to 2012 due to an increase in outside services. As our capacity and number of departures grew in 2013, our related variable handling costs also increased. Additionally we had higher information technology related costs due to increases in volume and usage. Non-recurring items in 2013 included a gain of approximately $2 million relating to the sale of three spare aircraft engines as well as a gain of approximately $7 million relating to the sale of LiveTV's investment in the Airfone business. In 2012 we sold six spare engines and two EMBRAER 190 aircraft resulting in gains of approximately $10 million as well as the termination of a customer by LiveTV resulting in a gain of approximately $8 million.
Income Taxes
Our effective tax rate was 40% in 2013 and 39% in 2012 . Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory income tax rate primarily due to state income taxes and the non-deductibility of certain items for tax purposes. It is also affected by the relative size of these items to our 2013 pre-tax income of $279 million and our 2012 pre-tax income of $209 million .

Year 2012 Compared to Year 2011
Overview
We reported net income of $128 million in 2012 compared to $86 million in 2011. We had an operating income of $376 million in 2012, an increase of $54 million over 2011 and an operating margin of 7.5%, up 0.4 points from 2011. Diluted earnings per share were $0.40 for 2012 compared to diluted earnings per share of $0.28 for 2011.
During 2012, despite the continuing uncertain economic conditions and a severe hurricane hitting the core of our operations we managed to produce solid financial results. We generated unit revenue growth throughout the year by continuing to manage the structure and mix of our network. Our efforts to grow key regions were primarily focused in Boston and the Caribbean, which resulted in increased capacity during 2012.

32



Operating Revenues
(Revenues in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
Year-over-Year
Change
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
$
 
%
 
Passenger Revenue
 
$
4,550

 
$
4,080

 
$
470

 
11.5
 %
 
Other Revenue
 
432

 
424

 
8

 
2.0

 
Operating Revenues
 
4,982

 
4,504

 
478

 
10.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Fare
 
$
157.11

 
$
154.74

 
$
2.37

 
1.5
 %
 
Yield per passenger mile (cents)
 
13.55

 
13.29

 
0.26

 
2.0

 
Passenger revenue per ASM (cents)
 
11.35

 
10.96

 
0.39

 
3.6

 
Operating revenue per ASM (cents)
 
12.43

 
12.10

 
0.33

 
2.8

 
Average stage length (miles)
 
1,085

 
1,091

 
(6
)
 
(0.5
)
 
Revenue passengers (thousands)
 
28,956

 
26,370

 
2,586

 
9.8

 
Revenue passenger miles (millions)
 
33,563

 
30,698

 
2,865

 
9.3

 
Available Seat Miles (ASMs) (millions)
 
40,075

 
37,232

 
2,843

 
7.6

 
Load Factor
 
83.8
%
 
82.4
%
 
 
 
1.4

pts
Passenger revenue accounted for 91% of our total operating revenues in 2012 and was our primary source of revenue. Revenues generated from international routes, including Puerto Rico, accounted for 27% of our passenger revenues in 2012. In 2012, the increase in passenger revenues of 11.5% was mainly attributable to the increased capacity and increase in yield. Our largest ancillary product remained the EvenMore™ Space seats, generating approximately $150 million in revenue. This was an increase of approximately 19% over 2011.
Operating Expenses
(in millions; per ASM data in cents)
 
 
 
 
 
Year-over-Year Change
 
per ASM
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
$
 
%
 
2012
 
2011
 
% Change
Aircraft fuel and related taxes
 
$
1,806

 
$
1,664

 
$
142

 
8.6

 
4.50

 
4.47

 
0.9

Salaries, wages and benefits
 
1,044

 
947

 
97

 
10.3

 
2.60

 
2.54

 
2.4

Landing fees and other rents
 
277

 
245

 
32

 
12.8

 
0.69

 
0.66

 
4.8

Depreciation and amortization
 
258

 
233

 
25

 
10.5

 
0.65

 
0.63

 
2.7

Aircraft rent
 
130

 
135

 
(5
)
 
(3.6
)
 
0.33

 
0.36

 
(10.4
)
Sales and marketing
 
204

 
199

 
5

 
3.0

 
0.51

 
0.53

 
(4.3
)
Maintenance materials and repairs
 
338

 
227

 
111

 
48.4

 
0.84

 
0.61

 
37.9

Other operating expenses
 
549

 
532

 
17

 
3.2

 
1.37

 
1.43

 
(4.1
)
Total operating expenses
 
$
4,606

 
$
4,182

 
$
424

 
10.1

 
11.49

 
11.23

 
2.3



33



Aircraft Fuel and Hedging
The expenses relating to aircraft fuel and related taxes represented 39% of our total operating expenses in 2012. During 2012 the average fuel price increased 1% compared to 2011; we consumed 38 million more gallons of aircraft fuel and saw an increase in fuel expenses of $142 million. In 2012 we hedged 30% of our total fuel consumption. We also recorded $10 million in effective fuel hedge gains which offset fuel expenses compared to $3 million in 2011. Fuel derivatives not qualifying as cash flow hedges in 2012 resulted in losses of approximately $3 million compared to an immaterial amount in 2011. Accounting ineffectiveness on fuel derivatives classified as cash flow hedges resulted in an immaterial loss in 2012 and $2 million in 2011, recorded in interest income and other. We are unable to predict what the amount of ineffectiveness will be related to these instruments, or the potential loss of hedge accounting which is determined on a derivative-by-derivative basis, due to the volatility in the forward markets for these commodities.
Salaries, Wages and Benefits
The increase in salaries, wages and benefits was primarily due to a 4% increase in the number of average number of full-time equivalent employees needed to support our growth plans. The increasing seniority levels of our Crewmembers combined with pay and benefit increases also contributed to higher expenses. The average tenure of our Crewmembers increased to 5.6 years as of December 31, 2012 resulting in an increase to average wages and benefits per full-time equivalent employees. As a result of increased wages, Retirement Plus contributions increased by $3 million. Our increased profitability resulted in $3 million of profit sharing expense to be paid to our Crewmembers in March 2013. During 2012, Retirement Advantage contributions totaled $4 million.
Maintenance Materials and Repairs
Maintenance expense represented a significant cost challenge in 2012, increasing $111 million from 2011. In addition to the additional operating aircraft and the aging of our fleet, several aircraft came off of warranty to contribute to higher maintenance costs. Additionally, one of our key engine and component repair maintenance providers liquidated during the first quarter of 2012 resulting in approximately $10 million in additional costs while we found alternative providers.
Income Taxes
Our effective tax rate was 39% in 2012 compared to 41% in 2011. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory income tax rate primarily due to state income taxes, the change in valuation allowance and the non-deductibility of certain items for tax purposes. The rate decrease was attributable to reductions in certain non-deductible items and the relative size of these items to our pre-tax income.
Costs per Available Seat Mile (Non-GAAP)
Costs per available seat mile, or CASM, is a commonly used metric in the airline industry. Our CASM for 2013 and 2012 are summarized in the table below. We have listed separately our fuel costs and profit sharing expense. While these amounts are included in CASM, we believe excluding fuel costs, which are subject to many economic and political factors beyond our control, as well as profit sharing, which is sensitive to volatility in earnings, is useful to management and investors. We believe this non-GAAP measure is more indicative of our ability to manage our costs and provides a meaningful comparison of our results to the airline industry and our prior year results. Investors should consider this non-GAAP financial measure in addition to, and not as a substitute for, our financial performance measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Reconciliation of Operating expense per ASM, excluding fuel and profit sharing
(in millions, per ASM data in cents)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Per ASM
Year-over-Year Change
 
 
$
 
per ASM
 
$
 
per ASM
 
%
Total operating expenses
 
$
5,013

 
11.71

 
$
4,606

 
11.49

 
1.9
 %
Less: Aircraft fuel and related taxes
 
1,899

 
4.43

 
1,806

 
4.50

 
(1.6
)
Operating expenses, excluding fuel
 
3,114

 
7.28

 
2,800

 
6.99

 
4.2

Less: Profit sharing
 
12

 
0.03

 
3

 
0.01

 
200.0

Operating expense, excluding fuel & profit sharing
 
$
3,102

 
7.25

 
$
2,797

 
6.98

 
3.8


34



Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected financial data and operating statistics for the four quarters ended December 31, 2013. The information for each of these quarters is unaudited and has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
March 31, 2013
 
June 30, 2013
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2013
Statements of Operations Data (dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
 
$
1,299

 
$
1,335

 
$
1,442

 
$
1,365

Operating expenses:
 


 


 


 


Aircraft fuel and related taxes
 
467

 
465

 
501

 
466

Salaries, wages and benefits
 
280

 
279

 
283

 
293

Landing fees and other rents
 
70

 
80

 
81

 
74

Depreciation and amortization
 
68

 
71

 
73

 
78

Aircraft rent
 
32

 
33

 
32

 
31

Sales and marketing
 
50

 
53

 
60

 
60

Maintenance materials and repairs
 
114

 
111

 
109

 
98

Other operating expenses (1)
 
159

 
141

 
151

 
150

Total operating expenses
 
1,240

 
1,233

 
1,290

 
1,250

Operating income
 
59

 
102

 
152

 
115

Other income (expense) (2)
 
(36
)
 
(42
)
 
(33
)
 
(38
)
Income before income taxes
 
23

 
60

 
119

 
77

Income tax expense
 
9

 
24

 
48

 
30

Net income
 
$
14

 
$
36

 
$
71

 
$
47

Operating margin
 
4.5
%
 
7.6
%
 
10.5
%
 
8.4
%
Pre-tax margin
 
1.8
%
 
4.5
%
 
8.2
%
 
5.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Statistics:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue passengers (thousands)
 
7,300

 
7,753

 
8,059

 
7,351

Revenue passenger miles (millions)
 
8,506

 
9,115

 
9,561

 
8,654

Available seat miles ASM (millions)
 
10,140

 
10,741

 
11,252

 
10,691

Load factor
 
83.9
%
 
84.9
%
 
85.0
%
 
80.9
%
Aircraft utilization (hours per day)
 
11.9

 
12.2

 
12.2

 
11.5

Average fare
 
$
162.53

 
$
157.51

 
$
164.02

 
$
168.94

Yield per passenger mile (cents)
 
13.95

 
13.40

 
13.83

 
14.35

Passenger revenue per ASM (cents)
 
11.70

 
11.37

 
11.75

 
11.62

Operating revenue per ASM (cents)
 
12.81

 
12.42

 
12.82

 
12.77

Operating expense per ASM (cents)
 
12.23

 
11.48

 
11.47

 
11.70

Operating expense per ASM, excluding fuel (cents)
 
7.62

 
7.15

 
7.02

 
7.34

Operating expense per ASM, excluding fuel and profit sharing (cents)
 
7.62

 
7.15

 
6.95

 
7.30

Airline operating expense per ASM (cents) (3)
 
12.06

 
11.36

 
11.33

 
11.52

Departures
 
66,773

 
70,722

 
74,206

 
70,432

Average stage length (miles)
 
1,092

 
1,088

 
1,085

 
1,095

Average number of operating aircraft during period
 
180.3

 
183.1

 
187.1

 
189.9

Average fuel cost per gallon, including fuel taxes
 
$
3.29

 
$
3.06

 
$
3.14

 
$
3.10

Fuel gallons consumed (millions)
 
142

 
152

 
160

 
150

Full-time equivalent employees at period end (3)
 
12,385

 
12,743

 
12,124

 
12,647

 
(1)
During the second quarter of 2013, LiveTV recorded a gain of approximately $7 million relating to the sale of the Airfone business. During the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded net gains of approximately $2 million related to the sale of three spare aircraft engines.

35



(2)
During the fourth quarter of 2013 we recorded $3 million in losses related to the early extinguishment of a portion of our long-term debt.
(3)
Excludes results of operations and employees of LiveTV, LLC, which are unrelated to our airline operations and are immaterial to our consolidated operating results.

Although we experienced significant revenue growth in 2013, this trend may not continue. We expect our expenses to continue to increase significantly as we acquire additional aircraft, as our fleet ages and as we expand the frequency of flights in existing markets and enter into new markets. Accordingly, the comparison of the financial data for the quarterly periods presented may not be meaningful. In addition, we expect our operating results to fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter in the future as a result of various factors, many of which are outside our control. Consequently, we believe quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results may not necessarily be meaningful and you should not rely on our results for any one quarter as an indication of our future performance.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The airline business is capital intensive. Our ability to successfully execute our profitable growth plans is largely dependent on the continued availability of capital on attractive terms. In addition, our ability to successfully operate our business depends on maintaining sufficient liquidity. We believe we have adequate resources from a combination of cash and cash equivalents, investment securities on hand and two available lines of credit. Additionally, as of December 31, 2013, we had 23 unencumbered aircraft and 30 unencumbered spare engines which we believe could be an additional source of liquidity, if necessary.
We believe a healthy cash balance is crucial to our ability to weather any part of the economic cycle while continuing to execute on our plans for profitable growth and increased returns. Our goal is to continue to be diligent with our liquidity, maintaining financial flexibility and allowing for prudent capital spending, which in turn we expect to lead to improved returns for our shareholders. As of December 31, 2013 our cash and cash equivalents balance increased by 24% to $225 million. We believe our current level of unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of approximately 12% of trailing twelve months revenue, combined with our other available line of credit and portfolio of unencumbered assets provides us with a strong liquidity position and the potential for higher returns on cash deployment. We believe we have taken several important actions during 2013 in solidifying our strong balance sheet and overall liquidity position. Our highlights for 2013 included:
Reduced our overall debt balance by $266 million .
Prepaid approximately $94 million in debt resulting in four Airbus A320 aircraft becoming unencumbered. This will result in 2014 interest savings of $5 million and total interest expense savings of $25 million .
Increased the number of unencumbered aircraft from 11 as of December 31, 2012 to 23 as of December 31, 2013 and extended the operating leases on eight aircraft.
We entered into a $350 million revolving credit and letter of credit facility with Citibank.
We signed a $226 million Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificate, or EETC, offering, in pass-through certificates which will be secured by 14 unencumbered Airbus A320 aircraft. Funding for the pass-through certificates is scheduled for March 2014.
The Greater Orlando Aviation Authority, or GOAA, issued $42 million in special purpose airport facility revenue bonds to refund bonds issued to us in 2005, interest savings will be approximately $1 million per year.
Return on Invested Capital
Return on invested capital, or ROIC, is an important financial metric which we believe provides meaningful information as to how well we generate returns relative to the capital invested in our business. During 2013 our ROIC improved to 5.3% . We are committed to taking appropriate actions which will allow us to continue to improve ROIC while adding capacity and continuing to grow. We believe this non-GAAP measure provides a meaningful comparison of our results to the airline industry and our prior year results. Investors should consider this non-GAAP financial measure in addition to, and not as a substitute for, our financial performance measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

36



Reconciliation of Return on Invested Capital (Non-GAAP)
(in millions, except as otherwise noted)
 
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Numerator
 
 
 
 
Operating Income
 
$
428

 
$
376

     Add: Interest income (expense) and other
 
(1
)
 
1

     Add: Interest component of capitalized aircraft rent (a)
 
67

 
68

Subtotal
 
494

 
445

     Less: Income tax expense impact
 
194

 
172

Operating Income After Tax, Adjusted
 
$
300

 
$
273

 
 
 
 
 
Denominator
 
 
 
 
Average Stockholders' equity
 
$
2,011

 
$
1,822

Average total debt
 
2,718

 
2,994

Capitalized aircraft rent (a)
 
899

 
913

Invested Capital
 
$
5,628

 
$
5,729

 
 
 
 
 
Return on Invested Capital
 
5.3
%
 
4.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
(a) Capitalized Aircraft Rent
 
 
 
 
Aircraft rent, as reported
 
$
128

 
$
130

Capitalized aircraft rent (7 * Aircraft rent) (b)
 
899

 
913

Interest component of capitalized aircraft rent (Imputed interest at 7.5%)
 
67

 
68

(b) In determining the Invested Capital component of ROIC, we include a non-GAAP adjustment for aircraft operating leases, as operating lease obligations are not reflected on our balance sheets, but do represent a significant financing obligation. In making the adjustment, we used a multiple of 7 times our aircraft rent as this is the multiple which is routinely used with in the airline community to represent the financing component of aircraft operating lease obligations.
Analysis of Cash Flows
We had cash and cash equivalents of $225 million as of December 31, 2013. This compares to $182 million and $673 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively. We held both short and long term investments in 2013, 2012 and 2011. Our short-term investments totaled $402 million as of December 31, 2013 compared to $549 million and $553 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively. Our long-term investments totaled $114 million as of December 31, 2013 compared to $136 million and $38 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively.
Operating Activities
Cash flows provided by operating activities totaled $758 million in 2013 compared to $698 million in 2012 and $614 million in 2011. There was a $60 million increase in cash flows from operating activities in 2013 compared to 2012. During 2013 we saw a 7% increase in capacity, a 4% increase in average fares and a 2% decrease in the price of fuel which all helped to improve operating cash flows. The $84 million increase in cash flows from operations in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily as a result of the 2% increase in average fares and 8% increase in capacity but was offset by an increase of 1% in fuel prices. As of December 31, 2013, our unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as a percentage of trailing twelve months revenue was approximately 12% . We rely primarily on cash flows from operations to provide working capital for current and future operations.

37



Investing Activities      
The capital expenditure for seven new EMBRAER 190 aircraft, three new Airbus A320 aircraft and four new Airbus A321 aircraft during 2013 was $365 million. We additionally paid $22 million for flight equipment deposits and $54 million for spare parts. Capital expenditures for other property and equipment, including ground equipment purchases, facilities improvements and LiveTV inflight-entertainment equipment inventory were $196 million. During 2013 LiveTV sold its investment in the Airfone business for $8 million in proceeds. Investing activities also include the net purchase of $161 million in investment securities.
During 2012, capital expenditures related to our purchase of flight equipment included $344 million for seven Airbus A320 aircraft, four EMBRAER 190 aircraft and five spare engines. It also included $283 million for flight equipment deposits, including a $200 million prepayment in exchange for favorable pricing terms, and $32 million for spare part purchases. Capital expenditures for other property and equipment, including ground equipment purchases, facilities improvements and LiveTV inflight-entertainment equipment inventory were $166 million, which includes the final $32 million for the 16 slots we purchased at LaGuardia and Reagan National in 2011 and $17 million for T5i, which was paid for using cash from operations. The receipt of $46 million in proceeds from the sale of two EMBRAER 190 aircraft and six spare engines is included in investing activities. Investing activities also include the net purchase of $104 million in investment securities.
During 2011, capital expenditures related to our purchase of flight equipment included $318 million for four Airbus A320 aircraft, five EMBRAER 190 aircraft and nine spare engines, $44 million for flight equipment deposits and $27 million for spare part purchases. Capital expenditures for other property and equipment, including ground equipment purchases, facilities improvements and LiveTV inventory, were $135 million, which includes $40 million for the 16 slots we purchased at LaGuardia and Reagan National. Investing activities in 2011 also included the net proceeds from the sale and maturities of $24 million in investment securities.
We currently anticipate 2014 capital expenditures to be approximately $935 million, including approximately $595 million for aircraft and predelivery deposits. The remaining capital expenditures of approximately $340 million relate to non-aircraft projects such as the completion of our investment at T5i, our purchase of the Slots at DCA, LiveTV's continued investment in Fly-Fi™ and the new facility near Orlando airport for Crewmember lodging.
Financing Activities      
Financing activities during 2013 consisted of (1) scheduled maturities of $392 million of debt and capital lease obligations, (2) our issuance of $350 million in fixed rate equipment notes secured by 12 aircraft, (3) the prepayment of $94 million in high-interest debt secured by four Airbus A320 aircraft and $119 million relating to our Spare Parts EETC, (4) the refunding of our Series 2005 GOAA bonds with proceeds of $43 million from the issuance of new 2013 GOAA bonds (5) the repayment of $13 million in principal related to our construction obligation for T5 and (6) the acquisition of $8 million in treasury shares primarily related to our share repurchase program and the withholding of taxes upon the vesting of restricted stock units.
Financing activities during 2012 consisted of (1) scheduled maturities of $198 million of debt and capital lease obligations, (2) the pre-payment of $185 million in high-cost debt secured by seven Airbus A320 aircraft, (3) the repayment of $35 million of debt related to two EMBRAER 190 aircraft which were sold in 2012, (4) proceeds of $215 million in non-public floating rate aircraft-related financing secured by four Airbus A320 aircraft and four EMBRAER 190 aircraft, (5) the net repayment of $88 million under our available lines of credit, (6) the repayment of $12 million in principal related to our construction obligation for Terminal 5 and (7) the acquisition of 4.8 million treasury shares for $26 million primarily related to our share repurchase program and the withholding of taxes upon the vesting of restricted stock units.
Financing activities during 2011 consisted primarily of (1) the early extinguishment of $39 million principal of our 6.75% Series A convertible debentures due 2039 for $45 million, (2) scheduled maturities of $188 million of debt and capital lease obligations, (3) the early payment of $3 million on our spare parts pass-through certificates, (4) proceeds of $121 million in fixed rate and $124 million in non-public floating rate aircraft-related financing secured by four Airbus A320 aircraft and five EMBRAER 190 aircraft, (5) the net borrowings of $88 million under our available line of credit, (6) the repayment of $10 million in principal related to our construction obligation for Terminal 5 and (7) the acquisition of $4 million in treasury shares related to the withholding of taxes, upon the vesting of restricted stock units.

38



In November 2012, we filed an automatic shelf registration statement with the SEC. Under this universal shelf registration statement, we have the capacity to offer and sell from time to time debt securities, pass-through certificates, common stock, preferred stock and/or other securities. The net proceeds of any securities we sell under this registration statement may be used to fund working capital and capital expenditures, including the purchase of aircraft and construction of facilities on or near airports. Through December 31, 2013 we had not issued any securities under this registration statement and at this time we have no plans to sell any such securities under this registration statement. We may utilize this universal shelf registration statement in the future to raise capital to fund the continued development of our products and services, the commercialization of our products and services or for other general corporate purposes.
None of our lenders or lessors are affiliated with us.
Capital Resources     
We have been able to generate sufficient funds from operations to meet our working capital requirements and we have historically financed our aircraft through either secured debt or lease financing. As of December 31, 2013 we operated a fleet of 194 aircraft including 21 Airbus A320 and two EMBRAER 190 unencumbered aircraft. Of the remaining aircraft, 60 were financed under operating leases, four were financed under capital leases and 107 were financed by private and public secured debt. We additionally have 30 unencumbered spare engines and a five spare engines that are secured by financings. Approximately 63%% of our property and equipment is pledged as security under various loan arrangements.
We have committed financing for four out of the nine Airbus A321 aircraft scheduled for delivery in 2014. We plan to purchase the remaining 2014 scheduled deliveries with cash. To the extent we cannot pay in cash we may be required to secure financing or further modify our aircraft acquisition plans. Although we believe debt and/or lease financing should be available to us if needed, we cannot give assurance we will be able to secure financing on terms attractive to us, if at all.
Working Capital     
We had working capital deficit of $818 million at December 31, 2013 compared to a deficit of $508 million at December 31, 2012 and a working capital of $216 million at December 31, 2011. Working capital deficits can be customary in the airline industry since air traffic liability is classified as a current liability. Our working capital deficit increased in 2013 mainly due to a $132 million increase in air traffic liability and an increase of $75 million relating to the current maturity of long-term debt. Also contributing to our working capital deficit as of December 31, 2013 is $114 million in marketable investment securities classified as long-term assets, including $52 million related to a deposit made to lower the interest rate on the debt secured by two aircraft. These funds on deposit are readily available to us; however, if we were to draw upon this deposit, the interest rates on the debt would revert to the higher rates in effect prior to the re-financing.
In 2012, we entered into a revolving line of credit with Morgan Stanley for up to $100 million, and increased the line of credit for up to $200 million in December 2012. This line of credit is secured by a portion of our investment securities held by Morgan Stanley and the borrowing amount may vary accordingly. This line of credit bears interest at a floating rate of interest based upon LIBOR, plus a margin. During the year we borrowed $190 million on this line of credit, which was fully repaid, leaving the line undrawn as of December 31, 2013.
In April 2013 we entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement which consists of a revolving credit up to $350 million and letter of credit facility with Citibank, N.A. as the administrative agent. Borrowing under the Credit Facility bear interest at a variable rate equal to LIBOR, plus a margin and the facility terminates in 2016. The Credit Facility is secured by take-off and landing slots at JFK, Newark, LaGuardia, Reagan National and certain other assets. The Credit Facility includes covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum balances in unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and unused commitments available under all revolving credit facilities. In addition the covenants restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock or pay dividends. During 2013, we did not borrow on this facility and the line was undrawn as of December 31, 2013.
Concurrent with entering into the above agreement with Citibank, N.A. for the revolving credit and letter of credit facility, we terminated our unsecured revolving credit facility with American Express which had allowed us to borrow up to a maximum of $125 million.
We expect to meet our obligations as they become due through available cash, investment securities and internally generated funds, supplemented as necessary by financing activities, as they may be available to us. We expect to generate positive working capital through our operations. However, we cannot predict what the effect on our business might be from the extremely competitive environment we are operating in or from events beyond our control, such as volatile fuel prices, economic conditions, weather-related disruptions, the impact of airline bankruptcies, restructurings or consolidations, U.S. military actions or acts of terrorism. We believe the working capital available to us will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months.

39



Debt and Capital Leases
Our scheduled debt maturities are expected to increase over the next five years, with a scheduled peak in 2016 of approximately $474 million. As part of our efforts to effectively manage our balance sheet and improve ROIC, we expect to continue to actively manage our debt balances. Our approach to debt management includes managing the mix of fixed vs. floating rate debt, managing the annual maturities of debt, and managing the weighted average cost of debt. Further, we intend to continue to opportunistically pre-purchase outstanding debt when market conditions and terms are favorable. Additionally, our unencumbered assets, including 21 Airbus A320 aircraft, two EMBRAER 190 aircraft and 30 engines, allow some flexibility in managing our cost of debt and capital requirements.
In September 2013 as part of a private placement Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificate ("EETC") offering we priced $226 million in pass-through certificates to be secured by 14 of our unencumbered Airbus A320 aircraft. Funding for the pass-through certificates is scheduled for March 2014 to coincide with the final scheduled principal payments of $188 million associated with our March 2004 EETC Class G-2 certificates.
Free Cash Flow
The table below reconciles cash provided by operations determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP to Free Cash Flow, a non-GAAP measure.  Management believes that Free Cash Flow is a relevant measure of liquidity and is useful in assessing our ability to fund capital commitments and other obligations.  Investors should consider this non-GAAP financial measure in addition to, and not as a substitute for, our financial measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow (Non-GAAP)
(in millions)
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
758

 
$
698

 
$
614

 
$
523

 
$
486

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(615
)
 
(542
)
 
(480
)
 
(249
)
 
(434
)
Pre-delivery deposits for flight equipment
 
(22
)
 
(283
)
 
(44
)
 
(50
)
 
(27
)
 
 
(637
)
 
(825
)
 
(524
)
 
(299
)
 
(461
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Free Cash Flow
 
$
121

 
$
(127
)
 
$
90

 
$
224

 
$
25


CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Our noncancelable contractual obligations at December 31, 2013 include (in millions):
 
 
 
Payments due in
 
 
Total
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
Thereafter
Long-term debt and
capital lease obligations (1)
 
$
3,255

 
$
570

 
$
370

 
$
550

 
$
270

 
$
300

 
$
1,195

Lease commitments
 
1,390

 
205

 
205

 
140

 
120

 
115

 
605

Flight equipment obligations
 
6,870

 
500

 
660

 
785

 
835

 
855

 
3,235

Financing obligations and other (2)
 
3,865

 
730

 
570

 
435

 
415

 
435

 
1,280

Total
 
$
15,380

 
$
2,005

 
$
1,805

 
$
1,910

 
$
1,640

 
$
1,705

 
$
6,315

 
(1)
Includes actual interest and estimated interest for floating-rate debt based on December 31, 2013 rates.
(2)
Amounts include noncancelable commitments for the purchase of goods and services.

40



The interest rates are fixed for $1.46 billion of our debt and capital lease obligations, with the remaining $1.12 billion having floating interest rates. The floating interest rates adjust quarterly or semi-annually based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR. The weighted average maturity of all of our debt was 7 years at December 31, 2013 .
We are subject to certain collateral ratio requirements in our spare engine financing issued in December 2007. If we fail to maintain these collateral ratios we are required to provide additional collateral or redeem some or all of the equipment notes so the ratios are met. We previously had pledged as collateral a spare engine with a carrying value of $7 million in order to maintain these ratios however as of December 31, 2013 this is no longer required. At December 31, 2013 , we were in compliance with all of our other covenants of our debt and lease agreements and 63% of our owned property and equipment were pledged as security under various loan agreements.
We have operating lease obligations for 60 aircraft with lease terms that expire between 2016 and 2026. Five of these leases have variable-rate rent payments which adjust semi-annually based on LIBOR. We also lease airport terminal space and other airport facilities in each of our markets, as well as office space and other equipment. We have approximately $31 million of restricted assets pledged under standby letters of credit related to certain of our leases which will expire at the end of the related leases.
We modified our long-term order book in October 2013 and our firm aircraft order at December 31, 2013 is as follows:
Year
 
Airbus
A320
 
Airbus
A320neo
 
Airbus
A321
 
Airbus A321neo
 
EMBRAER
190
 
Total
2014
 

 

 
9

 

 

 
9

2015
 

 

 
12

 

 

 
12

2016
 
3

 

 
12

 

 

 
15

2017
 

 

 
15

 

 

 
15

2018
 

 
5

 
1

 
9

 

 
15

2019
 

 

 

 
15

 

 
15

2020
 

 
9

 

 
6

 
10

 
25

2021
 

 
16

 

 

 
7

 
23

2022
 

 

 

 

 
7

 
7

Total
 
3

 
30

 
49

 
30

 
24

 
136

Committed expenditures for our firm aircraft and spare engines include estimated amounts for contractual price escalations and predelivery deposits. We expect to meet our predelivery deposit requirements for our aircraft by paying cash or by using short-term borrowing facilities for deposits required six to 24 months prior to delivery. Any predelivery deposits paid by the issuance of notes are fully repaid at the time of delivery of the related aircraft.
Our Terminal at JFK, T5, is governed by a lease agreement we entered into with the PANYNJ in 2005.  We are responsible for making various payments under the lease. This includes ground rents for the terminal site which began at the time of the lease execution in 2005 and facility rents commenced in October 2008 upon our occupancy of the terminal.  The facility rents are based on the number of passengers enplaned out of the terminal, subject to annual minimums.  The PANYNJ reimbursed us for construction costs of this project in accordance with the terms of the lease, except for approximately $76 million in leasehold improvements provided by us. In 2013 we amended this lease to include additional ground space for our international arrivals facility, T5i, which we are currently constructing and expect to open in late 2014. For financial reporting purposes, the T5 project is being accounted for as a financing obligation, with the constructed asset and related liability being reflected on our balance sheets.  The T5i project is being accounted for at cost. Minimum ground and facility rents for this terminal totaling $816 billion are included in the commitments table above as lease commitments and financing obligations.
Our commitments also include those of LiveTV, which has several noncancelable long-term purchase agreements with various suppliers to provide equipment to be installed on its customers’ aircraft, including JetBlue’s aircraft.
We enter into individual employment agreements with each of our FAA-licensed Crewmembers as well as inspectors and air traffic controllers. Each employment agreement is for a term of five years and automatically renews for an additional five-year term unless the Crewmember is terminated for cause or the Crewmember elects not to renew it. Pursuant to these agreements, these Crewmembers can only be terminated for cause. In the event of a downturn in our business requiring a reduction in flying and related work hours, we are obligated to pay these Crewmembers a guaranteed level of income and to continue their benefits. As we are not currently obligated to pay this guaranteed income and benefits, no amounts related to these guarantees are included in the table above.


41



OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
None of our operating lease obligations are reflected on our balance sheet. Although some of our aircraft lease arrangements are with variable interest entities, as defined by the Consolidations topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification , or Codification, none of them require consolidation in our financial statements. The decision to finance these aircraft through operating leases rather than through debt was based on an analysis of the cash flows and tax consequences of each financing alternative and a consideration of liquidity implications. We are responsible for all maintenance, insurance and other costs associated with operating these aircraft; however, we have not made any residual value or other guarantees to our lessors.
We have determined we hold a variable interest in, but are not the primary beneficiary of, certain pass-through trusts. These pass-through trusts are the purchasers of equipment notes issued by us to finance the acquisition of new aircraft and certain aircraft spare parts owned by JetBlue. They maintain liquidity facilities whereby a third party agrees to make payments sufficient to pay up to 18 months of interest on the applicable certificates if a payment default occurs. The liquidity providers for the Series 2004-1 aircraft certificates and the spare parts certificates are Landesbank Hessen-Thüringen Girozentrale and Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc. The liquidity providers for the Series 2004-2 aircraft certificates are Landesbank Baden-Württemberg and Citibank, N.A.
We use a policy provider to provide credit support on our Class G-1 and Class G-2 floating rate enhanced equipment notes. The policy provider has unconditionally guaranteed the payment of interest on the certificates when due and the payment of principal on the certificates no later than 18 months after the final expected regular distribution date. The policy provider is MBIA Insurance Corporation (a subsidiary of MBIA, Inc.). Financial information for the parent company of the policy provider is available at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov or at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C.
We have also made certain guarantees and indemnities to other unrelated parties that are not reflected on our balance sheet which we believe will not have a significant impact on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. We have no other off-balance sheet arrangements. See Notes 2, 3 and 12 to our consolidated financial statements for a more detailed discussion of our variable interests and other contingencies, including guarantees and indemnities.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to adopt accounting policies as well as make estimates and judgments to develop amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. We maintain a thorough process to review the application of our accounting policies and to evaluate the appropriateness of the estimates that are required to prepare our financial statements. We believe our estimates and judgments are reasonable; however, actual results and the timing of recognition of such amounts could differ from those estimates. In addition, estimates routinely require adjustment based on changing circumstances and the receipt of new or better information.
Critical accounting policies and estimates are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties that could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. The policies and estimates discussed below have been reviewed with our independent registered public accounting firm and with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. For a discussion of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements.
Passenger revenue   
Passenger ticket sales are initially deferred in air traffic liability. The air traffic liability also includes customer credits issued and unused tickets whose travel date has passed. Credit for unused tickets and customer credits can each be applied towards another ticket within 12 months of the original scheduled service or 12 months from the issuance of the customer credit. Revenue is recognized when transportation is provided or when a ticket or customer credit expires. We also defer in the air traffic liability account an estimate for customer credits issued in conjunction with the JetBlue Airways Customer Bill of Rights that we expect to be ultimately redeemed. These estimates are based on historical experience and are periodically evaluated, and adjusted if necessary, based on actual credit usage.

42



Frequent flyer accounting    
We utilize a number of estimates in accounting for our TrueBlue customer loyalty program, or TrueBlue. We record a liability for the estimated incremental cost of outstanding points earned from JetBlue purchases that we expect to be redeemed. This liability was $19 million  and $10 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The estimated cost includes incremental fuel, insurance, passenger food and supplies, and reservation costs. We adjust this liability, which is included in air traffic liability, based on points earned and redeemed, changes in the estimated incremental costs associated with providing travel and changes in the TrueBlue program. Customers earn points based on the value paid for a trip rather than the length of the trip. In addition, there is no longer an automatic generation of a travel award once minimum award levels are reached, but instead the points are maintained in the account until used by the member. In June 2013 we further amended the program so points earned by members never expire. This change has resulted in a reassessment of our assumptions used in calculating the liability and our estimate of the points that remain unused, the breakage, has been reduced by approximately $5 million in 2013. In October 2013 we introduced the pooling of points between small groups of people, branded as Family Pooling. We believe Family Pooling has not had a material impact on the breakage calculation at year-end. Periodically, we evaluate our assumptions for appropriateness, including comparison of the cost estimates to actual costs incurred as well as the expiration and redemption assumptions to actual experience. Changes in the minimum award levels or in the lives of the awards would also require us to reevaluate the liability, potentially resulting in a significant impact in the year of change as well as in future years.
Points in TrueBlue can also be sold to participating companies, including credit card and car rental companies. These sales are accounted for as multiple-element arrangements, with one element representing the fair value of the travel that will ultimately be provided when the points are redeemed and the other consisting of marketing related activities we conduct with the participating company. The fair value of the transportation portion of these point sales is deferred and recognized as passenger revenue when transportation is provided. The marketing portion, which is the excess of the total sales proceeds over the estimated fair value of the transportation to be provided, is recognized in other revenue when the points are sold. Deferred revenue for points sold and not redeemed is recognized as revenue when management determines the probability of redemption is remote. Deferred revenue was $131 million and $101 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We recorded $2 million and $5 million in revenue for point expirations in 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Accounting for long-lived assets     
In accounting for long-lived assets, we make estimates about the expected useful lives, projected residual values and the potential for impairment. In estimating useful lives and residual values of our aircraft, we have relied upon actual industry experience with the same or similar aircraft types and our anticipated utilization of the aircraft. Changing market prices of new and used aircraft, government regulations and changes in our maintenance program or operations could result in changes to these estimates. Changes in expected useful lives of assets have resulted in acceleration of depreciation.
Our long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment at least annually or when events and circumstances indicate the assets may be impaired. Indicators include operating or cash flow losses, significant decreases in market value or changes in technology. As our assets are all relatively new and we continue to have positive operating cash flows, we have not identified any significant impairment related to our long-lived assets at this time.
Intangible assets     
Our intangible assets consist of acquired take-off and landing slots at certain domestic airports. Slots are rights to take-off or land at a specific airport during a specific time period during the day and are a means by which airport capacity and congestion can be managed. The Federal government controls slots at four domestic airports under the High Density rule, including Reagan National Airport in Washington D.C. and LaGuardia and JFK Airport in New York City. In accounting for our slot-related intangible assets we make estimates about their expected useful lives. In December 2013, due to recent regulatory and market activities stemming from the auctioning of slots at LaGuardia and Reagan National airports, we reassessed the useful lives of these assets and concluded that slots at High Density airports are indefinite lived intangible assets and will no longer amortize them, while slots at other airports will continue to be amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, up to 15 years. Changes in our operations, government regulations or demand for air travel at these airports could result in changes to these estimates.
We evaluate our intangible assets for impairment at least annually or when events and circumstances indicate they may be impaired. Indicators include operating or cash flow losses as well as significant decreases in market value.

43



Lease accounting    
We operate airport facilities, offices buildings and aircraft under operating leases with minimum lease payments. We recognize the costs associated with these agreements as rent expense on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term. Within the provisions of certain leases there are minimum escalations in payments over the base lease term. There are also periodic adjustments of lease rates, landing fees, and other charges applicable under such agreements, as well as renewal periods. The effects of the escalations and other adjustments have been reflected in rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. This includes renewal periods when it is deemed to be reasonably assured at the inception of the lease that we would incur an economic penalty for not renewing. The amortization period for leasehold improvements is the term used in calculating straight-line rent expense or their estimated economic life, whichever is shorter.
Derivative instruments used for aircraft fuel    
We utilize financial derivative instruments to manage the risk of changing aircraft fuel prices. We do not purchase or hold any derivative instrument for trading purposes. At December 31, 2013, we had a net $6 million asset related to the net fair value of these derivative instruments; the majority of which are not traded on a public exchange. Fair values are determined using commodity prices provided to us by independent third parties. When possible, we designate these instruments as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes, as defined by the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the Codification which permits the deferral of the effective portions of gains or losses until contract settlement.
The Derivatives and Hedging topic is a complex accounting standard. It requires we develop and maintain a significant amount of documentation related to:
(1) our fuel hedging program and fuel management approach.
(2) statistical analysis supporting a highly correlated relationship between the underlying commodity in the derivative financial instrument and the risk being hedged (i.e. aircraft fuel) on both a historical and prospective basis.
(3) cash flow designation for each hedging transaction executed, to be developed concurrently with the hedging transaction.
This documentation requires we estimate forward aircraft fuel prices since there is no reliable forward market for aircraft fuel. These prices are developed through the observation of similar commodity futures prices, such as crude oil and/or heating oil, and adjusted based on variations to those like commodities. Historically, our hedges have settled within 24 months; therefore, the deferred gains and losses have been recognized into earnings over a relatively short period of time.
 

44



ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The risk inherent in our market risk sensitive instruments and positions is the potential loss arising from adverse changes to the price of fuel and interest rates as discussed below. The sensitivity analyses presented do not consider the effects such adverse changes may have on the overall economic activity, nor do they consider additional actions we may take to mitigate our exposure to such changes. Variable-rate leases are not considered market sensitive financial instruments and, therefore, are not included in the interest rate sensitivity analysis below. Actual results may differ. See Notes 1, 2 and 13 to our consolidated financial statements for accounting policies and additional information.
Aircraft fuel   
Our results of operations are affected by changes in the price and availability of aircraft fuel. Market risk is estimated as a hypothetical 10% increase in the December 31, 2013 cost per gallon of fuel. Based on projected 2014 fuel consumption, such an increase would result in an increase to aircraft fuel expense of approximately $202 million in 2014. This is compared to an estimated $190 million for 2013 measured as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013, we had hedged approximately 9% of our projected 2014 fuel requirements. All hedge contracts existing at December 31, 2013 settle by December 31, 2014.
The financial derivative instrument agreements we have with our counterparties may require us to fund all, or a portion of, outstanding loss positions related to these contracts prior to their scheduled maturities. The amount of collateral posted, if any, is periodically adjusted based on the fair value of the hedge contracts.
Interest   
Our earnings are affected by changes in interest rates due to the impact those changes have on interest expense from variable-rate debt instruments and on interest income generated from our cash and investment balances. The interest rate is fixed for $1.46 billion of our debt and capital lease obligations, with the remaining $1.12 billion having floating interest rates. If interest rates were, on average, 100 basis points higher in 2014 than they were during 2013, our interest expense would increase by approximately $12 million. This is determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical change in interest rates on our variable rate debt.
If interest rates average 10% lower in 2014 than they did during 2013, our interest income from cash and investment balances would remain relatively constant, similar to the relative constant level of interest income for 2013 measured as of December 31, 2012. These amounts are determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on our cash equivalents and investment securities balances at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
Fixed Rate Debt   
On December 31, 2013, our $230 million aggregate principal amount of convertible debt had a total estimated fair value of $431 million , based on quoted market prices. If there were a 10% increase in stock prices, the fair value of this debt would have been $470 million as of December 31, 2013.


45



ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except share data)
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
CURRENT ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
225

 
$
182

Investment securities
 
402

 
549

Receivables, less allowance (2013-$6; 2012-$7)
 
129

 
106

Inventories, less allowance (2013-$6; 2012-$5)
 
48

 
36

Prepaid expenses
 
126

 
119

Other
 
6

 
1

Deferred income taxes
 
120

 
107

Total current assets
 
1,056

 
1,100

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
 
 
 
Flight equipment
 
5,778

 
5,168

Predelivery deposits for flight equipment
 
181

 
338

 
 
5,959

 
5,506

Less accumulated depreciation
 
1,185

 
995

 
 
4,774

 
4,511

Other property and equipment
 
688

 
585

Less accumulated depreciation
 
251

 
221

 
 
437

 
364

Assets constructed for others
 
561

 
561

Less accumulated depreciation
 
116

 
93

 
 
445

 
468

Total property and equipment
 
5,656

 
5,343

OTHER ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Investment securities
 
114

 
136

Restricted cash
 
57

 
51

Other
 
467

 
440

Total other assets
 
638

 
627

TOTAL ASSETS
 
$
7,350

 
$
7,070


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

46



JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except share data)
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
 
$
180

 
$
153

Air traffic liability
 
825

 
693

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
 
171

 
172

Other accrued liabilities
 
229

 
196

Current maturities of long-term debt and capital leases
 
469

 
394

Total current liabilities
 
1,874

 
1,608

 
 
 
 
 
LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
 
2,116

 
2,457

 
 
 
 
 
CONSTRUCTION OBLIGATION
 
501

 
514

DEFERRED TAXES AND OTHER LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes
 
605

 
481

Other
 
120

 
122

Total non-current liabilities
 
725

 
603

 
 
 
 
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 

 

 
 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized, none issued
 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 900,000,000 shares authorized, 346,489,574 and 330,589,532 shares issued and 295,587,126 and 281,007,806 shares outstanding at 2013 and 2012, respectively
 
3

 
3

Treasury stock, at cost; 50,902,448 and 49,581,726 shares at 2013 and 2012, respectively
 
(43
)
 
(35
)
Additional paid-in capital
 
1,573

 
1,495

Retained earnings
 
601

 
433

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 

 
(8
)
Total stockholders’ equity
 
2,134

 
1,888

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
$
7,350

 
$
7,070



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

47



JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share amounts)
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
OPERATING REVENUES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Passenger
 
$
4,971

 
$
4,550

 
$
4,080

Other
 
470

 
432

 
424

Total operating revenues
 
5,441

 
4,982

 
4,504

OPERATING EXPENSES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aircraft fuel and related taxes
 
1,899

 
1,806

 
1,664

Salaries, wages and benefits
 
1,135

 
1,044

 
947

Landing fees and other rents
 
305

 
277

 
245

Depreciation and amortization
 
290

 
258

 
233

Aircraft rent
 
128

 
130

 
135

Sales and marketing
 
223

 
204

 
199

Maintenance materials and repairs
 
432

 
338

 
227

Other operating expenses
 
601

 
549

 
532

Total operating expenses
 
5,013

 
4,606

 
4,182

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING INCOME
 
428

 
376

 
322

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
(161
)
 
(176
)
 
(179
)
Capitalized interest
 
13

 
8

 
5

Interest income (expense) and other
 
(1
)
 
1

 
(3
)
Total other income (expense)
 
(149
)
 
(167
)
 
(177
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
 
279

 
209

 
145

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense
 
111

 
81

 
59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET INCOME
 
$
168

 
$
128

 
$
86

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
0.59

 
$
0.45

 
$
0.31

Diluted
 
$
0.52

 
$
0.40

 
$
0.28



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

48




JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in millions)

 

Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
NET INCOME
$
168

 
$
128

 
$
86

Changes in fair value of derivative instruments, net of reclassifications into earnings (net of $5, $5, and $(4) of taxes in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively)
8

 
7

 
(5
)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
8

 
7

 
(5
)
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
$
176

 
$
135

 
$
81



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

49



JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
168

 
$
128

 
$
86

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes
 
107

 
76

 
58

Depreciation
 
258

 
230

 
213

Amortization
 
48

 
39

 
34

Share-based compensation
 
14

 
13

 
13

Losses (Gains) on sale of assets, debt extinguishment and customer contract termination
 
(1
)
 
(17
)
 
6

Collateral returned for derivative instruments
 
8

 
8

 
10

Changes in certain operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease (Increase) in receivables
 
(22
)
 
1

 
(10
)
Decrease (Increase) in inventories, prepaid and other
 
(23
)
 
38

 
4

Increase in air traffic liability
 
132

 
66

 
113

Increase in accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
 
52

 
92

 
26

Other, net
 
17

 
24

 
61

Net cash provided by operating activities
 
758

 
698

 
614

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(615
)
 
(542
)
 
(480
)
Pre-delivery deposits for flight equipment
 
(22
)
 
(283
)
 
(44
)
Proceeds from the sale of assets
 
8

 
46

 

 Assets constructed for others
 

 
(2
)
 
(3
)
Purchase of held-to-maturity investments
 
(234
)
 
(444
)
 
(450
)
Proceeds from the maturities of held-to-maturity investments
 
300

 
434

 
573

Purchase of available-for-sale securities
 
(413
)
 
(532
)
 
(602
)
Sale of available-for-sale securities
 
508

 
438

 
503

Other, net
 
(8
)
 
18

 
1

Net cash used in investing activities
 
(476
)
 
(867
)
 
(502
)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 
 
 
Proceeds from:
 
 

 
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock
 
10

 
9

 
10

Issuance of long-term debt
 
393

 
215

 
245

Short-term borrowings and lines of credit
 
190

 
375

 
128

 Construction obligation
 

 

 
6

Repayment of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations
 
(612
)
 
(418
)
 
(238
)
Short-term borrowings and lines of credit
 
(190
)
 
(463
)
 
(40
)
Construction obligation
 
(13
)
 
(12
)
 
(10
)
Other, net
 
(17
)
 
(28
)
 
(5
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
(239
)
 
(322
)
 
96

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
43

 
(491
)
 
208

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
182

 
673

 
465

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
225

 
$
182

 
$
673



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

50




JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in millions)
 
 
 
Common
Shares
 
Common
Stock
 
Treasury
Shares
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2010
 
322

 
$
3

 
28

 
$
(4
)
 
$
1,446

 
$
219

 
$
(10
)
 
$
1,654

Net income
 

 

 

 

 

 
86

 

 
86

Changes in comprehensive income
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(5
)
 
(5
)
Vesting of restricted stock units
 
2

 

 
1

 
(4
)
 

 

 

 
(4
)
Stock compensation expense
 

 

 

 

 
15

 

 

 
15

Stock issued under crewmember stock purchase plan
 
2

 

 

 

 
8

 

 

 
8

Shares returned pursuant to 2008 share lending
 

 

 
16

 

 

 

 

 

Other
 
1

 

 

 

 
3

 

 

 
3

Balance at December 31, 2011
 
327

 
3

 
45

 
(8
)
 
1,472

 
305

 
(15
)
 
1,757

Net income
 

 

 

 

 

 
128

 

 
128

Changes in comprehensive income
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
7

 
7

Vesting of restricted stock units
 
2

 

 
1

 
(4
)
 

 

 

 
(4
)
Stock compensation expense
 

 

 

 

 
13

 

 

 
13

Stock issued under Crewmember stock purchase plan
 
2

 

 

 

 
7

 

 

 
7

Shares repurchased under 2012 share repurchase plan
 

 

 
4

 
(23
)
 

 

 

 
(23
)
Other
 

 

 

 

 
3

 

 

 
3

Balance at December 31, 2012
 
331

 
3

 
50

 
(35
)
 
1,495

 
433

 
(8
)
 
1,888

Net income
 

 

 

 

 

 
168

 

 
168

Changes in comprehensive income
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
8

 
8

Vesting of restricted stock units
 
2

 

 
1

 
(5
)
 

 

 

 
(5
)
Stock compensation expense
 

 

 

 

 
14

 

 

 
14

Stock issued under Crewmember stock purchase plan
 
2

 

 

 

 
10

 

 

 
10

Shares repurchased under 2012 share repurchase plan
 

 

 

 
(3
)
 

 

 

 
(3
)
Convertible debt redemption
 
12

 

 

 

 
55

 

 

 
55

Other
 

 

 

 

 
(1
)
 

 

 
(1
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
347

 
$
3

 
51

 
$
(43
)
 
$
1,573

 
$
601

 
$

 
$
2,134



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

51



JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013
JetBlue Airways Corporation, or JetBlue, is New York's Hometown Airline™, commencing service on February 11, 2000. We believe our differentiated product and service offerings combined with our competitive cost advantage enables us to effectively compete in the high-value geography we serve. As of December 31, 2013, we served 82 destinations in 25 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and 15 countries in the Caribbean and Latin America. Our wholly owned subsidiary, LiveTV, LLC, or LiveTV, provides in-flight entertainment systems and internet connectivity for commercial aircraft.

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation     
JetBlue predominately provides air transportation services across the United States, Caribbean and Latin America. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., or U.S. GAAP, and include the accounts of JetBlue and our subsidiaries. All majority-owned subsidiaries are consolidated on a line by line basis, with all intercompany transactions and balances being eliminated. Air transportation services accounted for substantially all of the Company’s operations in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 . Accordingly, segment information is not provided for LiveTV. In the first half of 2013 we recorded $4 million of maintenance expense and $2 million in other operating expenses that relate to prior years. Such amounts are not considered material to the prior or current year results.
Use of Estimates     
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in conformity with U.S. GAAP require us to make certain estimates and assumptions. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Fair Value     
The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification , or Codification, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. This topic clarifies fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The topic also requires disclosure about how fair value is determined for assets and liabilities and establishes a hierarchy for which these assets and liabilities must be grouped, based on significant levels of inputs. See Note 14 for more information.
Cash and Cash Equivalents     
Our cash and cash equivalents include short-term, highly liquid investments which are readily convertible into cash. These investments include money market securities, treasury bills, and commercial paper with maturities of three months or less when purchased.
Restricted Cash     
Restricted cash primarily consists of security deposits, funds held in escrow for estimated workers’ compensation obligations and performance bonds for aircraft and facility leases.
Accounts and Other Receivables     
Accounts and other receivables are carried at cost. They primarily consist of amounts due from credit card companies associated with sales of tickets for future travel. We estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts based on known troubled accounts, if any, and historical experience of losses incurred.
Investment Securities     
Investment securities consist of available-for-sale investment securities and held-to-maturity investment securities. When sold, we use a specific identification method to determine the cost of the securities.
Available-for-sale investment securities     
Our available-for-sale investment securities include (a) highly liquid investments, such as certificates of deposits and treasury bills, with maturities greater than three months when purchased, stated at fair value and (b) commercial paper with maturities between three and twelve months, stated at fair value.

52



Held-to-maturity investment securities     
Our held-to-maturity investments consist of investment-grade interest bearing instruments, primarily corporate bonds, which are stated at amortized cost. We do not intend to sell these investment securities and the contractual maturities are not greater than 24 months. Those with maturities less than twelve months are included in short-term investments on our consolidated balance sheets. Those with remaining maturities in excess of twelve months are included in long-term investments on our consolidated balance sheets. We did not record any material gains or losses on these securities during the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 or 2011 . The estimated fair value of these investments approximated their carrying value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 .
Also included in our held-to-maturity investment securities as of December 31, 2013 are deposits made to lower the interest rate on the debt secured by two aircraft as discussed in Note 2. These funds on deposit are readily available to us and are invested with a bank with a deposit maturity within the next 12 months. If we were to draw upon this deposit, the interest rates on the debt reverts to the higher rates in effect prior to the re-financing. As such, we have classified these time deposits as long-term held-to-maturity investments to reflect our intent to hold them in connection with the maturity of the associated debt.
The carrying values of investment securities consisted of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):
 
 
2013
 
2012
Available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
Time deposits
 
$
70

 
$
65

Treasury Bills
 

 
68

Commercial paper
 
118

 
142

 
 
188

 
275

Held-to-maturity securities
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
 
275

 
313

Government bonds
 

 
40

Time Deposits
 
53

 
57

 
 
328

 
410

Total
 
$
516

 
$
685


Derivative Instruments     
Derivative instruments, including fuel hedge contracts and interest rate swap agreements, are stated at fair value, net of any collateral postings. Derivative instruments are included in other current assets and other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. See Note 13 for more information.
Inventories    
Inventories consist of expendable aircraft spare parts and supplies that are stated at average cost as well as aircraft fuel that is accounted for on a first-in, first-out basis. These items are expensed when used or consumed. An allowance for obsolescence on aircraft spare parts is provided over the remaining useful life of the related aircraft fleet.
Property and Equipment     
We record our property and equipment at cost and depreciate these assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. We capitalize additions, modifications enhancing the operating performance of our assets and the interest related to predelivery deposits used to acquire new aircraft and the construction of our facilities.
Estimated useful lives and residual values for our property and equipment are as follows:
 
Estimated Useful Life
Residual Value
Aircraft
25 years
20
%
In-flight entertainment systems
5-10 years
0
%
Aircraft parts
Fleet life
10
%
Flight equipment leasehold improvements
Lower of lease term or economic life
0
%
Ground property and equipment
2-10 years
0
%
Leasehold improvements—other
Lower of lease term or economic life
0
%
Buildings on leased land
Lease term
0
%

53




Property under capital leases is initially recorded at an amount equal to the present value of future minimum lease payments which is computed on the basis of our incremental borrowing rate or, when known, the interest rate implicit in the lease. Amortization of property under capital leases is on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life and is included in depreciation and amortization expense.
We record impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when events and circumstances indicate the assets may be impaired and the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by the assets are less than the assets’ net book value. If impairment occurs, the loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying amount. Impairment losses are recorded in depreciation and amortization expense.
Software    
We capitalize certain costs related to the acquisition and development of computer software. We amortize these costs using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally between five and ten years. The net book value of computer software, which is included in other assets on our consolidated balance sheets, was $70 million and $ 53 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. Amortization expense related to computer software was $ 18 million , $ 13 million and $ 10 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. Amortization expense related to computer software as of December 31, 2013 is expected to be approximately $27 million in 2014 , $ 18 million in 2015 , $ 9 million in 2016 , $ 7 million in 2017 , and $ 4 million in 2018 .
Intangible Assets
Our intangible assets consist primarily of acquired take-off and landing slots, or Slots, at certain domestic airports. Slots are rights to take-off or land at a specific airport during a specific time period during the day and are a means by which airport capacity and congestion can be managed. The Federal government controls Slots at four domestic airports under the High Density rule, including Reagan National Airport in Washington D.C. and LaGuardia and JFK Airport in New York City. In December 2013, due to recent regulatory and market activities stemming from the auctioning of slots at LaGuardia and Reagan National airports, we reassessed the useful lives of these assets and concluded that Slots at High Density airports are indefinite lived intangible assets and will no longer amortize them, while Slots at other airports will continue to be amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, up to 15 years. We evaluate all Slots for impairment at least annually. As of December 31, 2013, the carrying value of Slots at High Density airports was $64 million and the carrying value of other Slots was $1 million . In January 2014, we were notified of our successful bid to acquire 24 takeoff and landing slots at Reagan National airport. The acquisition of these Slots is subject to final approval by the Department of Justice and customary written agreements.
Passenger Revenues     
Passenger revenue is recognized when the transportation is provided or after the ticket or customer credit (issued upon payment of a change fee) expires. It is recognized net of the taxes that we are required to collect from our customers, including federal transportation taxes, security taxes and airport facility charges. Tickets sold but not yet recognized as revenue and unexpired credits are included in air traffic liability.

54



Loyalty Program    
We account for our customer loyalty program, TrueBlue, by recording a liability for the estimated incremental cost of outstanding points earned from JetBlue purchases that we expect to be redeemed. The estimated cost includes incremental fuel, insurance, passenger food and supplies, and reservation costs. We adjust this liability, which is included in air traffic liability, based on points earned and redeemed, changes in the estimated incremental costs associated with providing travel and changes in the TrueBlue program. In June 2013 we amended the program so points earned by members never expire. As a result of these changes, our estimate for the points that will remain unused, breakage, decreased resulting in a $5 million reduction in revenue and a corresponding increase in air traffic liability. In October 2013, we introduced the pooling of points between small groups of people, branded as Family Pooling. We believe Family Pooling has not had a material impact on the breakage calculation at year-end.
Points in TrueBlue can also be sold to participating companies, including credit card and car rental companies. These sales are accounted for as multiple-element arrangements, with one element representing the fair value of the travel that will ultimately be provided when the points are redeemed and the other consisting of marketing related activities that we conduct with the participating company. The fair value of the transportation portion of these point sales is deferred and recognized as passenger revenue when transportation is provided. The marketing portion, which is the excess of the total sales proceeds over the estimated fair value of the transportation to be provided, is recognized in other revenue when the points are sold. TrueBlue points sold to participating companies which are not redeemed are recognized as revenue when management determines the probability of redemption is remote. We recorded $ 2 million , $ 5 million , and $ 3 million in revenue related to point expirations during 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Our original co-branded credit card agreement, under which we sell TrueBlue points as described above, provided for a minimum cash payment guarantee, which was paid to us throughout the life of the agreement if specified point sales and other ancillary activity payments were not achieved, and was subject to refund in the event the cash payments exceeded future minimums through April 2011. We recognized approximately $10 million of other revenue during 2011 related to this guarantee.
Upon the re-launch of the TrueBlue program in November 2009, we extended our co-branded credit card and membership rewards participation agreements. In connection with these extensions, we received a one-time payment of $37 million , which we deferred and are recognizing as other revenue over the term of the agreement through 2015 . We recognized approximately $7 million , $7 million , and $6 million of revenue related to this one-time payment during 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. In connection with exclusive benefits to be introduced for our co-branded credit card, we received a one-time payment of $6 million during 2012, which we have deferred and will recognize as other revenue over the remaining term of the agreement. As of December 31, 2013 , we have recorded $1 million of revenue related to this one-time payment.
LiveTV Commercial Agreements
LiveTV provides inflight entertainment solutions for various commercial airlines. These solutions include equipment and related installation as well as agreements for ongoing service and support, which extended through 2022 as of December 31, 2013. We account for the equipment agreements as operating leases, with related revenue recognized ratably over the term of the related customer agreement in accordance with the Revenue Recognition-Multiple-Element Arrangements topic of the Codification. This determination is principally as a result of the long term nature of these agreements and the resulting uncertainties surrounding the total costs to provide ongoing equipment maintenance and upkeep throughout the contractual term. We account for payments for ongoing service and support ratably over the term of the related customer contract. Customer advances to be applied in the next 12 months are included in other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets while those beyond 12 months are included in other liabilities.
Airframe and Engine Maintenance and Repair     
Regular airframe maintenance for owned and leased flight equipment is charged to expense as incurred unless covered by a third-party long-term flight hour services contract. We have separate service agreements in place covering scheduled and unscheduled repairs of certain airframe line replacement unit components as well as the engines on our fleet. These agreements, who's original terms generally range from ten to 15 years, require monthly payments at rates based either on the number of cycles each aircraft was operated during each month or the number of flight hours each engine was operated during each month, subject to annual escalations. These power by the hour contracts transfer certain risks, including cost risks, to the third-party service providers. They generally fix the amount we pay per flight hour or number of cycles in exchange for maintenance and repairs under a predefined maintenance program, which are representative of the time and materials that would be consumed. These costs are expensed as the related flight hours or cycles are incurred. One of our maintenance providers is a subsidiary of a large shareholder of ours and during 2013, we recorded approximately $19 million in maintenance expense provided by this related party.

55



Advertising Costs
Advertising costs, which are included in sales and marketing, are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $61 million in 2013, $57 million in 2012 and $57 million in 2011.
Share-Based Compensation    
We record compensation expense for share-based awards based on the grant date fair value of those awards. Share-based compensation expense includes an estimate for pre-vesting forfeitures and is recognized over the requisite service periods of the awards on a straight-line basis.
Under the Compensation-Stock Compensation topic of the Codification, the benefits associated with tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost are required to be reported as a financing cash flow. We recorded an immaterial amount in excess tax benefits generated from option exercises in each of 2013 , 2012 and 2011 . Our policy is to issue new shares for purchases under all of our stock based plans.
Income Taxes     
We account for income taxes utilizing the liability method. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax and financial statement reporting bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is provided unless realizability is judged by us to be more likely than not. Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.
New Accounting Standards   
New accounting rules and disclosure requirements can impact our financial results and the comparability of our financial statements. Authoritative literature has recently been issued which we believe will impact our consolidated financial statements is described below. There are also several new proposals under development, including proposals related to leases, revenue recognition and financial instruments. If and when enacted these proposals may have a significant impact on our financial statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, amending the Comprehensive Income topic of the Codification. This update amends the requirement to present either on the face of the statement of operations or in the notes, the effects of significant net income line items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, the Company is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional detail about those amounts. ASU 2013-02 became effective for the annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2013. The required disclosures are included in Note 15.
In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-10, amending the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the Codification. This update permits the Federal Funds Effective Swap rate (Overnight Index Swap rate, or OIS) to be designated as a benchmark interest rate for hedging accounting purposes for all new or redesigned hedging relationships as of the issue date of the final guidance. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, amending the Balance Sheet topic of the Codification. This update enhances the disclosure requirements regarding offsetting assets and liabilities. ASU 2011-11 requires entities to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. These amendments are effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and should be applied retrospectively. We evaluated our instruments and transactions, including derivative instruments, which are eligible for offset but the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our our consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
On January 1, 2011, the September 2009 Emerging Issues Task Force updates to the Revenue Recognition topic of the Codification rules became effective, which changed the accounting for certain revenue arrangements. The new requirements change the allocation methods used in determining how to account for multiple element arrangements and may result in accounting for more deliverables and potentially change the amount of revenue deferrals. Additionally, this new accounting treatment requires enhanced disclosures in financial statements. This new accounting treatment will impact any new contracts entered into by LiveTV, as well as any TrueBlue loyalty program or commercial partnership arrangements we may enter into or materially modify. Since adoption of this new accounting treatment, we have not entered into any material new or modified contracts.




56



Note 2—Long-term Debt, Short-term Borrowings and Capital Lease Obligations
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations and the related weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following (in millions):
 
 
2013
 
2012
Secured Debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Floating rate equipment notes, due through 2025 (1)
 
$
634

 
2.8
%
 
$
816

 
2.7
%
Floating rate enhanced equipment notes (2) (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class G-1, due 2013, 2014 and 2016
 
55

 
4.5
%
 
173

 
3.1
%
Class G-2, due 2014 and 2016
 
373

 
1.0
%
 
373

 
2.6
%
Class B-1, due 2014
 

 
%
 
49

 
6.5
%
Fixed rate equipment notes, due through 2026
 
1,110

 
5.8
%
 
960

 
6.3
%
Fixed rate special facility bonds, due through 2036 (4)
 
78

 
5.0
%
 
82

 
6.0
%
Unsecured Debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.75% convertible debentures due in 2039 (5)
 
162

 
 
 
162

 
 
5.5% convertible debentures due in 2038 (6)
 
68

 
 
 
123

 
 
Capital Leases (7)
 
105

 
3.9
%
 
113

 
3.9
%
Total debt and capital lease obligations
 
2,585

 
 
 
2,851

 
 
Less: Current maturities
 
(469
)
 
 
 
(394
)
 
 
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations
 
$
2,116

 
 
 
$
2,457

 
 
 
(1) Interest rates adjust quarterly or semi-annually based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus a margin.
(2) In November 2006 we completed a public offering of $124 million of pass-through certificates to finance a certain number of our owned aircraft spare parts. Separate trusts were established for each class of these certificates. In November 2011, we redeemed $3 million of class G-1 certificates. In 2013, the remaining $119 million principal amount of the Class G-1 and Class B-1 certificates due in January 2014 were prepaid on December 16, 2013, ahead of the scheduled maturities. In April 2009 we entered into interest rate swap agreements for half of the Class G-1 certificates and all of the Class B-1 certificates in the November 2006 offering which expired in 2013.
(3) In March and November 2004 we completed public offerings for $431 million and $498 million respectively, of pass-through certificates. These offerings were set up in order to finance the purchase of 28 new Airbus A320 aircraft delivered through 2005. Separate trusts were established for each class of these certificates. Quarterly principal payments are required on the Class G-1 certificates. In February 2008 we entered into interest rate swap agreements for the Class G-1 certificates in the November 2004 offering. These swap agreements effectively fixed the interest rate for the remaining term of these certificates. As of December 31, 2013 these certificates had a balance of $55 million and an effective interest rate of 4.5% . The entire principal amount of the Class G-2 certificates is scheduled to be paid in a lump sum on the applicable maturity dates. In February 2009, we entered into interest rate swap agreements for the Class G-2 certificates in the November 2004 offering which expired in 2013. The interest rate for all other certificates is based on three month LIBOR plus a margin . Interest is payable quarterly.
(4) In November 2005, the Greater Orlando Aviation Authority, or GOAA, issued special purpose airport facilities revenue bonds to us as a reimbursement for certain airport facility construction and other costs. In April 2013 GOAA issued $42 million in special purpose airport facility revenue bonds to refund the bonds issued in 2005. The proceeds from the refunded bonds were loaned to us and we recorded the issuance of $43 million , net of $1 million premium, as long term debt on our consolidated balance sheet. In December 2006, the New York City Industrial Development Agency issued special facility revenue bonds for JFK to us as a reimbursement to us for certain airport facility construction and other costs. We recorded the principal amount of both bonds, net of discounts, as long-term debt on our consolidated balance sheets because we have issued a guarantee of the debt payments on the bonds. This fixed rate debt is secured by leasehold mortgages of our airport facilities.

57



(5) In June 2009, we completed a public offering for an aggregate principal amount of $115 million of 6.75% Series A convertible debentures due 2039, or the Series A 6.75% Debentures. We simultaneously completed a public offering for an aggregate principal amount of $86 million of 6.75% Series B convertible debentures due 2039, or the Series B 6.75% Debentures. These are collectively known as the 6.75% Debentures. The 6.75% Debentures are general obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured debt. They are effectively junior in right of payment to our existing and future secured debt, including our secured equipment debentures, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and senior in right of payment to any subordinated debt. In addition, the 6.75% Debentures are structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries. The net proceeds were approximately $197 million after deducting underwriting fees and other transaction related expenses. Interest on the 6.75% Debentures is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15. The first interest payment on the 6.75% Debentures was paid October 15, 2009.
Holders of either the Series A or Series B 6.75% Debentures may convert them into shares of our common stock at any time at a conversion rate of 204.6036 shares per $1,000 principal amount of the 6.75% Debentures. The conversion rates are subject to adjustment should we declare common stock dividends or effect any common stock splits or similar transactions. If the holders convert the Series A 6.75% Debentures in connection with a fundamental change that occurs prior to October 15, 2014, the applicable conversion rate may be increased depending on our then current common stock price. The same applies to the Series B 6.75% Debentures prior to October 15, 2016. The maximum number of shares into which all of the 6.75% Debentures are convertible, including pursuant to this make-whole fundamental change provision, is 235.2941 shares per $1,000 principal amount of the 6.75% Debentures outstanding, as adjusted, or 38.1 million shares as of December 31, 2013.
We may redeem any of the 6.75% Debentures for cash at a redemption price of 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest at any time on or after October 15, 2014 for the Series A 6.75% Debentures and October 15, 2016 for the Series B 6.75% Debentures. Holders may require us to repurchase the 6.75% Debentures for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on October 15, 2014, 2019, 2024, 2029 and 2034 for the Series A 6.75% Debentures and October 15, 2016, 2021, 2026, 2031 and 2036 for the Series B 6.75% Debentures; or at any time prior to their maturity upon the occurrence of a certain designated event.
During 2011, we repurchased a total of $39 million principal amount of our Series A 6.75% Debentures for approximately $45 million . We recognized a loss of approximately $6 million on these transactions, which was included in interest income and other in our consolidated statements of operation during 2011.
We evaluated the various embedded derivatives within the supplemental indenture for bifurcation from the 6.75% Debentures under the applicable provisions, including the basic conversion feature, the fundamental change make-whole provision and the put and call options. Based upon our detailed assessment, we concluded these embedded derivatives were either (i) excluded from bifurcation as a result of being clearly and closely related to the 6.75% Debentures or are indexed to our common stock and would be classified in stockholders’ equity if freestanding or (ii) are immaterial embedded derivatives.
(6) In June 2008, we completed a public offering for an aggregate principal amount of $100.6 million of 5.5% Series A convertible debentures due 2038, or the Series A 5.5% Debentures. We simultaneously completed a public offering for an aggregate principal amount of $100.6 million for 5.5% Series B convertible debentures due 2038, or the Series B 5.5% Debentures. These are collectively known as the 5.5% Debentures. The 5.5% Debentures are general senior obligations and were originally secured in part by an escrow account for each series. We deposited approximately $32 million of the net proceeds from the offering, representing the first six scheduled semi-annual interest payments on the 5.5% Debentures, into escrow accounts for the exclusive benefit of the holders of each series of the 5.5% Debentures. As of December 31, 2011, all funds originally deposited in the escrow account had been used. Interest on the 5.5% Debentures is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15.

58



Holders of the Series A 5.5% Debentures may convert them into shares of our common stock at any time at a conversion rate of 220.6288 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Series A 5.5% Debenture. Holders of the Series B 5.5% Debentures may convert them into shares of our common stock at any time at a conversion rate of 225.2252 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Series B 5.5% Debenture. The conversion rates are subject to adjustment should we declare common stock dividends or effect any common stock splits or similar transactions. If the holders convert the Series B 5.5% Debentures in connection with any fundamental corporate change that occurs prior to October 15, 2015 the applicable conversion rate may be increased depending upon our then current common stock price. The maximum number of shares of common stock into which all of the remaining 5.5% Debentures are convertible, including pursuant to this make-whole fundamental change provision, is 18.2 million shares. Holders who converted their 5.5% Debentures prior to April 15, 2011 received, in addition to the number of shares of our common stock calculated at the applicable conversion rate, a cash payment from the escrow account for the 5.5% Debentures of the series converted equal to the sum of the remaining interest payments that would have been due on or before April 15, 2011 in respect of the converted 5.5% Debentures.
We may redeem any of the 5.5% Debentures for cash at a redemption price of 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest at any time on or after October 15, 2015 for the Series B 5.5% Debentures. Holders may require us to repurchase the 5.5% Debentures for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on October 15, 2013, 2018, 2023, 2028, and 2033 for the Series A 5.5% Debentures and October 15, 2015, 2020, 2025, 2030, and 2035 for the Series B 5.5% Debentures; or at any time prior to their maturity upon the occurrence of a specified designated event.
In June 2008, in conjunction with the public offering of the 5.5% Debentures described above, we also entered into a share lending agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, an affiliate of the underwriter of the offering, or the share borrower, pursuant to which we loaned the share borrower approximately 44.9 million shares of our common stock. Under the share lending agreement, the share borrower is required to return the borrowed shares when the debentures are no longer outstanding. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the borrowed shares by the share borrower, but we did receive a nominal lending fee of $0.01 per share from the share borrower for the use of borrowed shares.
Our share lending agreement requires the shares borrowed be returned upon the maturity of the related debt, October 2038, or earlier, if the debentures are no longer outstanding. We determined the fair value of the share lending arrangement was approximately $5 million at the date of the issuance based on the value of the estimated fees the shares loaned would have generated over the term of the share lending arrangement. The $5 million value was recognized as a debt issuance cost and is being amortized to interest expense through the earliest put date of the related debt, October 2013 and October 2015 for Series A and Series B, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 , approximately $1 million of net debt issuance costs remain outstanding related to the share lending arrangement and will continue to be amortized through the earliest put date of the related debt.
During 2008 and 2009, approximately $79 million principal amount of the 5.5% Debentures were voluntarily converted by holders. As a result, we issued 17.5 million shares of our common stock. Cash payments from the escrow accounts related to the 2008 conversions were $11 million and borrowed shares equivalent to the number of shares of our common stock issued upon these conversions were returned to us pursuant to the share lending agreement described above. The borrower returned 10.0 million shares to us in September 2009, almost all of which were voluntarily returned shares in excess of converted shares, pursuant to the share lending agreement. In October 2011, approximately 16.6 million shares were voluntarily returned to us by the borrower, leaving 1.4 million shares outstanding under the share lending arrangement. At December 31, 2013 the fair value of similar common shares not subject to our share lending arrangement, based upon our closing stock price, was approximately $12 million . During the fourth quarter of 2013 the remaining principal amount of approximately $55 million of the Series A 5.5% Debentures were converted by holders and as a result, we issued 12.2 million shares of our common stock. At December 31, 2013 , the remaining principal balance of Series B 5.5% Debentures was $68 million , which is currently convertible into 15.2 million shares of our common stock.
(7) At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , four capital leased Airbus A320 aircraft were included in property and equipment at a cost of $152 million with accumulated amortization of $33 million and $28 million , respectively. The future minimum lease payments under these non-cancelable leases are $14 million in each of 2014 through 2017, $13 million in 2018, and $69 million in the years thereafter. Included in the future minimum lease payments is $33 million representing interest, resulting in a present value of capital leases of $105 million with a current portion of $8 million and a long-term portion of $97 million .


59



During 2012, we modified the debt secured by three of our Airbus A320 aircraft, effectively lowering the borrowing rates over the remaining term of the loans. In exchange for lower borrowing rates associated with two of these aircraft loans, we deposited funds equivalent to the outstanding principal balance, a total of approximately $57 million . The deposit, which is included in long-term investment securities on our consolidated balance sheet, will be reduced as quarterly principal payments are made. If we withdraw the funds deposited, the interest rate on the debt reverts back to the original borrowing rate. As of December 31, 2013 the remaining balance on these funds was approximately $52 million . These deposits are discussed further in Note 1.
In December 2013, we prepaid approximately $94 million of a financing agreement relating to four Airbus A320 aircraft. This prepayment resulted in a net loss of $3 million , inclusive of premium paid over principal outstanding and deferred financing fees write-off. In December 2013 we additionally prepaid the remaining $119 million on our Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificate, or EETC, Class G-1 and B-1 certificates that was due to mature in January 2014.
In September 2013, we priced a private placement EETC of pass-through certificates Series 2013-1 for $226 million which will be secured by fourteen Airbus A320 aircraft. We closed the certificates in October 2013 and are scheduled to receive funding in March 2014 to coincide with the final scheduled principal payments of $188 million associated with our March 2004 EETC Class G-2 certificates.
Maturities of long-term debt and capital leases, including the assumption our convertible debt will be redeemed upon the first put date, for the next five years are as follows (in millions):
 
Year
 
Maturities

2014
 
$
469

2015
 
276

2016
 
474

2017
 
201

2018
 
245

Thereafter
 
920

Aircraft, engines, and other equipment and facilities having a net book value of $3.58 billion at December 31, 2013 were pledged as security under various loan agreements. Cash payments for interest related to debt and capital lease obligations, net of capitalized interest, aggregated $117 million , $136 million and $136 million in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our long-term debt at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in millions):
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
Carrying Value
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
 
Estimated Fair Value
Public Debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Floating rate enhanced equipment notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Class G-1, due through 2013, 2014 and 2016
 
$
55

 
$
54

 
$
173

 
$
164

    Class G-2, due 2014 and 2016
 
373

 
365

 
373

 
351

    Class B-1, due 2014
 

 

 
49

 
48

Fixed rate special facility bonds, due through 2036
 
78

 
68

 
82

 
82

6.75% convertible debentures due in 2039
 
162

 
297

 
162

 
225

5.5% convertible debentures due in 2038
 
68

 
134

 
123

 
173

Non-Public Debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Floating rate equipment notes, due through 2025
 
634

 
645

 
816

 
776

Fixed rate equipment notes, due through 2026
 
1,110

 
1,161

 
960

 
1,050

Total
 
$
2,480

 
$
2,724

 
$
2,738

 
$
2,869



60



The estimated fair values of our publicly held long-term debt are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair values of our enhanced equipment notes and our special facility bonds were based on quoted market prices in markets with low trading volumes. The fair value of our convertible debentures was based upon other observable market inputs since they are not actively traded. The fair value of our non-public debt was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on our borrowing rates for instruments with similar terms and therefore classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair values of our other financial instruments approximate their carrying values. Refer to Note 14 for additional information on fair value.
We utilize a policy provider to provide credit support on the Class G-1 and Class G-2 certificates. The policy provider has unconditionally guaranteed the payment of interest on the certificates when due and the payment of principal on the certificates no later than 18 months after the final expected regular distribution date. The policy provider is MBIA Insurance Corporation (a subsidiary of MBIA, Inc.).
We have determined that each of the trusts related to our aircraft EETCs meet the definition of a variable interest entity as defined in the Consolidations topic of the Codification and must be considered for consolidation in our financial statements. Our assessment of the EETCs considers both quantitative and qualitative factors, including whether we have the power to direct the activities and to what extent we participate in the sharing of benefits and losses. We evaluated the purpose for which these trusts were established and nature of risks in each. These trusts were not designed to pass along variability to us. We concluded we are not the primary beneficiary in these trusts due to our involvement in them being limited to principal and interest payments on the related notes and the variability created by credit risk related to us and the likelihood of our defaulting on the notes. Therefore, we have not consolidated these trusts in our financial statements.
Short-term Borrowings
We have several lines of credit which bear interest at a floating rate based upon LIBOR plus a margin range of between 1.0% and 2.75%
Morgan Stanley Line of Credit
In July 2012, we entered into a revolving line of credit with Morgan Stanley for up to approximately $100 million , and in December 2012, the available line was increased to allow for borrowings up to $200 million . This line of credit is secured by a portion of our investment securities held by them and the amount available to us under this line of credit may vary accordingly. This line of credit bears interest at a floating rate based upon LIBOR, plus a margin . During the year we borrowed $190 million on this line of credit, which was fully repaid. As of December 31, 2013 , we did not have a balance outstanding under this line of credit.
CitiBank Line of Credit
On April 23, 2013 , we entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement consists of a $350 million revolving credit and letter of credit facility with Citibank, N.A. as the administrative agent which terminates in 2016 . Borrowing under the Credit Facility bear interest at a variable rate equal to LIBOR, plus a margin . The Credit Facility is secured by Slots at JFK, Newark, LaGuardia and Reagan National airports as well as certain other assets.
The Credit Facility includes covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum balances in unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and unused commitments available under all revolving credit facilities. In addition the covenants restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock or pay dividends. As of December 31, 2013, we did not have an outstanding balance under our credit facilities.
American Express Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
In September 2011, we entered into a corporate purchasing line with American Express, which allowed us to borrow up to a maximum of $125 million . Concurrent to entering into the above agreement with Citibank, N.A. for the Credit Facility, we terminated the unsecured revolving credit facility with American Express in April 2013.


61



Note 3—Operating Leases
We lease aircraft, all of our facilities at the airports we serve, office space and other equipment. These leases have varying terms and conditions, with some having early termination clauses which we determine to be the lease expiration date. The length of the lease depends upon the type of asset being leased, with the latest lease expiring in 2035. Total rental expense for all operating leases in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 was $295 million , $284 million and $269 million , respectively. We have approximately $31 million in assets that serve as collateral for letters of credit related to certain of our leases, which are included in restricted cash.
At December 31, 2013 , 60 of the 194 aircraft in our fleet were leased under operating leases, with lease expiration dates ranging from 2016 to 2026 . Five of the 60 aircraft operating leases have variable rate rent payments based on LIBOR. Leases for 46 of our aircraft can generally be renewed at rates based on fair market value at the end of the lease term for one or two years . We have purchase options in 45 of our aircraft leases at the end of the lease term at fair market value and a one-time option during the term at fixed amounts that were expected to approximate fair market value at lease inception.
During 2013 , we extended the leases on eight Airbus A320 aircraft that were previously set to expire starting from 2014 . These extensions resulted in an additional $42 million of lease commitments through 2022 . During 2012 , we extended the leases on three Airbus A320 aircraft that were previously set to expire in 2013 . These extensions resulted in an additional $24 million of lease commitments through 2018. During 2010 , we leased six used Airbus A320 aircraft from a third party, each with a separate six year operating lease term.
Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases, including those described above, with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2013 , are as follows (in millions):
 
 
Aircraft
 
Other
 
Total
2014
 
$
141

 
$
64

 
$
205

2015
 
150

 
55

 
205

2016
 
90

 
50

 
140

2017
 
77

 
44

 
121

2018
 
75

 
39

 
114

Thereafter
 
271

 
336

 
607

Total minimum operating lease payments
 
$
804

 
$
588

 
$
1,392

We have entered into sale-leaseback arrangements with a third party lender for 45 of our operating aircraft. The sale-leasebacks occurred simultaneously with the delivery of the related aircraft to us from their manufacturers. Each sale-leaseback transaction was structured with a separate trust set up by the third party lender, the assets of which consist of the one aircraft initially transferred to it following the sale by us and the subsequent lease arrangement with us. Because of their limited capitalization and the potential need for additional financial support, these trusts are variable interest entities as defined in the Consolidations topic of the Codification and must be considered for consolidation in our financial statements. Our assessment of each trust considers both quantitative and qualitative factors, including whether we have the power to direct the activities and to what extent we participate in the sharing of benefits and losses of the trusts. JetBlue does not retain any equity interests in any of these trusts and our obligations to them are limited to the fixed rental payments we are required to make to them. These were approximately $695 million as of December 31, 2013 and are reflected in the future minimum lease payments in the table above. Our only interest in these entities is the purchase options to acquire the aircraft as specified above. Since there are no other arrangements (either implicit or explicit) between us and the individual trusts that would result in our absorbing additional variability from the trusts, we concluded we are not the primary beneficiary of these trusts. We account for these leases as operating leases, following the appropriate lease guidance as required by the Leases topic in the Codification.





62



Note 4—JFK Terminal 5
We operate out of T5 at JFK and our occupancy is governed by various lease agreements with the PANYNJ. Under the terms of the facility lease agreement we were responsible for the construction of the 635,000 square foot 26 -gate terminal, a parking garage, roadways and an AirTrain Connector, all of which are owned by the PANYNJ and collectively referred to as the T5 Project. In 2012, we commenced construction on T5i, an expansion to T5 that will be used as an international arrival facility. An extension of the original T5 lease was executed in 2013 which incorporates approximately 19 acres of additional space for the T5i facilities. The construction of T5i is expected to be completed in late 2014. T5i is anticipated to include six international arrival gates comprised of three new and three converted from T5 as well as an international arrivals hall with full U.S. Customs and Border Protection services. The lease terms, as amended, for our terminal lease at JFK ends on the 28th anniversary of the date of beneficial occupancy of T5i, which is expected in late 2014. We have an early termination option in 2033 for our terminal lease. We are responsible for various payments under the leases, including ground rents which are reflected in the future minimum lease payments table in Note 3, and facility rents which are included below. The facility rents are based upon the number of passengers enplaned out of the terminal, subject to annual minimums. 
We were considered the owner of the T5 Project for financial reporting purposes only and have been required to reflect an asset and liability for the T5 Project on our consolidated balance sheets since construction commenced in 2005. The cost of the T5 Project and the related liability are being accounted for as a financing obligation. Our construction of T5i is accounted for at cost with no financing obligation. Our capital expenditure to date relating to T5i is approximately $88 million , of which approximately $71 million was incurred in 2013.
Total costs incurred for the elements of the T5 Project were $637 million , of which $561 million is classified as Assets Constructed for Others and the remaining $76 million is classified as leasehold improvements in our consolidated balance sheets. Assets Constructed for Others are being amortized over the shorter of the 25 years non-cancelable lease term or their economic life. We recorded amortization expense of $23 million in each of 2013 and 2012, and $22 million in 2011 .
The PANYNJ has reimbursed us for the amounts currently included in Assets Constructed for Others. These reimbursements and related interest are reflected as Construction Obligation in our consolidated balance sheets. When the facility rents are paid they are treated as a debt service on the Construction Obligation, with the portion not relating to interest reducing the principal balance. Minimum estimated facility payments including escalations associated with the facility lease are estimated to be $40 million per year in 2014 through 2018 and $616 million thereafter. The portion of these scheduled payments serving to reduce the principal balance of the Construction Obligation is $14 million in 2014 , $15 million in each of 2015 and 2016 , $16 million in 2017 and $17 million in 2018 . Payments could exceed these amounts depending on future enplanement levels at JFK. Scheduled facility payments representative of interest totaled $27 million , $27 million and $28 million in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
We sublease portions of T5, including space for concessionaires, our service provider for the airspace lounge and the TSA. Two of our airline commercial partners operate from this terminal and sublease facilities from us, Hawaiian Airlines and Aer Lingus. Minimum lease payments due to us are subject to various escalation amounts through 2021. Future minimum lease payments due to us during each of the next five years are estimated to be $12 million per year in each of 2014 through 2016 , $10 million in 2017 and $9 million in 2018 .

Note 5—Stockholders’ Equity
In September 2012, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program for up to 25 million shares of common stock over a five year period. The repurchases may be commenced or suspended from time to time without prior notice. During the fourth quarter of 2012, we repurchased approximately 4.1 million shares of our common stock for approximately $23 million . During 2013 we repurchased approximately 0.5 million shares of our common stock for approximately $3 million . The shares repurchased under our share repurchase program were purchased in open market transactions. As of December 31, 2013 , 20.4 million shares remain available for repurchase under the program.
As of December 31, 2013 , we had a total of 168.9 million shares of our common stock reserved for issuance related to our equity incentive plans, our convertible debt, and our share lending facility. As of December 31, 2013 , we had a total of 50.9 million shares of treasury stock, the majority of which resulted from the return of borrowed shares under our share lending agreement and also include shares repurchased under our share repurchase program described above. Refer to Note 2 for further details on the share lending agreement and Note 7 for further details on our share-based compensation.


63



Note 6—Earnings Per Share
The following table shows how we computed basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31 (dollars in millions; share data in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
168

 
$
128

 
$
86

Effect of dilutive securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on convertible debt, net of income taxes and profit sharing
 
9

 
9

 
12

Net income applicable to common stockholders after assumed conversions for diluted earnings per share
 
$
177

 
$
137

 
$
98

Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding for basic earnings per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of dilutive securities:
 
282,755

 
282,317

 
278,689

Employee stock options
 
2,108

 
1,237

 
1,660

Convertible debt
 
58,562

 
60,575

 
66,118

Adjusted weighted average shares outstanding and assumed conversions for diluted earnings per share
 
343,425

 
344,129

 
346,467

Shares excluded from EPS calculation (in millions):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of our convertible debt as assumed conversion would be antidilutive
 

 

 

Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options or vesting of restricted stock units as assumed exercise would be antidilutive
 
13.8

 
19.5

 
22.3

As of December 31, 2013 , a total of approximately 1.4 million shares of our common stock, which were lent to our share borrower pursuant to the terms of our share lending agreement as described in Note 2, were issued and outstanding for corporate law purposes. Holders of the borrowed shares have all the rights of a holder of our common stock. However, because the share borrower must return all borrowed shares to us (or identical shares or, in certain circumstances of default by the counterparty, the cash value thereof), the borrowed shares are not considered outstanding for the purpose of computing and reporting basic or diluted earnings per share.

Note 7—Share-Based Compensation
We have various equity incentive plans under which we have granted stock awards to our eligible Crewmembers and Directors. These includes the JetBlue Airways Corporation 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, and the Restated and Amended 2002 Stock Incentive Plan which were replaced by the JetBlue Airways Corporation 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan. We additionally have an employee stock purchase plan which we refer to as the Crewmember Stock Purchase Plan, or CSPP, that is available to all eligible Crewmembers.
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense was approximately $15 million as of December 31, 2013 , relating to a total of 4.8 million unvested restricted stock units under our 2002 Plan and 2011 Plan. We expect to recognize this stock-based compensation expense over a weighted average period of approximately two years.
2011 Incentive Compensation Plan     
At our Annual Shareholders Meeting held on May 26, 2011, our shareholders approved the new 2011 Plan. This replaced the 2002 Plan which was set to expire at the end of 2011. Upon inception the 2011 Plan had 15.0 million shares of our common stock reserved for issuance. The 2011 Plan, by its terms, will terminate no later than May 2021. This plan provides for RSUs to be granted to certain employees and members of our Board of Directors. It also provides for DSUs to be granted to members of our Board of Directors and performance stock units, or PSUs, to be granted to certain member of our executive leadership team.
The following is a summary of RSU activity under the 2011 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 respectively. Activity in 2011 for the 2011 Plan was immaterial.

64



 
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at beginning of year
 
2,483,664

 
$
5.77

 
65,914

 
$
5.08

Granted
 
2,653,842

 
6.08

 
2,570,891

 
5.79

Vested
 
(828,291
)
 
5.77

 
(20,249
)
 
5.09

Forfeited
 
(190,366
)
 
5.82

 
(132,892
)
 
5.83

Nonvested at end of year
 
4,118,849

 
$
5.94

 
2,483,664

 
$
5.77

The total intrinsic value, determined as of the date of vesting, of all RSUs under both Plans vested and converted to shares of common stock during the year ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 was $13 million , $11 million and $10 million respectively.
The vesting period for DSUs under the 2011 Plan is either one or three years of service. Once vested, shares are issued six months and one day following the Director’s departure from the Board.  During the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , we granted an immaterial amount of DSUs, almost all of which remain outstanding at December 31, 2013 . In 2013 we granted immaterial PSUs to members of our executive leadership team which are based upon certain performance criteria.
Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan     
The 2002 Plan, which included stock options issued during 1999 through 2001 under a previous plan as well as all options issued from 2002 through adoption of the 2011 Plan, provided for incentive and non-qualified stock options and restricted stock units, or RSUs, to be granted to certain employees and members of our Board of Directors, as well as deferred stock units, or DSUs, to be granted to members of our Board of Directors. The 2002 Plan became effective following our initial public offering in April 2002, we began issuing RSUs from 2007 and DSUs from 2008. Prior to 2011, the DSUs vested immediately upon being granted. The RSUs vested in annual installments over three years which can be accelerated upon the occurrence of a change in control as defined in the 2002 Plan. Our policy is to grant RSUs based on the market price of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
The following is a summary of RSU activity under the 2002 Plan for the year ended December 31:
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at beginning of year
 
2,029,081

 
$
5.85

 
4,093,484

 
$
5.64

 
3,681,013

 
$
5.18

Granted
 

 

 

 

 
2,677,809

 
6.01

Vested
 
(1,257,045
)
 
5.76

 
(1,921,940
)
 
5.41

 
(1,731,145
)
 
5.26

Forfeited
 
(60,542
)
 
5.99

 
(142,463
)
 
5.76

 
(534,193
)
 
5.53

Nonvested at end of year
 
711,494

 
$
6.00

 
2,029,081

 
$
5.85

 
4,093,484

 
$
5.64

Stock Options
All options issued under the 2002 Plan expire ten years from the date of grant, with the last options vesting in 2012. Our policy is to grant options with an exercise price equal to the market price of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
The following is a summary of stock option activity for the years ended December 31:

65



 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of year
 
15,845,124

 
$
14.87

 
21,807,170

 
$
13.91

 
23,600,494

 
$
13.42

Granted
 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised
 
(10,800
)
 
7.79

 
(493,731
)
 
4.00

 
(934,993
)
 
2.09

Forfeited
 

 

 

 

 
(23,700
)
 
8.92

Expired
 
(4,449,636
)
 
18.50

 
(5,468,315
)
 
12.03

 
(834,631
)
 
13.33

Outstanding at end of year
 
11,384,688

 
$
13.45

 
15,845,124

 
$
14.87

 
21,807,170

 
$
13.91

Vested at end of year
 
11,384,688

 
$
13.45

 
15,845,124

 
$
14.87

 
21,550,526

 
$
13.94

Available for future grants
 
60,615,340

 
 
 
56,105,162

 
 
 
50,494,384

 
 
The following is a summary of outstanding stock options at December 31, 2013 :
 
 
 
Options Outstanding, Vested & Exercisable
Range of exercise prices
 
Shares
 
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)
 
Weighted average exercise price
 
Aggregate intrinsic value (millions)
$7.79 to $19.25
 
11,384,688

 
1.8
 
$
13.45

 
$

 
 
11,384,688

 
 
 
 
 
$

The total intrinsic value, determined as of the date of exercise, of options exercised was immaterial during the year ended December 31, 2013 , and $1 million and $3 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively. Amounts received in cash for options exercised were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $2 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 . We have not granted any stock options since 2008 and those previously granted became fully expensed in 2012. The total fair value of stock options vested was approximately $2 million and $5 million during 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Fair Value Assumptions
We used a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards in accordance with the Compensation-Stock Compensation topic of the Codification, for stock options under our 2002 Plan. The Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model incorporates various and highly subjective assumptions, including expected term and expected volatility. We reviewed our historical pattern of option exercises under our 2002 Plan and determined meaningful differences in option exercise activity existed among employee job categories. Therefore, for all stock options granted after January 1, 2006, we categorized these awards into three groups of employees for valuation purposes.
We estimated the expected term of options granted using an implied life derived from the results of a lattice model. This incorporates our historical exercise and post-vesting employment termination patterns, which we believe are representative of future behavior. The expected term for our restricted stock units is based on the associated service period.
We estimated the expected volatility of our common stock at the grant date using a blend of 75% historical volatility of our common stock and 25% implied volatility of two-year publicly traded options on our common stock as of the option grant date. Our decision to use a blend of historical and implied volatility was based upon the volume of actively traded options on our common stock and our belief historical volatility alone may not be completely representative of future stock price trends.
Our risk-free interest rate assumption was determined using the Federal Reserve nominal rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued. We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, we assumed an expected dividend yield of zero .
The Compensation-Stock Compensation topic of the Codification requires us to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures at the time of grant and periodically revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards expected to vest using an estimated forfeiture rate based on our historical pre-vesting forfeiture data.

66



Crewmember Stock Purchase Plan  
In May 2011, our shareholders also approved the new 2011 Crewmember Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2011 CSPP, to replace the original Crewmember Stock Purchase Plan, which was set to expire in April 2012. At inception, the 2011 CSPP had 8.0 million shares of our common stock reserved for issuance. The 2011 CSPP, by its terms, will terminate no later than the last business day of April 2021.
The following is a summary of CSPP share reserve activity under the 2011 CSPP for the year ended December 31:
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Available for future purchases, beginning of year
 
6,436,224

 
 
 
8,000,000

 
 
Shares reserved for issuance
 

 
 
 

 
 
Common stock purchased
 
(1,581,080
)
 
$
6.20

 
(1,563,776
)
 
$
4.75

Available for future purchases, end of year
 
4,855,144

 
 
 
6,436,224

 
 
The 2011 CSPP has a series of six months offering periods, with a new offering period beginning on the first business day of May and November each year. Employees can only join an offering period on the start date. Employees may contribute up to 10% of their pay, through payroll deductions, toward the purchase of common stock. Purchase dates occur on the last business day of April and October each year.
Until April 2013 our 2011 CSPP was considered non-compensatory as the purchase price discount was 5% based upon the stock price on the date of purchase. The plan was amended and restated in May 2013, with the CSPP purchase price discount increasing to 15% based upon the stock price on the date of purchase. In accordance with the Compensation-Stock Compensation topic of the Codification the 2011 CSPP no longer meets the non-compensatory definition as the terms of the plan are more favorable than those to all holders of the common stock. For all offering periods starting from May 2013 the compensation cost relating to the discount is recognized over over the offering period. For the year ended December 31, 2013 the total expense recognized relating to the 2011 CSPP was approximately $2 million .
Should we be acquired by merger or sale of substantially all of our assets or sale of more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities, all outstanding purchase rights will automatically be exercised immediately prior to the effective date of the acquisition at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value per share immediately prior to the acquisition.
Our original CSPP was available to all employees at its inception in April 2002. The following is a summary of CSPP share reserve activity under the original CSPP for the year ended December 31, 2011. There was no activity in 2012 and 2013 under the original CSPP and the shares remain reserved at December 31, 2013.
 
 
2011
 
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Available for future purchases, beginning of year
 
20,923,959

 
 
Shares reserved for issuance
 

 
 
Common stock purchased
 
(1,617,602
)
 
$
4.76

Available for future purchases, end of year
 
19,306,357

 
 

67



Taxation
The Compensation-Stock Compensation topic of the Codification requires deferred taxes be recognized on temporary differences that arise with respect to stock-based compensation attributable to nonqualified stock options and awards. However, no tax benefit is recognized for stock-based compensation attributable to incentive stock options (ISO) or CSPP shares until there is a disqualifying disposition, if any, for income tax purposes. A portion of our stock-based compensation is attributable to ISO and CSPP shares; therefore, our effective tax rate is subject to fluctuation.
LiveTV Equity Incentive Plan    
In April 2009, our Board of Directors approved the LiveTV Equity Incentive Plan, or EIP, an equity based incentive plan for certain members of leadership at our wholly-owned subsidiary, LiveTV. Notional equity units were available under the EIP, representing up to 12% of the notional equity interest of LiveTV. Compensation cost was recorded ratably over the service period. In May 2011, we terminated the EIP. In exchange for the release of their rights under the EIP, participants were granted restricted stock units under the 2002 Plan.

Note 8—LiveTV
Through December 31, 2013 , LiveTV had installed in-flight entertainment systems for other airlines on 461 aircraft and had firm commitments for installations of in-flight entertainment and Ka broadband connectivity on 196 additional aircraft scheduled to be installed through 2015 , with options for nine additional in-flight entertainment installations through 2016 . Revenues in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 were $72 million , $81 million and $82 million , respectively. Deferred profit on hardware sales and advance deposits for future hardware sales are included in other accrued liabilities and other long term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets depending on whether we expect to recognize it in the next 12 months or beyond. They totaled $42 million and $34 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. Deferred profit to be recognized on installations completed through December 31, 2013 will be approximately $3 million per year from 2014 through 2018 and $6 million thereafter. The net book value of equipment installed for other airlines was approximately $102 million and $109 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, and is included in other assets on our consolidated balance sheets.
In December 2011, LiveTV terminated its contract with one of its airline customers. In connection with the termination, the customer paid approximately $16 million , which was included in other accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011. Upon fulfilling our obligation to deactivate service on the customer's aircraft, we recorded a gain of $8 million in other operating expenses in 2012.

Note 9—Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the years ended December 31 (in millions):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
$
95

 
$
68

 
$
51

State
 
12

 
8

 
7

Deferred income tax expense
 
107

 
76

 
58

Current income tax expense
 
4

 
5

 
1

Total income tax expense
 
$
111

 
$
81

 
$
59

The effective tax rate on income before income taxes differed from the federal income tax statutory rate for the years ended December 31 for the following reasons (in millions):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Income tax expense at statutory rate
 
$
98

 
$
73

 
$
51

Increase resulting from:
 
 
 
 
 
 
State income tax, net of federal benefit
 
9

 
6

 
5

Other, net
 
4

 
2

 
3

Total income tax expense
 
$
111

 
$
81

 
$
59

Cash payments for income taxes were $4 million in 2013 , $4 million in 2012 and zero in 2011 .

68



The net deferred taxes below include a current net deferred tax asset of $120 million and a long-term net deferred tax liability of $605 million at December 31, 2013 , and a current net deferred tax asset of $107 million and a long-term net deferred tax liability of $481 million at December 31, 2012 .
The components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are as follows (in millions):
 
 
2013
 
2012
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
 
$
157

 
$
127

Employee benefits
 
40

 
36

Deferred revenue/gains
 
95

 
82

Rent expense
 
24

 
22

Terminal 5 lease
 
29

 
26

Capital loss carryforwards
 
20

 
20

Other
 
32

 
37

Valuation allowance
 
(20
)
 
(20
)
Deferred tax assets, net
 
377

 
330

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Accelerated depreciation
 
(862
)
 
(704
)
Deferred tax liabilities
 
(862
)
 
(704
)
Net deferred tax liability
 
$
(485
)
 
$
(374
)
At December 31, 2013 , we had U.S. Federal regular and alternative minimum tax net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $456 million and $446 million , respectively, which begin to expire in 2025 . In addition, at December 31, 2013 , we had deferred tax assets associated with state NOLs of $9 million , which begin to expire in 2016 . Our NOL carryforwards at December 31, 2013 include an unrecorded benefit of approximately $9 million related to stock-based compensation that will be recorded in equity when, and to the extent, realized. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes limitations on a corporation’s ability to use its NOL carryforwards if it experiences an “ownership change.” As of December 31, 2013 , our valuation allowance did not include any amounts attributable to this limitation; however, if an “ownership change” were to occur in the future, the ability to use our NOLs could be limited.
In evaluating the realizability of the deferred tax assets, we assess whether it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets, will be realized. We consider, among other things, the generation of future taxable income (including reversals of deferred tax liabilities) during the periods in which the related temporary differences will become deductible. At December 31, 2013 , we continue to maintain a $20 million valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to an amount that we consider is more likely than not to be realized. Our valuation allowance at December 31, 2013 is related to capital loss carryforwards which expire in 2015 and 2016.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follow (in millions):
Unrecognized tax benefits December 31, 2010
$
11

Increases for tax positions taken during the period
1

Unrecognized tax benefits December 31, 2011
12

Increases for tax positions taken during the period
1

Unrecognized tax benefits December 31, 2012
13

Increases for tax positions taken during the period
2

Decreases for settlement with tax authorities during the period
(4
)
Unrecognized tax benefits December 31, 2013
$
11

Interest and penalties accrued on unrecognized tax benefits were not significant. If recognized, $9 million of the unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013 would impact our effective tax rate. We do not expect any significant change in the amount of the unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months. As a result of NOLs and statute of limitations in our major tax jurisdictions, years 2002 through 2012 remain subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities.


69



Note 10—Employee Retirement Plan
We sponsor a retirement savings 401(k) defined contribution plan, or the Plan, covering all of our employees. In 2013, we matched 100% of our employee contributions up to 5% of their compensation. The contributions vest over five years, measured from an employee’s hire date. Participants are immediately vested in their voluntary contributions.
Another component of the Plan is a Company discretionary contribution of 5% of eligible non-management employee compensation, which we refer to as Retirement Plus . Retirement Plus contributions vest over three years, measured from an employee’s hire date. Our non-management employees are also eligible to receive profit sharing, calculated as 15% of adjusted pre-tax income reduced by the Retirement Plus contributions discussed above. Certain FAA-licensed employees receive an additional contribution of 3% of eligible compensation, which we refer to as Retirement Advantage. Total Retirement Plus, Retirement Advantage, 401(k) company match and profit sharing expensed in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 were $94 million , $73 million and $61 million , respectively.

Note 11—Commitments
Flight Equipment Commitments
As of December 31, 2013 , our firm aircraft orders consisted of three Airbus A320 aircraft, 49 Airbus A321 aircraft, 30 Airbus A320 new engine option (A320neo), 30 Airbus A321neo, 24 EMBRAER 190 aircraft and 10 spare engines scheduled for delivery through 2022 . Committed expenditures for these aircraft and related flight equipment, including estimated amounts for contractual price escalations and predelivery deposits, will be approximately $500 million in 2014 , $660 million in 2015 , $785 million in 2016 , $835 million in 2017 , $855 million in 2018 and $3,235 billion thereafter. We are scheduled to receive nine new Airbus A321 in 2014, four of which have committed financing. We plan to purchase the remaining 2014 scheduled deliveries with cash.
In December 2012, we prepaid $200 million for certain 2013 aircraft deliveries and deposits on future aircraft deliveries in exchange for favorable pricing terms. In 2012 we amended our Embraer purchase agreement several times. In July 2012 we accelerated the delivery of one aircraft to 2013 , from 2014 and in December 2012 we accelerated the delivery of four aircraft from 2018 to 2013. In October 2013 we amended our purchase agreements with both Embraer and Airbus. We deferred 24 EMBRAER 190 aircraft from 2014-2018 to 2020-2022. We converted eight existing A320 orders to A321 orders and 10 A320neo orders to A321neo orders. We incrementally ordered 15 A321 aircraft for delivery between 2015 and 2017 and 20 A321neo aircraft for delivery between 2018 and 2020.
Other Commitments
We utilize several credit card processors to process our ticket sales. Our agreements with these processors do not contain covenants, but do generally allow the processor to withhold cash reserves to protect the processor for potential liability for tickets purchased, but not yet used for travel. While we currently do not have any collateral requirements related to our credit card processors, we may be required to issue collateral to our credit card processors, or other key vendors, in the future. As of December 31, 2013 , we had approximately $25 million pledged related to our workers compensation insurance policies and other business partner agreements, which will expire according to the terms of the related policies or agreements.
Our commitments also include those of LiveTV, which has several noncancelable long-term purchase agreements with its suppliers to provide equipment to be installed on its customers’ aircraft, including JetBlue’s aircraft. At December 31, 2013 , committed expenditures to these suppliers were approximately $45 million in 2014 , and $2 million in each of 2015 through 2017 .
In March 2011, we executed a seven year agreement, subject to an optional three year extension, with ViaSat Inc. to develop and introduce in-flight broadband connectivity technology on our aircraft. Committed expenditures under this agreement as of December 31, 2013 include a minimum of $20 million through 2020 and an additional $25 million for minimum hardware and software purchases.
We enter into individual employment agreements with each of our FAA-licensed employees, which include pilots, dispatchers, technicians and inspectors as well as air traffic controllers. Each employment agreement is for a term of 5 years and automatically renews for an additional five-year term unless either the employee or we elect not to renew it by giving at least 90 days notice before the end of the relevant term. Pursuant to these agreements, these employees can only be terminated for cause. In the event of a downturn in our business that would require a reduction in work hours, we are obligated to pay these employees a guaranteed level of income and to continue their benefits if they do not obtain other aviation employment. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements.


70



Note 12—Contingencies
We self-insure a portion of our losses from claims related to workers’ compensation, environmental issues, property damage, medical insurance for employees and general liability. Losses are accrued based on an estimate of the ultimate aggregate liability for claims incurred, using standard industry practices and our actual experience.
We are a party to many routine contracts under which we indemnify third parties for various risks. These indemnities consist of the following:
All of our bank loans, including our aircraft and engine mortgages, contain standard provisions present in loans of this type. These provisions obligate us to reimburse the bank for any increased costs associated with continuing to hold the loan on our books which arise as a result of broadly defined regulatory changes, including changes in reserve requirements and bank capital requirements. These indemnities would have the practical effect of increasing the interest rate on our debt if they were to be triggered. In all cases, we have the right to repay the loan and avoid the increased costs. The term of these indemnities matches the length of the related loan up to 15 years .
Under both aircraft leases with foreign lessors and aircraft and engine mortgages with foreign lenders, we have agreed to customary indemnities concerning withholding tax law changes. Under these contracts we are responsible, should withholding taxes be imposed, for paying such amount of additional rent or interest as is necessary to ensure that the lessor or lender still receives, after taxes, the rent stipulated in the lease or the interest stipulated under the loan. The term of these indemnities matches the length of the related lease up to 20 years .
We have various leases with respect to real property as well as various agreements among airlines relating to fuel consortia or fuel farms at airports. Under these contracts we have agreed to standard language indemnifying the lessor against environmental liabilities associated with the real property or operations described under the agreement, even if we are not the party responsible for the initial event that caused the environmental damage. In the case of fuel consortia at airports, these indemnities are generally joint and several among the participating airlines. We have purchased a standalone environmental liability insurance policy to help mitigate this exposure. Our existing aviation hull and liability policy includes some limited environmental coverage when a cleanup is part of an associated single identifiable covered loss.
Under certain contracts, we indemnify specified parties against legal liability arising out of actions by other parties. The terms of these contracts range up to 30 years . Generally, we have liability insurance protecting ourselves for the obligations we have undertaken relative to these indemnities.
LiveTV provides product warranties to third party airlines to which it sells its products and services. We do not accrue a liability for product warranties upon sale of the hardware since revenue is recognized over the term of the related service agreements of up to 10 years . Expenses for warranty repairs are recognized as they occur. In addition, LiveTV has provided indemnities against any claims which may be brought against its customers related to allegations of patent, trademark, copyright or license infringement as a result of the use of the LiveTV system. LiveTV customers include other airlines, which may be susceptible to the inherent risks of operating in the airline industry and/or economic downturns, which may in turn have a negative impact on our business.
Under a certain number of our LiveTV third party agreements as well as a certain number of our operating lease agreements; we are required to restore certain property or equipment to its original form upon expiration of the related agreement. We have recorded the estimated fair value of these retirement obligations of approximately $9 million as of December 31, 2013 . This liability may increase over time.
We are unable to estimate the potential amount of future payments under the foregoing indemnities and agreements.
Environmental Liability
Many aspects of airlines’ operations are subject to increasingly stringent federal, state, local, and foreign laws protecting the environment. Since the domestic airline industry is increasingly price sensitive we may not be able to recover the cost of compliance with new or more stringent environmental laws and regulations from our passengers, which could adversely affect our business. Although it is not expected that the costs of complying with current environmental regulations will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, no assurance can be made that the costs of complying with environmental regulations in the future will not have such an effect. The impact to us and our industry from such actions is likely to be adverse and could be significant, particularly if regulators were to conclude that emissions from commercial aircraft cause significant harm to the upper atmosphere or have a greater impact on climate change than other industries.

71



In 2012, during the performance of environmental testing which was required in connection with the demolition of the passenger terminal buildings and closure of the defunct hydrant fuel systems at JFK the presence of light non-aqueous phase petroleum liquid was discovered in certain subsurface monitoring wells on the property. Our lease with the PANYNJ provides, under certain circumstances, we may be responsible for investigating, delineating, and remediating such subsurface contamination, even if we are not necessarily the party that caused its release. We have engaged environmental consultants to assess the extent of the contamination and assist us in determining steps to remediate it. A preliminary estimate indicates costs of remediation could range from $1 million up to approximately $3 million . As of December 31, 2013, we had accrued $2 million for current estimates of remediation costs, which is included in current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. However, as with any environmental contamination, there is the possibility this contamination could be more extensive than estimated at this early stage. We have a pollution insurance policy that protects us against these types of environmental liabilities, which we expect will mitigate most of our exposure in this matter.
Based upon information currently known to us we do not expect these environmental proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, it is not possible to predict with certainty the impact on us of future environmental compliance requirements or the costs of resolving the matter, in part because the scope of the remediation that may be required is not certain and environmental laws and regulations are subject to modification and changes in interpretation.
Legal Matters
Occasionally, we are involved in various claims, lawsuits, regulatory examinations, investigations and other legal matters arising, for the most part, in the ordinary course of business. The outcome of litigation and other legal matters is always uncertain. The Company believes it has valid defenses to the legal matters currently pending against it, is defending itself vigorously and has recorded accruals determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, where appropriate. In making a determination regarding accruals, using available information, we evaluate the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome in legal or regulatory proceedings to which we are a party to and record a loss contingency when it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These judgments are subjective, based on the status of such legal or regulatory proceedings, the merits of our defenses and consultation with legal counsel. Actual outcomes of these legal and regulatory proceedings may materially differ from our current estimates. It is possible that resolution of one or more of the legal matters currently pending or threatened could result in losses material to our consolidated results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.
To date, none of these types of litigation matters, most of which are typically covered by insurance, has had a material impact on our operations or financial condition. We have insured and continue to insure against most of these types of claims. A judgment on any claim not covered by, or in excess of, our insurance coverage could materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
Employment Agreement Dispute. In or around March 2010, attorneys representing a group of current and former pilots (the “Claimants”) filed a Request for Mediation with the American Arbitration Association concerning a dispute over the interpretation of a provision of their individual JetBlue Airways Corporation Employment Agreement for Pilots (“Employment Agreement”).  In their Fourth Amended Arbitration Demand, dated June 8, 2012, the Claimants ( 972 pilots) alleged that JetBlue breached the base salary provision of the Employment Agreement and sought back pay and related damages for pay adjustments that occurred in each of 2002, 2007 and 2009. The Claimants also asserted that JetBlue had violated numerous New York state labor laws. In July 2012, in response to JetBlue's partial motion to dismiss, the Claimants withdrew the 2002 claims. Following an arbitration hearing on the remaining claims, in May 2013, the arbitrator issued an interim decision on the contractual provisions of the Employment Agreement. In 2007, all pilots received market rate pay adjustments.  The arbitrator determined that a 26.7% base pay rate increase provided to certain pilots during 2007 triggered the base salary provision of the Employment Agreement.  The 2009 claims and all New York state labor law claims were dismissed.  The parties started the damages phase of the arbitration in June of 2013.  Many variables remain undetermined, including the number of eligible Claimants and what elements of pay, if any, could be included in any damages calculation award. Motion practice began in July 2013 and in late August 2013, the arbitrator granted JetBlue’s motion to significantly limit the scope of damages.  Motion practice continues that may further limit the number of pilots with valid claims and reduce the scope of damages.
In January 2014, the Claimants specified $13 million in damages that they are seeking. We believe that any damages ultimately resulting from this dispute will be significantly less than the amount of damages sought by the Claimants and have accrued an amount which we believe is probable. Our estimate of reasonably possible losses in excess of the probable loss is not material. However, the outcome of any arbitration is inherently uncertain and any final judgment may differ materially.

72



WestJet Complaint. In December 2013, WestJet, a customer of LiveTV, filed a complaint against LiveTV alleging breach of contract. WestJet has alleged $15 million in damages plus unspecified damages for removing the inflight entertainment systems from its aircraft. In January 2014, LiveTV filed a response to this Complaint and a series of Counterclaims. LiveTV disputes the accuracy and validity of the WestJet claims and to the extent WestJet is able to establish any liability on the part of LiveTV, LiveTV contends that the as-yet unliquidated damages sought by LiveTV in its Counterclaims are likely to exceed any actual damages awarded to WestJet on its Complaint. We believe the Complaint to be without merit and will continue to assert defenses; however, as the case is in its early stages, it is not possible to assess the likelihood of loss.

Note 13—Financial Derivative Instruments and Risk Management
As part of our risk management techniques, we periodically purchase over the counter energy derivative instruments and enter into fixed forward price agreements, or FFPs, to manage our exposure to the effect of changes in the price of aircraft fuel. Prices for the underlying commodities have historically been highly correlated to aircraft fuel, making derivatives of them effective at providing short-term protection against sharp increases in average fuel prices. We also periodically enter into jet fuel basis swaps for the differential between heating oil and jet fuel, to further limit the variability in fuel prices at various locations.
To manage the variability of the cash flows associated with our variable rate debt, we have also entered into interest rate swaps. We do not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.
Aircraft fuel derivatives
We attempt to obtain cash flow hedge accounting treatment for each aircraft fuel derivative that we enter into. This treatment is provided for under the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the Codification which allows for gains and losses on the effective portion of qualifying hedges to be deferred until the underlying planned jet fuel consumption occurs, rather than recognizing the gains and losses on these instruments into earnings during each period they are outstanding. The effective portion of realized aircraft fuel hedging derivative gains and losses is recognized in aircraft fuel expense in the period the underlying fuel is consumed.
Ineffectiveness results, in certain circumstances, when the change in the total fair value of the derivative instrument differs from the change in the value of our expected future cash outlays for the purchase of aircraft fuel and is recognized immediately in interest income and other. Likewise, if a hedge does not qualify for hedge accounting, the periodic changes in its fair value are recognized in the period of the change in interest income and other. When aircraft fuel is consumed and the related derivative contract settles, any gain or loss previously recorded in other comprehensive income is recognized in aircraft fuel expense. All cash flows related to our fuel hedging derivatives are classified as operating cash flows.
Our current approach to fuel hedging is to enter into hedges on a discretionary basis without a specific target of hedge percentage needs. We view our hedge portfolio as a form of insurance to help mitigate the impact of price volatility and protect us against severe spikes in oil prices, when possible.
The following table illustrates the approximate hedged percentages of our projected fuel usage by quarter as of December 31, 2013 , related to our outstanding fuel hedging contracts that were designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes.
 
 
Jet fuel swap
agreements
 
Jet fuel cap
agreements
 
Total
First Quarter 2014
 
8%
 
8%
 
16%
Second Quarter 2014
 
7%
 
8%
 
15%
Third Quarter 2014
 
2%
 
—%
 
2%
Fourth Quarter 2014
 
2%
 
—%
 
2%
In January 2014, we entered into jet fuel swap transactions representing an additional 7% and 6% of our forecasted consumption in each of the third and fourth quarter of 2014 respectively.
During 2013 we determined certain derivatives no longer qualified for hedge accounting. As such, we prospectively discontinued the application of hedge accounting for the remaining portion of our outstanding Brent crude oil agreements. Any incremental increase or decrease in the value of these contracts was recognized in interest income during 2013 until the contracts settled. As of December 31, 2013 there were no outstanding contracts related to Brent crude oil. Throughout the year we also entered into basis swaps, which did not qualify as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes and as a result we marked to market in earnings each period outstanding based on their current fair value. As of December 31, 2013 there were no outstanding contracts related to basis swaps.

73



Interest rate swaps    
The interest rate swap agreements we had outstanding as of December 31, 2013 effectively swap floating rate debt for fixed rate debt, taking advantage of lower borrowing rates in existence at the time of the hedge transaction as compared to the date our original debt instruments were executed. As of December 31, 2013 , we had $55 million in notional debt outstanding related to these swaps, which cover certain interest payments through August 2016. The notional amount decreases over time to match scheduled repayments of the related debt. Refer to Note 2 for information on the debt outstanding related to these swap agreements.
All of our outstanding interest rate swap contracts qualify as cash flow hedges in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the Codification. Since all of the critical terms of our swap agreements match the debt to which they pertain, there was no ineffectiveness relating to these interest rate swaps in 2013 , 2012 or 2011 , and all related unrealized losses were deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income. We recognized approximately $8 million , $11 million and $10 million in additional interest expense as the related interest payments were made during 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
The table below reflects quantitative information related to our derivative instruments and where these amounts are recorded in our financial statements (dollar amounts in millions).
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Fuel derivatives
 
 
 
 
Asset fair value recorded in prepaid expenses and other (1)
 
$
6

 
$

Liability fair value recorded in other accrued liabilities (1)
 

 
1

Longest remaining term (months)
 
12

 
9

Hedged volume (barrels, in thousands)
 
1,320

 
675

Estimated amount of existing gains (losses) expected to be reclassified into earnings in the next 12 months
 
3

 
(1
)
Interest rate derivatives
 
 
 
 
Liability fair value recorded in other long term liabilities (2)
 
3

 
12

Estimated amount of existing losses expected to be reclassified into earnings in the next 12 months
 
(2
)
 
(9
)
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Fuel derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hedge effectiveness gains (losses) recognized in aircraft fuel expense
 
$
(10
)
 
$
10

 
$
3

Hedge ineffectiveness losses recognized in other expense
 

 

 
(2
)
Losses on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting recognized in other expense
 

 
(3
)
 

Hedge gains (losses) on derivatives recognized in comprehensive income
 
(6
)
 
14

 
(11
)
Percentage of actual consumption economically hedged
 
21
%
 
30
%
 
40
%
Interest rate derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hedge gains (losses) on derivatives recognized in comprehensive income
 
1

 
(3
)
 
(7
)
Hedge losses on derivatives recognized in interest expense
 
(8
)
 
(11
)
 
(10
)
(1)
Gross asset or liability of each contract prior to consideration of offsetting positions with each counterparty
(2)
Gross liability, prior to impact of collateral posted
Any outstanding derivative instrument exposes us to credit loss in connection with our fuel contracts in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the agreements, but we do not expect any of our three counterparties will fail to meet their obligations. The amount of such credit exposure is generally the fair value of our outstanding contracts for which we are in a receivable position. To manage credit risks, we select counterparties based on credit assessments, limit our overall exposure to any single counterparty and monitor the market position with each counterparty. Some of our agreements require cash deposits from either counterparty if market risk exposure exceeds a specified threshold amount.

74



We have master netting arrangements with our counterparties allowing us the right of offset to mitigate credit risk in derivative transactions. The financial derivative instrument agreements we have with our counterparties may require us to fund all, or a portion of, outstanding loss positions related to these contracts prior to their scheduled maturities. The amount of collateral posted, if any, is periodically adjusted based on the fair value of the hedge contracts. Our policy is to offset the liabilities represented by these contracts with any cash collateral paid to the counterparties. We did not have any collateral posted related to our outstanding fuel hedge contracts at December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012 . We had $3 million and $12 million posted in collateral related to our interest rate derivatives which offset the hedge liability in other current liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. The impact of offsetting derivative instruments is depicted below (dollar amounts in millions):
 
 
Gross Amount of
Recognized
 
Gross Amount of
Cash Collateral
 
Net Amount Presented
in Balance Sheet
 
 
Assets
 
Liabilities
 
  Offset
 
Assets
 
Liabilities
As of December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fuel derivatives
 
6

 

 

 
6

 

Interest rate derivatives
 

 
3

 
3

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fuel derivatives
 

 
1

 

 

 
1

Interest rate derivatives
 

 
12

 
12

 

 


Note 14—Fair Value
Under the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures topic of the Codification, disclosures are required about how fair value is determined for assets and liabilities and a hierarchy for which these assets and liabilities must be grouped is established, based on significant levels of inputs as follows:
Level 1 quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability; or
Level 3 unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, such as discounted cash flow models or valuations.
The determination of where assets and liabilities fall within this hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following is a listing of our assets and liabilities required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis and where they are classified within the fair value hierarchy, as described in Note 1 (in millions). The carrying values of all other financial instruments approximated their fair values at December 31, 2013 and 2012 . Refer to Note 2 for fair value information related to our outstanding debt obligations as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 .
 
 
As of December 31, 2013
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
51

 
$

 
$

 
$
51

Restricted cash
 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale investment securities
 

 
188

 

 
188

Aircraft fuel derivatives
 

 
6

 

 
6

 
 
$
51

 
$
194

 
$

 
$
245

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap
 

 
3

 

 
3

 
 
$

 
$
3

 
$

 
$
3

 

75



 
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
84

 
$

 
$

 
$
84

Restricted cash
 
4

 

 

 
4

Available-for-sale investment securities
 
68

 
207

 

 
275

 
 
$
156

 
$
207

 
$

 
$
363

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aircraft fuel derivatives
 
$

 
$
1

 
$

 
$
1

Interest rate swap
 

 
12

 

 
12

 
 
$

 
$
13

 
$

 
$
13


Cash and Cash Equivalents     
Our cash and cash equivalents include money market securities, treasury bills, and commercial papers which are readily convertible into cash with maturities of three months or less when purchased. All of these instruments are considered to be highly liquid and easily tradable. These securities are valued using inputs observable in active markets for identical securities and are therefore classified as Level 1 within our fair value hierarchy.
Available-for-sale investment securities     
Included in our available-for-sale investment securities are certificates of deposits and commercial paper with original maturities greater than 90 days but less than one year. The fair values of these instruments are based on observable inputs in non-active markets, which are therefore classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. At December 31, 2012, we also held treasury bills with maturities greater than three months when purchased. The fair value of the treasury bills are based on actively traded quoted market prices and are therefore classified as Level 1 in the hierarchy. We did not record any material gains or losses on these securities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 or 2012 .
Interest rate swaps     
The fair values of our interest rate swaps are based on inputs received from the related counterparty, which are based on observable inputs for active swap indications in quoted markets for similar terms. Their fair values are determined using a market approach based on inputs that are readily available from public markets; therefore, they are classified as Level 2 inputs.
Aircraft fuel derivatives    
Our jet fuel swaps, jet fuel, heating oil and crude oil collars, and crude oil caps are not traded on public exchanges. Their fair values are determined using a market approach based on inputs that are readily available from public markets for commodities and energy trading activities; therefore, they are classified as Level 2 inputs. The data inputs are combined into quantitative models and processes to generate forward curves and volatilities related to the specific terms of the underlying hedge contracts.


76



Note 15—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income includes changes in fair value of our aircraft fuel derivatives and interest rate swap agreements, which qualify for hedge accounting. A rollforward of the amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes for the years ended December 31, 2011 , 2012 and 2013 is as follows (in millions):
 
 
Aircraft Fuel
Derivatives (1)
 
Interest
Rate Swaps (2)
 
Total
Beginning accumulated gains (losses) at December 31, 2010
 
$
4

 
$
(14
)
 
$
(10
)
Reclassifications into earnings (net of $3 of taxes)
 
(1
)
 
6

 
5

Change in fair value (net of $(7) of taxes)
 
(6
)
 
(4
)
 
(10
)
Balance of accumulated losses at December 31, 2011
 
(3
)
 
(12
)
 
(15
)
Reclassifications into earnings (net of $0 of taxes)
 
(6
)
 
7

 
1

Change in fair value (net of $5 of taxes)
 
8

 
(2
)
 
6

Balance of accumulated losses at December 31, 2012
 
(1
)
 
(7
)
 
(8
)
Reclassifications into earnings (net of $7 of taxes)
 
6

 
5

 
11

Change in fair value (net of $(2) of taxes)
 
(4
)
 
1

 
(3
)
Ending accumulated gains (losses), at December 31, 2013
 
$
1

 
$
(1
)
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Reclassified to aircraft fuel expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2) Reclassified to interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 


Note 16—Geographic Information
Under the Segment Reporting topic of the Codification, disclosures are required for operating segments, which are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision makers. Air transportation services accounted for substantially all the Company’s operations in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .
Operating revenues are allocated to geographic regions, as defined by the DOT, based upon the origination and destination of each flight segment. We currently serve 24 locations in the Caribbean and Latin American region, or Latin America as defined by the DOT. However, our management includes our three destinations in Puerto Rico and two destinations in the U.S. Virgin Islands in our Caribbean and Latin America allocation of revenues. Therefore, we have reflected these locations within the Caribbean and Latin America region in the table below. Operating revenues by geographic regions for the years ended December 31 are summarized below (in millions):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Domestic
 
$
3,886

 
$
3,666

 
$
3,351

Caribbean & Latin America
 
1,555

 
1,316

 
1,153

Total
 
$
5,441

 
$
4,982

 
$
4,504


Our tangible assets primarily consist of our fleet of aircraft, which is deployed system wide, with no individual aircraft dedicated to any specific route or region; therefore our assets do not require any allocation to a geographic area.


77



Note 17—Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31 are summarized below (in millions, except per share amounts):    
 
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
2013 (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
 
$
1,299

 
$
1,335

 
$
1,442

 
$
1,365

Operating income
 
59

 
102

 
152

 
115

Net income
 
14

 
36

 
71

 
47

Basic earnings per share
 
$
0.05

 
$
0.13

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.16

Diluted earnings per share
 
$
0.05

 
$
0.11

 
$
0.21

 
$
0.14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012 (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
 
$
1,203

 
$
1,277

 
$
1,308

 
$
1,194

Operating income
 
89

 
130

 
113

 
44

Net income
 
30

 
52

 
45

 
1

Basic earnings per share
 
$
0.11

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.16

 
$

Diluted earnings per share
 
$
0.09

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.14

 
$

 
(1) During the first quarter of 2013 we had a gain of $7 million on the sale of the Airfone business by LiveTV. During the fourth quarter of 2013 we sold three spare engines resulting in gains of approximately $2 million as well as $3 million in losses on the early extinguishment of debt.
(2) During the first quarter of 2012, LiveTV terminated a customer contract resulting in a gain of approximately $8 million in other operating expenses. During the second quarter of 2012, we recorded net gains of approximately $10 million on the sale of two EMBRAER 190 aircraft and six spare aircraft engines in other operating expenses, as well as net gains of approximately $2 million in interest income and other on the early extinguishment of debt secured by six aircraft. During the fourth quarter of 2012, we recognized losses of approximately $3 million in interest income and other on the early extinguishment of debt secured by two aircraft.
The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts does not equal the annual amount reported since per share amounts are computed independently for each quarter and for the full year based on respective weighted-average common shares outstanding and other dilutive potential common shares.

78



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
JetBlue Airways Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of JetBlue Airways Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of JetBlue Airways Corporation at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), JetBlue Airways Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated February 18, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
February 18, 2014


79



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
JetBlue Airways Corporation

We have audited JetBlue Airways Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). JetBlue Airways Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, JetBlue Airways Corporation   maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of JetBlue Airways Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 of JetBlue Airways Corporation and our report dated  February 18, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
February 18, 2014



80




ITEM 9. CHANGES AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or Rule 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, and our Chief Financial Officer, or CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013 . Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2013 .
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act).  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework). Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 . Ernst & Young LLP has issued their report which is included elsewhere herein.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
During the quarter ended December 31, 2013 , there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) identified in connection with the evaluation of our controls performed during that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.


 

81



PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Code of Ethics
We adopted a Code of Ethics within the meaning of Item 406(b) of SEC Regulation S-K. This Code of Ethics applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This Code of Ethics is publicly available on our website at http://investor.jetblue.com . If we make substantive amendments to this Code of Ethics or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K within four days of such amendment or waiver.
Information relating to executive officers is set forth in Part I of this report following Item 4 under “Executive Officers of the Registrant”. The other information required by this Item will be included in and is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 22, 2014 to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our 2013 fiscal year, or our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item will be included in and is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The table below provides information relating to our equity compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which our common stock is authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2013 , as adjusted for stock splits:
 
Plan Category
 
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
 
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
 
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in first
column)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
 
16,764,500

 
$
11.04

 
94,424,966

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 

 

 

Total
 
16,764,500

 
$
11.04

 
94,424,966

See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the material features of the above plans.
The other information required by this Item will be included in and is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item will be included in and is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement.



82



ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item will be included in and is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy statement.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
 
 
 
 
1.
  
Financial statements:
  
 
 
  
Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012
  
 
 
  
Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
  
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
 
 
 
  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
  
 
 
  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
  
 
 
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
  
 
 
  
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  
 
2.
  
Financial Statement Schedule:
  
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule
 
S-1
 
  
Schedule II — Valuation of Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
 
S-2
 
  
All other schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required, or the information is included elsewhere in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
  
 
3.
  
Exhibits: See accompanying Exhibit Index included after the signature page of this report for a list of the exhibits filed or furnished with or incorporated by reference in this report.
  
 

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
(Registrant)
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/     DONALD DANIELS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vice President, Controller, and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints James G. Hnat his or her attorney-in-fact with power of substitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments, supplements or other documents relating to this Annual Report on Form 10-K which he or she deems necessary or appropriate, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact or their substitute may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated (and, as indicated with an asterisk, representing at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors).
 

83



 
 
 
 
 
Signature
  
Capacity
 
Date
 
 
 
/ S /    DAVID BARGER         
David Barger
  
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
/ S /    MARK D. POWERS         
Mark D. Powers
  
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
/ S /    DONALD DANIELS         
Donald Daniels
 
Vice President, Controller, and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/ S /    JENS BISCHOF         
Jens Bischof *
  
Director
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/ S /    PETER BONEPARTH         
Peter Boneparth *
  
Director
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
/ S /    DAVID CHECKETTS         
David Checketts *
  
Director
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
/ S /    VIRGINIA GAMBALE         
Virginia Gambale *
  
Director
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
/S/    STEPHAN GEMKOW         
Stephan Gemkow *
  
Director
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
/ S /    ELLEN JEWETT         
Ellen Jewett *
  
Director
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
/ S /    STANLEY MCCHRYSTAL         
Stanley McChrystal *
  
Director
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/ S /    JOEL PETERSON         
Joel Peterson *
  
Director
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/ S /    ANN RHOADES         
Ann Rhoades *
 
Director
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    FRANK SICA        
Frank Sica *
 
Director
 
February 18, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
/S/    THOMAS WINKELMANN        
Thomas Winkelmann *
 
Director
 
February 18, 2014


84



Exhibit Index
 
2.1
  
Membership Interest Purchase Agreement among Harris Corporation and Thales Avionics In-Flight Systems, LLC and In-Flight Liquidating, LLC and Glenn S. Latta and Jeffrey A. Frisco and Andreas de Greef and JetBlue Airways Corporation, dated as of September 9, 2002 relating to the interests in LiveTV, LLC—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2002.
 
 
 
3.2(a)
  
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
 
 
 
3.2(b)
  
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, dated May 20, 2010—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(b) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.
 
 
 
3.3(e)
  
Fifth Amended and Restated Bylaws of JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
 
 
 
3.3(f)
  
Fifth Amended and Restated Bylaws of JetBlue Airways Corporation (consolidated amendments as of November 12, 2009)—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3(f) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
 
 
3.3(g)
  
Amended Consolidated Fifth Amended and Restated Bylaws of JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 11, 2011.
 
 
 
3.3(h)
  
Amended Consolidated Fifth Amended and Restated Bylaws of JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 18, 2012.
 
 
 
3.4
  
Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Preferred Stock dated April 1, 2002—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 10, 2003.
 
 
 
4.1
  
Specimen Stock Certificate—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-82576).
 
 
 
4.2
  
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2000, by and among JetBlue Airways Corporation and the Stockholders named therein—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-82576).
 
 
 
4.2(a)
  
Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 30, 2003, to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2000, by and among JetBlue Airways Corporation and the Stockholders named therein—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed on July 3, 2003, as amended on July 10, 2003 (File No. 333-106781).
 
 
 
4.2(b)
  
Amendment No. 2, dated as of October 6, 2003, to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2000, by and among JetBlue Airways Corporation and the Stockholders named therein—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed on October 7, 2003 (File No. 333-109546).
 
 
 
4.2(c)
  
Amendment No. 3, dated as of October 4, 2004, to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2000, by and among JetBlue Airways Corporation and the Stockholders named therein—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated October 4, 2004.
 
 
 

85



4.2(d)
  
Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2006, to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2000, by and among JetBlue Airways Corporation and the Stockholders named therein—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to our Registration Statement on Form S-3 ARS, filed on June 30, 2006 (File No. 333-135545).
 
 
 
4.4
 
Summary of Rights to Purchase Series A Participating Preferred Stock—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-82576).
 
 
 
4.5
 
Stockholder Rights Agreement—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
 
 
 
4.5(a)
 
Amendment to the Stockholder Rights Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2008, by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5(a) to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 23, 2008.
 
 
 
4.7
 
Form of Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.375% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Certificate Series 2004-1G-1-O—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(a)
 
Form of Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.420% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Certificate Series 2004-1G-2-O—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(b)
 
Form of Three-Month LIBOR plus 4.250% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Certificate Series 2004-1C-O—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(c)
 
Pass Through Trust Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2004, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee, made with respect to the formation of JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-1G-1-O and the issuance of Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.375% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-1G-1-O, Pass Through Certificates—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004 (1).
 
 
 
4.7(d)
 
Revolving Credit Agreement (2004-1G-1), dated as of March 24, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent, as agent and trustee for the JetBlue Airways 2004-1G-1 Pass Through Trust, as Borrower, and Landesbank Hessen-Thüringen Girozentrale, as Primary Liquidity Provider—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(e)
 
Revolving Credit Agreement (2004-1G-2), dated as of March 24, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent, as agent and trustee for the JetBlue Airways 2004-1G-2 Pass Through Trust, as Borrower, and Landesbank Hessen-Thüringen Girozentrale, as Primary Liquidity Provider—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(f)
 
Revolving Credit Agreement (2004-1C), dated as of March 24, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent, as agent and trustee for the JetBlue Airways 2004-1C Pass Through Trust, as Borrower, and Landesbank Hessen-Thüringen Girozentrale, as Primary Liquidity Provider—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(g)
 
Deposit Agreement (Class G-1), dated as of March 24, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, and HSH Nordbank AG, New York Branch, as Depositary—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(h)
 
Deposit Agreement (Class G-2), dated as of March 24, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, and HSH Nordbank AG, New York Branch, as Depositary—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(i)
 
Deposit Agreement (Class C), dated as of March 24, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, and HSH Nordbank AG, New York Branch, as Depositary—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.

86



 
 
 
4.7(j)
 
Escrow and Paying Agent Agreement (Class G-1), dated as of March 24, 2004, among Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., as Underwriters, Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee for and on behalf of JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-1G-1-O, as Pass Through Trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Paying Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(k)
 
Escrow and Paying Agent Agreement (Class G-2), dated as of March 24, 2004, among Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., as Underwriters, Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee for and on behalf of JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-1G-2-O, as Pass Through Trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Paying Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(l)
 
Escrow and Paying Agent Agreement (Class C), dated as of March 24, 2004, among Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc., as Underwriters, Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee for and on behalf of JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-1C-O, as Pass Through Trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Paying Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(m)
 
ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2004, between Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-1G-1-O—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004 (2).
 
 
 
4.7(n)
 
Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2004, between Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-1G-1-O—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(o)
 
Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2004, between Morgan Stanley Capital Services, Inc., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-1G-2-O—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(p)
 
Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2004, between Morgan Stanley Capital Services, Inc., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-1C-O—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(q)
  
Class G-1 Above Cap Liquidity Facility Confirmation, dated March 24, 2004, between Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(r)
  
Class G-2 Above Cap Liquidity Facility Confirmation, dated March 24, 2004, between Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(s)
  
Class C Above Cap Liquidity Facility Confirmation, dated March 24, 2004, between Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.20 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(t)
  
Guarantee, dated March 24, 2004, of Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc. with respect to the Class G-1 Above Cap Liquidity Facility—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.

87



 
 
 
4.7(u)
  
Guarantee, dated March 24, 2004, of Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc. with respect to the Class G-2 Above Cap Liquidity Facility—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(v)
  
Guarantee, dated March 24, 2004, of Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc. with respect to the Class C Above Cap Liquidity Facility—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(w)
  
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2004, among MBIA Insurance Corporation, as Policy Provider, JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(x)
  
MBIA Insurance Corporation Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy, dated March 24, 2004, bearing Policy Number 43567(1) issued to Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the Class G-1 Certificates—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(y)
  
MBIA Insurance Corporation Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy, dated March 24, 2004, bearing Policy Number 43567(2) issued to Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the Class G-2 Certificates—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.26 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(z)
  
Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2004, among Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee, Landesbank Hessen- Thüringen Girozentrale, as Primary Liquidity Provider, Morgan Stanley Capital Services, Inc., as Above-Cap Liquidity Provider, MBIA Insurance Corporation, as Policy Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(aa)
 
Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2004, among JetBlue Airways Corporation, Wilmington Trust Company, in its separate capacities as Pass Through Trustee, as Subordination Agent, as Escrow Agent and as Paying Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.28 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(ab)
 
Form of Trust Indenture and Mortgage between JetBlue Airways Corporation, as Owner, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Mortgagee—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.29 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.7(ac)
 
Form of Participation Agreement among JetBlue Airways Corporation, as Owner, and Wilmington Trust Company, in its separate capacities as Mortgagee, as Pass Through Trustee and as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8
 
Form of Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.375% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Certificate Series 2004-2G-1-O, with attached form of Escrow Receipt—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(a)
 
Form of Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.450% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Certificate Series 2004-2G-2-O, with attached form of Escrow Receipt—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(b)
 
Form of Three-Month LIBOR plus 3.100% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Certificate Series 2004-2C-O, with attached form of Escrow Receipt—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 

88



4.8(c)
 
Pass Through Trust Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2004, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee, made with respect to the formation of JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-2G-1-O and the issuance of Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.375% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-2G-1-O, Pass Through Certificates—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004 (3).
 
 
 
4.8(d)
 
Revolving Credit Agreement (2004-2G-1), dated as of November 15, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent, as agent and trustee for the JetBlue Airways 2004-2G-1 Pass Through Trust, as Borrower, and Landesbank Baden-Württemberg, as Primary Liquidity Provider—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(e)
 
Revolving Credit Agreement (2004-2G-2), dated as of November 15, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent, as agent and trustee for the JetBlue Airways 2004-2G-2 Pass Through Trust, as Borrower, and Landesbank Baden-Württemberg, as Primary Liquidity Provider—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(f)
 
Revolving Credit Agreement (2004-2C), dated as of November 15, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent, as agent and trustee for the JetBlue Airways 2004-2C Pass Through Trust, as Borrower, and Landesbank Baden-Württemberg, as Primary Liquidity Provider—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(g)
 
Deposit Agreement (Class G-1), dated as of November 15, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, and HSH Nordbank AG, New York Branch, as Depositary—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(h)
 
Deposit Agreement (Class G-2), dated as of November 15, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, and HSH Nordbank AG, New York Branch, as Depositary—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(i)
 
Deposit Agreement (Class C), dated as of November 15, 2004, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, and HSH Nordbank AG, New York Branch, as Depositary—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(j)
 
Escrow and Paying Agent Agreement (Class G-1), dated as of November 15, 2004, among Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as Underwriters, Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee for and on behalf of JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-2G-2-O, as Pass Through Trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Paying Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(k)
 
Escrow and Paying Agent Agreement (Class G-2), dated as of November 15, 2004, among Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as Underwriters, Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee for and on behalf of JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-2G-2-O, as Pass Through Trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Paying Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(l)
 
Escrow and Paying Agent Agreement (Class C), dated as of November 15, 2004, among Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as Underwriters, Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee for and on behalf of JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-2C-O, as Pass Through Trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Paying Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(m)
 
ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2004, between Citibank, N.A., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-2G-1-O—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004 (4).
 
 
 

89



4.8(n)
 
Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2004, between Citibank, N.A., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-2G-1-O—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(o)
 
Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2004, between Citibank, N.A., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-2G-2-O—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(p)
 
Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2004, between Citibank, N.A., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-2C-O—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(q)
 
Class G-1 Above Cap Liquidity Facility Confirmation, dated November 15, 2004, between Citibank, N.A., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(r)
 
Class G-2 Above Cap Liquidity Facility Confirmation, dated November 15, 2004, between Citibank, N.A., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(s)
 
Class C Above Cap Liquidity Facility Confirmation, dated November 15, 2004, between Citibank, N.A., as Above Cap Liquidity Facility Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.20 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(t)
 
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2004, among MBIA Insurance Corporation, as Policy Provider, JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent and Trustee—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(u)
 
MBIA Insurance Corporation Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy, dated November 15, 2004, bearing Policy Number 45243 issued to Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the Class G-1 Certificates—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(v)
 
MBIA Insurance Corporation Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy, dated November 15, 2004, bearing Policy Number 45256 issued to Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the Class G-2 Certificates—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(w)
 
Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2004, among Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee, Landesbank Baden-Württemberg, as Primary Liquidity Provider, Citibank, N.A., as Above-Cap Liquidity Provider, MBIA Insurance Corporation, as Policy Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(x)
 
Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2004, among JetBlue Airways Corporation, Wilmington Trust Company, in its separate capacities as Pass Through Trustee, as Subordination Agent, as Escrow Agent and as Paying Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.8(y)
 
Form of Trust Indenture and Mortgage between JetBlue Airways Corporation, as Owner, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Mortgagee—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.26 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 

90



4.8(z)
 
Form of Participation Agreement among JetBlue Airways Corporation, as Owner, and Wilmington Trust Company, in its separate capacities as Mortgagee, as Pass Through Trustee and as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004.
 
 
 
4.9
 
Indenture, dated as of March 16, 2005, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to the Company’s debt securities—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 10, 2005.
 
 
 
4.9(b)
 
Second Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.9 to this report, dated as of June 4, 2008, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to the Company’s 5.5% Convertible Debentures due 2038—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 5, 2008.
 
 
 
4.9(c)
 
Third Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.9 to this report, dated as of June 4, 2008, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to the Company’s 5.5% Convertible Debentures due 2038—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 5, 2008.
 
 
 
4.10
 
Pass Through Trust Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2006, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee, made with respect to the formation of JetBlue Airways (Spare Parts) G-1 Pass Through Trust, and the issuance of Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.230% JetBlue Airways (Spare Parts) G-1 Pass Through Certificate—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(a)
 
Pass Through Trust Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2006, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee, made with respect to the formation of JetBlue Airways (Spare Parts) B-1 Pass Through Trust, and the issuance of Three-Month LIBOR plus 2.875% JetBlue Airways (Spare Parts) B-1 Pass Through Certificate—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(b)
 
Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2006, between Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent, as agent and trustee for the JetBlue Airways (Spare Parts) G-1 Pass Through Trust, as Borrower, and Landesbank Hessen-Thüringen Girozentrale, as Primary Liquidity Provider—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(c)
 
ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2006, between Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., as Above Cap Liquidity Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the JetBlue Airways (Spare Parts) G-1 Pass Through Trust—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(d)
 
Schedule to the ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2006, between Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., as Above Cap Liquidity Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the JetBlue Airways (Spare parts) G-1 Pass Through Trust—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(e)
 
Class G-1 Above Cap Liquidity Facility Confirmation, dated November 14, 2006, between Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., as Above Cap Liquidity Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(f)
 
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2006, among MBIA Insurance Corporation, as Policy Provider, JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent and Trustee—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(g)
 
Guarantee, dated as of November 14, 2006, by Morgan Stanley, relating to the Above-Cap Liquidity Facility—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 

91



4.10(h)
 
MBIA Insurance Corporation Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy, dated November 14, 2006, bearing Policy Number 487110 issued to Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent for the Class G-1 Certificates—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(i)
 
Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2006, among Wilmington Trust Company, as Pass Through Trustee, Landesbank Hessen-Thüringen Girozentrale, as Primary Liquidity Provider, Morgan Stanley Capital Services, Inc., as Above-Cap Liquidity Provider, MBIA Insurance Corporation, as Policy Provider, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Subordination Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(j)
 
Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2006, among JetBlue Airways Corporation, Wilmington Trust Company, in its separate capacities as Pass Through Trustee, as Subordination Agent and as Mortgagee—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(k)
 
Trust Indenture and Mortgage, dated November 14, 2006, between JetBlue Airways Corporation, as Owner, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Mortgagee—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(l)
 
Collateral Maintenance Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2006, among, JetBlue Airways Corporation, MBIA Insurance Corporation, as Initial Policy Provider, Wilmington Trust Company, as Mortgagee, and Additional Policy Provider(s), if any, which may from time to time hereafter become parties—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(m)
 
Reference Agency Agreement, dated November 14, 2006, among JetBlue Airways Corporation, Wilmington Trust Company as Subordination Agent and Mortgagee and Reference Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(n)
 
Form of JetBlue Airways (Spare Parts) G-1 Pass Through Certificate (included in Exhibit 4.10)—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(o)
 
Form of JetBlue Airways (Spare Parts) B-1 Pass Through Certificate (included in Exhibit 4.10(a))—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(p)
 
Form of JetBlue Airways (Spare Parts) G-1 Equipment Note—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.10(q)
 
Form of JetBlue Airways (Spare Parts) B-1 Equipment Note—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2006.
 
 
 
4.11
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2007, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Deutsche Lufthansa AG—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2007.
 
 
 
4.11(a)
 
Amendment No. 1, dated as of January 22, 2008, to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2007, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Deutsche Lufthansa AG—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11(a) to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 23, 2008.
 
 
 
4.12
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2008, by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Deutsche Lufthansa AG—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 23, 2008.
 
 
 
4.13
 
Supplement Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2008, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Deutsche Lufthansa AG –incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 28, 2008.
 
 
 

92



4.14
 
Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 4, 2008 between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2008.
 
 
 
4.15
 
Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 4, 2008 between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2008.
 
 
 
4.16
 
Form of Global Debenture—5.50% Convertible Debenture due 2038 (Series A) (included as part of Exhibit 4.1)—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2008.
 
 
 
4.17
 
Form of Global Debenture—5.50% Convertible Debenture due 2038 (Series B) (included as part of Exhibit 4.2)—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2008.
 
 
 
4.18
 
Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 9, 2009 between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2009.
 
 
 
4.19
 
Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 9, 2009 between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2009.
 
 
 
4.20
 
Form of Global Debenture—6.75% Convertible Debenture due 2039 (Series A)—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2009.
 
 
 
4.21
 
Form of Global Debenture—6.75% Convertible Debenture due 2039 (Series B)—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2009.
 
 
 
4.22
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2012, among JetBlue Airways Corporation, Deutsche Lufthansa AG and Lufthansa Malta Blues LP - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 5, 2012.
 
 
 
10.3**
 
V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, including Side Letters No. 1 through No. 3 and No. 5 through No. 9—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-82576).
 
 
 
10.3(a)**
 
Side Letter No. 10 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, dated April 25, 2002—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002.
 
 
 
10.3(b)**
 
Side Letter No. 11 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, dated February 10, 2003—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
 
 
 
10.3(c)**
 
Side Letter No. 12 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, dated March 24, 2003—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003.
 
 
 
10.3(d)**
 
Side Letter No. 13 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, dated April 23, 2003—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2003.
 
 
 
10.3(e)**
 
Side Letter No. 14 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, dated October 3, 2003—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

93



 
 
 
10.3(f)**
 
Side Letter No. 15 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, dated November 10, 2003—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
 
 
10.3(g)**
 
Side Letter No. 16 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, dated February 20, 2004—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.
 
 
 
10.3(h)**
 
Side Letter No. 17 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, dated June 11, 2004—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004.
 
 
 
10.3(i)**
 
Side Letter No. 18 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and NewAir Corporation, dated November 19, 2004—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 19, 2004.
 
 
 
10.3(j)**
 
Side Letter No. 19 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and New Air Corporation, dated July 21, 2005—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005.
 
 
 
10.3(k)**
 
Side Letter No. 20 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and New Air Corporation, dated July 6, 2006—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.
 
 
 
10.3(l)**
 
Side Letter No. 21 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and New Air Corporation, dated January 30, 2007—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007.
 
 
 
10.3(m)**
 
Side Letter No. 22 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and New Air Corporation, dated March 27, 2007—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007.
 
 
 
10.3(n)**
 
Side Letter No. 23 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines AG and New Air Corporation, dated December 18, 2007—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(n) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
 
 
10.3(o)**
 
Side Letter No. 24 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated April 2, 2008—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
 
 
 
10.3(p)**
 
Side Letter No. 25 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated May 27, 2008—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
 
 
 
10.3(q)**
 
Side Letter No. 26 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated January 27, 2009—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(q) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009.
 
 
 
10.3(r)**
 
Side Letter No. 27 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated June 5, 2009–incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(r) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009.
 
 
 
10.3(s)**
 
Side letter No. 28 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated August 31, 2010—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(s) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010.

94



 
 
 
10.3(t)**
 
Side letter No. 29 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated March 14, 2011—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(t) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011.
 
 
 
10.3(u)**
 
Side letter No. 30 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated August 17, 2011—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(u) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.
 
 
 
10.3(v)**
 
Side letter No. 31 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated September 27, 2011—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(v) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.
 
 
 
10.3(w)**
 
Side letter No. 32 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated November 8, 2011 - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(w) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
 
 
10.3(x)**
 
Side letter No. 33 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated December 1, 2011 - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(x) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
 
 
10.3(y)**
 
Side letter No. 34 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated February 21, 2012 - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(y) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.
 
 
 
10.3(z)**
 
Side letter No. 35 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated March 15, 2012 - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(z) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.
 
 
 
10.3(aa)**
 
Side letter No. 36 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated May 1, 2012 - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(aa) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012.
 
 
 
10.3(ab)**
 
Side letter No. 37 to V2500 General Terms of Sale between IAE International Aero Engines and New Air Corporation, dated November 9, 2012 - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(ab) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.
 
 
 
10.4**
 
Amendment and Restated Agreement between JetBlue Airways Corporation and LiveTV, LLC, dated as of December 17, 2001, including Amendments No. 1, No. 2 and 3—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-82576).
 
 
 
10.5**
 
GDL Patent License Agreement between Harris Corporation and LiveTV, LLC, dated as of September 2, 2002—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended September 30, 2002.
 
 
 
10.15
 
Form of Director/Officer Indemnification Agreement—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-82576) and referenced as Exhibit 10.19 in our Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 12, 2008.
 
 
 
10.17**
 
EMBRAER-190 Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated June 9, 2003, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation— incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2003.
 
 
 
10.17(a)**
 
Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of July 8, 2005, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileria de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005.

95



 
 
 
10.17(b)**
 
Amendment No. 2 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of January 5, 2006, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileria de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22(b) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
 
 
10.17(c)**
 
Amendment No. 3 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of December 4, 2006, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileria de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21( c) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
 
 
10.17(d)**
 
Amendment No. 4 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of October 17, 2007, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileria de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(d) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
 
 
10.17(e)**
 
Amendment No. 5 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of July 18, 2008, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008.
 
 
 
10.17(f)**
 
Amendment No. 6 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of February 17, 2009, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(f) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009.
 
 
 
10.17(g)**
 
Amendment No. 7 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of December 14, 2009, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(g) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
 
 
10.17(h)**
 
Amendment No. 8 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of March 11, 2010, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(h) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
 
 
 
10.17(i)**
 
Amendment No. 9 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of May 24, 2010, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(i) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.
 
 
 
10.17(j)**
 
Amendment No. 10 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of September 10, 2010, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(j) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010.
 
 
 
10.17(k)**
 
Amendment No. 11 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of October 20, 2011, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(k) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
 
 
10.17(l)**
 
Amendment No. 12 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of October 25, 2011, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(l) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
 
 
10.17(m)**
 
Amendment No. 13 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of July 20, 2012, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(m) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012.
 
 
 
10.17(n)**
 
Amendment No. 14 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of December 3, 2012, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(n) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.
 
 
 
10.17(o)**
 
Amendment No. 15 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of December 19, 2012, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(m) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

96



 
 
 
10.17(p)**
 
Amendment No. 16 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of January 31, 2013 between Embraer S.A. (formerly known as Embraer - Empresa Brasileira de Aeronáutica S.A.) and JetBlue Airways Corporation - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(p) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013.
 
 
 
10.17(q)**
 
Amendment 17 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of May 14, 2013 between Embraer S.A. (formerly known as Embraer - Empresa Brasileira de Aeronáutica S.A.) and JetBlue Airways Corporation -incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(q) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013.
 
 
 
10.17(r)**
 
Amendment 18 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of June 25, 2013 between Embraer S.A. (formerly known as Embraer - Empresa Brasileira de Aeronáutica S.A.) and JetBlue Airways Corporation - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(r) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013.
 
 
 
10.17(s)***
 
Amendment No. 19 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of October 1, 2013 between Embraer S.A. (formerly known as Embraer - Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A.) and JetBlue Airways Corporation.
 
 
 
10.17(t)***
 
Amendment No. 20 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of October 24, 2013 between Embraer S.A. (formerly known as Embraer - Empresa Brasileira de Aeronáutica S.A.) and JetBlue Airways Corporation.
 
 
 
10.18**
 
Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003, dated June 9, 2003, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2003.
 
 
 
10.18(a)**
 
Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 8, 2005, to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005.
 
 
 
10.18(b)**
 
Amendment No. 2, dated as of January 5, 2006, to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22(b) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
 
 
10.18(c)**
 
Amendment No. 3, dated as of December 4, 2006, to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22( c) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
 
 
10.18(d)**
 
Amendment No. 4, dated as of October 17, 2007, to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileria de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18(d) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
 
 
10.18(e)**
 
Amendment No. 5 to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003, dated as of March 6, 2008, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008.
 
 
 
10.18(f)**
 
Amendment No. 6 to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003, dated as of July 18, 2008, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008.
 
 
 
10.18(g)**
 
Amendment No. 7 to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003, dated as of February 17, 2009, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18(g) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009.
 
 
 

97



10.18(h)**
 
Amendment No. 8 to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003, dated as of December 14, 2009, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18(h) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
 
 
10.18(i)**
 
Amendment No. 9 to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003, dated as of March 11, 2010, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18(i) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
 
 
 
10.18(j)***
 
Amendment No. 10 to Letter Agreement DCT - 026/2003, dated as of November 18, 2010, between Embraer-Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation.
 
 
 
10.18(k)***
 
Amendment No. 11 to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003, dated as of October 24, 2013 between Embraer - Empresa Brasileira de Aeronáutica S.A. and JetBlue Airways Corporation.
 
 
 
10.20
 
Agreement of Lease (Port Authority Lease No. AYD-350), dated November 22, 2005, between The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey and JetBlue Airways Corporation—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
 
 
10.20(a)
 
Supplement No. 3 to Agreement of Lease, dated July 1, 2012 between The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey and JetBlue Airways Corporation-incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20(a) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.
 
 
 
10.21*
 
Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, dated November 7, 2007, and form of award agreement—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Annual Report for Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
 
 
10.22*
 
JetBlue Airways Corporation Executive Change in Control Severance Plan, dated as of June 28, 2007—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 28, 2007.
 
 
 
10.23*
 
Employment Agreement, dated February 11, 2008, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Barger—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008.
 
 
 
10.23(a)*
 
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2009, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Barger—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23(a) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
 
 
10.23(b)*
 
Amendment no. 2 to Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2010, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Barger—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23(b) to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2010.
 
 
 
10.23(c)*
 
Amendment no. 3 to Employment Agreement, dated December [13], 2013, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and David Barger.
 
 
 
10.25
 
Share Lending Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2008 between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Morgan Stanley Capital Services, Inc.—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 30, 2008.
 
 
 
10.26
 
Pledge and Escrow Agreement (Series A Debentures) dated as of June 4, 2008 among JetBlue Airways Corporation, Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2008.
 
 
 
10.27
 
Pledge and Escrow Agreement (Series B Debentures) dated as of June 4, 2008 among JetBlue Airways Corporation, Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Escrow Agent—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2008.

98



 
 
 
10.29
 
Option Letter Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2009, between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Deutsche Lufthansa AG—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2009.
 
 
 
10.30**
 
Sublease by and between JetBlue Airways Corporation and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010.
 
 
 
10.31(a)*
 
JetBlue Airways Corporation 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31(a) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011.
 
 
 
10.31(b)*
 
JetBlue Airways Corporation 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan forms of award agreement—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31(b) to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011.
 
 
 
10.31(c)*
 
JetBlue Airways Corporation 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement-incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 12, 2013.
 
 
 
10.31 (d)*
 
JetBlue Airways Corporation 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan forms of amended award agreement.
 
 
 
10.33**
 
Airbus A320 Family Purchase Agreement, dated October 19, 2011, between Airbus S.A.S. and JetBlue Airways Corporation, including Letter Agreements 1-8, each dated as of same date - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
 
 
10.33(a)**
 
Letter Agreement 9 to Airbus A320 Family Purchase Agreement, dated December 19, 2012, between Airbus S.A.S. and JetBlue Airways Corporation - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33(a) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
10.33(b)***
 
Amendment No. 1 to Airbus A320 Family Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2013, between Airbus S.A.S. and JetBlue Airways Corporation, including Amended and Restated Letter Agreements 1, 2, 3 and 6, each dated as of the same date.
 
 
 
10.35*
 
JetBlue Airways Corporation 2011 Crewmember Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
 
 
10.36
 
Credit and Guarantee Agreement dated as of April 23, 2013 among JetBlue Airways Corporation, as Borrower, The Subsidiaries of the Borrower Party Hereto, as Guarantors, The Lenders Party Hereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent-incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013.
 
 
 
10.37
 
Slot and Gate Security Agreement dated as of April 23, 2013 between JetBlue Airways Corporation, as Grantor, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent -- incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013.
 
 
 
10.38**
 
Engine Services Agreement between JetBlue Airways Corporation and GE Engine Services, LLC, dated as of May 1, 2013 - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013.
 
 
 
10.39*
 
JetBlue Airways Corporation Retirement Plan, amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2014
 
 
 
12.1
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
 
 
21.1
 
List of Subsidiaries.

99



 
 
 
23
 
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
 
 
 
31.1
 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.
 
 
 
31.2
 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.
 
 
 
32
 
Section 1350 Certifications.
 
 
 
99.2
 
Letter of Approval from the City of Long Beach Department of Public Works, dated May 22, 2001, approving City Council Resolution C-27843 regarding Flight Slot Allocation at Long Beach Municipal Airport—incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-82576).
 
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
 
 
101.DEF
 
XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 
 
 
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
 
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document



*
Compensatory plans in which the directors and executive officers of JetBlue participate.
**
Pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Request under Rule 24b-2 filed with and approved by the SEC, portions of this exhibit have been omitted.
***
Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2, confidential information has been omitted and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Request filed with the Commission.

(1)
Documents substantially identical in all material respects to the document filed as Exhibit 4.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004 (which exhibit relates to formation of JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-1G-1-O and the issuance of Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.375% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-1G-1-O, Pass Through Certificates) have been entered into with respect to formation of each of JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trusts, Series 2004-1G-2-O and Series 2004-1C-O and the issuance of each of Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.420% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-1G-2-O and Three-Month LIBOR plus 4.250% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-1C-O. Pursuant to Instruction 2 of Item 601 of Regulation S-K, Exhibit 99.1, incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004, sets forth the terms by which such substantially identical documents differ from Exhibit 4.7(c).
(2)
Documents substantially identical in all material respects to the document filed as Exhibit 4.14 our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004 (which exhibit relates to an above-cap liquidity facility provided on behalf of the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-1G-1-O) have been entered into with respect to the above-cap liquidity facilities provided on behalf of the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-1G-2-O and the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-1C-O. Pursuant to Instruction 2 of Item 601 of Regulation S-K, Exhibit 99.2, incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 24, 2004, sets forth the terms by which such substantially identical documents differ from Exhibit 4.7(m).

100



(3)
Documents substantially identical in all material respects to the document filed as Exhibit 4.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004 (which exhibit relates to formation of JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-2G-1-O and the issuance of Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.375% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-2G-1-O, Pass Through Certificates) have been entered into with respect to formation of each of the JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trusts, Series 2004-2G-2-O and Series 2004-2C-O and the issuance of each of Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.450% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-2G-2-O and Three-Month LIBOR plus 3.100% JetBlue Airways Pass Through Trust, Series 2004-2C-O. Pursuant to Instruction 2 of Item 601 of Regulation S-K, Exhibit 99.1, incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004, sets forth the terms by which such substantially identical documents differ from Exhibit 4.8(c).
(4)
Documents substantially identical in all material respects to the document filed as Exhibit 4.14 to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004 (which exhibit relates to an above-cap liquidity facility provided on behalf of the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-2G-1-O) have been entered into with respect to the above-cap liquidity facilities provided on behalf of the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-2G-2-O and the JetBlue Airways Corporation Pass Through Trust 2004-2C-O. Pursuant to Instruction 2 of Item 601 of Regulation S-K, Exhibit 99.2, incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2004, sets forth the terms by which such substantially identical documents differ from Exhibit 4.8(m).


101



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
JetBlue Airways Corporation

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of JetBlue Airways Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, and have issued our report thereon dated February 18, 2014 (included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(2) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this schedule based on our audits.
In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present s  fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
February 18, 2014




102



JetBlue Airways Corporation
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Additions
 
 
 
 
 
Description
 
Balance at
beginning of
period
 
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
 
Charged to
Other
Accounts
 
Deductions
 
 
Balance at
end of
period
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances deducted from asset accounts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
$
6,593

 
$
3,618

 
$

 
$
4,416

(1)
 
$
5,795

Allowance for obsolete inventory parts
 
5,046

 
1,309

 

 

(3)
 
6,355

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
 
20,268

 

 

 
119

(2)
 
20,149

Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances deducted from asset accounts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
$
7,586

 
$
5,472

 
$

 
$
6,465

(1)
 
$
6,593

Allowance for obsolete inventory parts
 
3,886

 
1,250

 

 
90

(3)
 
5,046

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
 
20,872

 

 

 
604

(2)
 
20,268

Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances deducted from asset accounts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
$
6,172

 
$
7,017

 
$

 
$
5,603

(1)
 
$
7,586

Allowance for obsolete inventory parts
 
3,636

 
1,026

 

 
776

(3)
 
3,886

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
 
20,672

 
254

 

 
54

(2)
 
20,872

 
(1)
Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.
(2)
Attributable to recognition and write-off of deferred tax assets.
(3)
Inventory scrapped.


S-2


103


Exhibit 10.17(s)
AMENDMENT No. 19 TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT DCT-025/2003

This Amendment No. 19 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of October 1, 2013 (“Amendment 19”) relates to the Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003 between Embraer S.A. (formerly known as Embraer - Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A.) (“Embraer”) and JetBlue Airways Corporation (“Buyer”) dated June 9, 2003 as amended from time to time (collectively referred to herein as “Purchase Agreement”). This Amendment 19 is executed between Embraer and Buyer, collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”.
All terms defined in the Purchase Agreement shall have the same meaning when used herein and in case of any conflict between this Amendment 19 and the Purchase Agreement, this Amendment 19 shall control.
WHEREAS, Buyer and Embraer have agreed to change the Contractual Delivery Month of Aircraft #65.
Now, therefore, for good and valuable consideration, which is hereby acknowledged, Embraer and Buyer hereby agree as follows:
1.      DELIVERY
1.1
The Aircraft schedule delivery table in Article 5.1 of the Purchase Agreement shall be deleted and replaced as follows:
"
Aircraft #
Delivery Month**
Aircraft #
Delivery Month**
Aircraft #
Delivery Month**
Aircraft #
Delivery Month**
1
[***]/05
23
[***]/06
45
[***]/10
67
[***]/15
2
[***]/05
24
[***]/07
46
[***]/10
68
[***]/15
3
[***]/05
25
[***]/07
47
[***]/10
69
[***]/15
4
[***]/05
26
[***]/07
48
[***]/10
70
[***]/15
5
[***]/05
27
[***]/07
49
[***]/11
71
[***]/15
6
[***]/05
28
[***]/07
50
[***]/11
72
[***]/15
7
[***]/05
29
[***]/07
51
[***]/11
73
[***]/16
8
[***]/05
30
[***]/07
52
[***]/11
74
[***]/16
9
[***]/06
31
[***]/08
53
[***]/11
75
[***]/16
10
[***]/06
32
[***]/08
54
[***]/12
76
[***]/16
11
[***]/06
33
[***]/08
55
[***]/12
77
[***]/16
12
[***]/06
34
[***]/08
56
[***]/12
78
[***]/16
13
[***]/06
35
[***]/08
57
[***]/12
79
[***]/16
14
[***]/06
36
[***]/08
58
[***]/13
80
[***]/16
15
[***]/06
37
[***]/09
59
[***]/13
81
[***]/17
16
[***]/06
38
[***]/09
60
[***]/13
82
[***]/17
________________________
[***]
Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Amendment No. 19 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003
COM0573-13





Exhibit 10.17(s)
AMENDMENT No. 19 TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT DCT-025/2003
Aircraft #
Delivery Month**
Aircraft #
Delivery Month**
Aircraft #
Delivery Month**
Aircraft #
Delivery Month**
17
[***]/06
39
[***]/09
61
[***]/13
83
[***]/17
18
[***]/06
40(*)
[***]/09
62
[***]/13
84
[***]/17
19
[***]/06
41(*)
[***]/09
63
[***]/13
85
[***]/17
20
[***]/06
42
[***]/09
64
[***]/13
86
[***]/18
21
[***]/06
43
[***]/09
65
[***]/15
87
[***]/18
22
[***]/06
44(*)
[***]/09
66
[***]/15
88
[***]/18

(*)
[***]

(**)      Scheduled Delivery Months shall be deemed to be the Contractual Delivery Dates as defined in Article 1.10 of this Agreement
All other terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, which are not specifically amended by this Amendment 19, shall remain in full force and effect without any change.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Embraer and Buyer, by their duly authorized officers, have entered into and executed this Amendment 19 to the Purchase Agreement to be effective as of the date first written above.

Embraer S.A.                      JetBlue Airways Corporation

By      : /s/ Artur Coutinho                  By      : /s/_James Leddy ______
Name      : Artur Coutinho___________          Name      : James Leddy _________
Title      : COO- Chief Operating Officer__          Title      : SVP Treasury_________

By      : /s/José Luis D’Avila Molina___
Name      : José Luis D’Avila Molina_____
Title      : Vice President, Contracts
Commercial Aviation     

Date: October 3 rd , 2013____________          Date: October 1, 2013____
Place: S.J. Campos, Brazil          _          Place: Long Island City, NY________

________________________
[***]
Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

- 2 -





Exhibit 10.17(s)
AMENDMENT No. 19 TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT DCT-025/2003


Witness: /s/_Marc T. Aulgri _ ________          Witness: /s/_Ursula Hurley___ ______
Name      : Marc. T. Aulgri _____________          Name      : Ursula Hurley_____________















































-3-




Exhibit 10.17(t)
AMENDMENT No. 20 TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT DCT-025/2003
This Amendment No. 20 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003, dated as of October 24, 2013 (“Amendment 20”) relates to the Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003 between Embraer S.A. (formerly known as Embraer - Empresa Brasileira de Aeronáutica S.A.) (“Embraer”) and JetBlue Airways Corporation (“Buyer”) dated June 9, 2003 as amended from time to time (collectively referred to herein as “Purchase Agreement”). This Amendment 20 is executed between Embraer and Buyer, collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”.
All terms defined in the Purchase Agreement shall have the same meaning when used herein and in case of any conflict between this Amendment 20 and the Purchase Agreement, this Amendment 20 shall control.

WHEREAS, Buyer and Embraer have agreed to change the Contractual Delivery Month of certain Aircraft.

Now, therefore, for good and valuable consideration, which is hereby acknowledged, Embraer and Buyer hereby agree as follows:

1. DELIVERY
1.1 The Aircraft schedule delivery table in Article 5.1 of the Purchase Agreement shall be deleted and replaced as follows:

Aircraft
Delivery
Aircraft
Delivery
Aircraft
Delivery
Aircraft
Delivery
#
Month**
#
Month**
#
Month**
#
Month**
1
[***]/05
23
[ * **]/06
45
[***]/10
67
[***]/20
2
[***]/05
24
[***]/07
46
[***]/10
68
[***]/20
3
[***]/05
25
[***]/07
47
[***]/10
69
[***]/20
4
[***]/05
26
[***]/07
48
[***]/10
70
[***]/20
5
[***]/05
27
[***]/07
49
[***]/11
71
[***]/20
6
[***]/05
28
[***]/07
50
[***]/11
72
[***]/20
7
[***]/05
29
[***]/07
51
[***]/11
73
[***]/20
8
[***]/05
30
[***]/07
52
[***]/11
74
[***]/20
9
[***]/06
31
[***]/08
53
[***]/11
75
[***]/21
10
[***]/06
32
[***]/08
54
[***]/12
76
[***]/21
11
[***]/06
33
[***]/08
55
[***]/12
77
[***]/21
12
[***]/06
34
[***]/08
56
[***]/12
78
[***]/21
13
[***]/06
35
[***]/08
57
[***]/12
79
[***]/21
14
[***]/06
36
[***]/08
58
[***]/13
80
[***]/21
15
[***]/06
37
[***]/09
59
[***]/13
81
[***]/21
16
[***]/06
38
[***]/09
60
[***]/13
82
[***]/22
17
[***]/06
39
[***]/09
61
[***]/13
83
[***]/22
18
[***]/06
40(*)
[***]/09
62
[***]/13
84
[***]/22
19
[***]/06
41(*)
[***]/09
63
[***]/13
85
[***]/22
_______________________
[***] Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Amendment No. 20 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003      Page 1 of 2
COM0454-13





Exhibit 10.17(t)
AMENDMENT No. 20 TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT DCT-025/2003
20
[***]/06
42
[***]/09
64
[***]/13
86
[***]/22
21
[***]/06
43
[***]/09
65
[***]/20
87
[***]/22
22
[***]/06
44(*)
[***]/09
66
[***]/20
88
[***]/22


(*) [***]

(**) Scheduled Delivery Months shall be deemed to be the Contractual Delivery Dates as defined in Article 1.10 of this Agreement.


All other terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement which are not specifically amended by this Amendment 20, shall remain in full force and effect without any change.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Embraer and Buyer, by their duly authorized officers, have entered into and executed this Amendment 20 to the Purchase Agreement to be effective as of the date first written above.

Embraer S.A.                      JetBlue Airways Corporation

By      : /s/ José Antonio A. Filippo_              By      : /s/_Mark D. Powers ______
Name      : José Antonio A. Filippo_              Name      : Mark D. Powers ______
Title      : Executive Vice President & CEO__          Title      : Chief Financial Officer______

By      : /s/José Luis D’Avila Molina___
Name      : José Luis D’Avila Molina_____
Title      : Vice President, Contracts
Commercial Aviation     

Date: October 25 th , 2013__________          Date: 10/24/13___________________
Place: S.J. Campos, Brazil          _          Place: Long Island City, NY________

Witness: /s/_Fernando Bueno      _          Witness: /s/_Gavin Sweitzer__ ______
Name      : Fernando Bueno      _______          Name      : Gavin Sweitzer____________

___________________________  
[ ***]      Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Amendment No. 20 to Purchase Agreement DCT-025/2003      Page 2 of 2
COM0454-13






Exhibit 10.18(j)
AMENDMENT Nº 10 TO LETTER OF AGREEMENT DCT-026/2003






This Amendment No. 10 to Letter of Agreement DCT-026/2003, dated as of November 18 th , 2010 (“Amendment 10”) relates to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003 between Embraer - Empresa Brasileira de Aeronáutica S.A. (“Embraer”) and JetBlue Airways Corporation (“Buyer”) dated June 9, 2003 as amended from time to time (collectively referred to herein as “Letter Agreement”). This Amendment 10 is between Embraer and Buyer, collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”.
This Amendment 10 sets forth further agreements between Embraer and Buyer. All capitalized terms used in this Amendment 10 and not defined herein, shall have the meaning given in the Purchase Agreement, and in case of any conflict between this Amendment 10, the Letter Agreement, the terms of this Amendment 10 shall control.
Now, therefore, for good and valuable consideration, which is hereby acknowledged, Embraer and Buyer hereby agree as follows:
1. [***]

Pursuant to Amendment No. 4 to Letter of Agreement DCT-026/2003, dated as of October 17, 2007 (“Amendment 4 ”), Embraer [***]. The Parties hereto shall [***].
All other terms and conditions of the Letter Agreement, which are not specifically amended by this Amendment 10, shall remain in full force and effect without any change.
[Signature page follows]


____________________
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Amendment Nº 10 to the Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003
Page 1 of 2
COM0293-10






Exhibit 10.18(j)
AMENDMENT Nº 10 TO LETTER OF AGREEMENT DCT-026/2003

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Embraer and Buyer, by their duly authorized officers, have entered into and executed this Amendment 10 to the Letter Agreement to be effective as of the date first written above.
Embraer S.A.
By: /s/ Flávio Rímoli
Name: Flávio Rímoli
Title: Executive Vice President &  
General Counsel
JetBlue Airways Corporation
By: /s/ Mark D. Powers
Name: Mark D. Powers
Title: SVP Treasurer
By: /s/ José Luis D’Avila Molina
Name: José Luis D’Avila Molina
Title: Vice President, Contracts  
Airline Market
 
Date: Nov. 18, 2010
Place: São José dos Campos - S
Witness: /s/ Fernando Bueno
Name: Fernando Bueno
Date: 12/2/10
Place: Forest Hills, NY
Witness: /s/ Ryan Schroeter
Name: Ryan Schroeter
















Amendment Nº 10 to the Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003
Page 1 of 2
COM0293-10





Exhibit 10.18(k)
AMENDMENT Nº 11 TO LETTER OF AGREEMENT DCT-026/2003


                                        
This Amendment No. 11 to Letter of Agreement DCT-026/2003, dated as of October 24, 2013 (“Amendment 11”) relates to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003 (“Letter Agreement”) between Embraer S.A. (formerly known as Embraer - Empresa Brasileira de Aeronáutica S.A.) (“Embraer”) and JetBlue Airways Corporation (“Buyer”) dated June 9, 2003 as amended from time to time (collectively referred to herein as “Letter Agreement”). This Amendment 11 is between Embraer and Buyer, collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”.

This Amendment 11 sets forth further agreements between Embraer and Buyer. All capitalized terms used in this Amendment 11 and not defined herein, shall have the meaning given in the Purchase Agreement, and in case of any conflict between this Amendment 11, the Letter Agreement, the terms of this Amendment 11 shall control.

Now, therefore, for good and valuable consideration, which is hereby acknowledged, Embraer and Buyer hereby agree as follows:

1. A new Article 13 shall be included in the Letter Agreement as follows:

[***]

2. [***]

3. [***]

All other terms and conditions of the Letter Agreement, which are not specifically amended by this Amendment 11, shall remain in full force and effect without any change.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]











_____________________
[***]      Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.



Amendment No. 11 to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003      Page 1 of 4
COM0455-13








Exhibit 10.18(k)
AMENDMENT Nº 11 TO LETTER OF AGREEMENT DCT-026/2003






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Embraer and Buyer, by their duly authorized officers, have entered into and executed this Amendment 11 to the Letter Agreement to be effective as of the date first written above.

Embraer S.A.                      JetBlue Airways Corporation

By      : /s/ José Antonio A. Filippo_              By      : /s/_Mark D. Powers ______
Name      : José Antonio A. Filippo_              Name      : Mark D. Powers ______
Title      : Executive Vice President & CEO__          Title      : Chief Financial Officer______

By      : /s/José Luis D’Avila Molina___
Name      : José Luis D’Avila Molina_____
Title      : Vice President, Contracts
Commercial Aviation     

Date: October 25 th , 2013__________          Date: 10/24/2013___________________
Place: S.J. Campos, Brazil          _          Place: Long Island City, NY________

Witness: /s/_Fernando Bueno      _          Witness: /s/_Gavin Sweitzer__ ______
Name      : Fernando Bueno      _______          Name      : Gavin Sweitzer____________














Amendment No. 11 to Letter Agreement DCT-026/2003                  Page 2 of 4
COM0455-13





    

[***]



















































_____________________

[***]      Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.




AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          This Amendment no. 3 to Employment Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of December __, 2013, between JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Dave Barger (“Executive”).

          WHEREAS, Executive became the Chief Executive Officer of the Company on May 10, 2007.

          WHEREAS, on February 11, 2008, Executive and the Company entered into an Employment Agreement and Executive and the Company amended such Agreement as of July 8, 2009 and as of December 21, 2010 (as amended, the “Employment Agreement”). (Capitalized terms used in this Amendment without definition shall have the meanings given to them in the Employment Agreement.)

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties agree that the paragraph 1 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

1.     Employment and Duties .
The Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting to the Board of Directors of the Company (the ‘‘Board’’). The Executive shall have such duties and responsibilities, commensurate with the Executive’s position, as may be assigned to the Executive from time to time by the Board. The Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the principal offices of the Company currently located in the New York City area; provided , however , that the Executive understands and agrees that he will be required to travel from time to time for business reasons.
While the Executive renders services to the Company, the Executive agrees that he will devote his primary care and attention to the business of the Company. The Executive may, from time to time, engage in consulting or other business activities that do not interfere with his responsibilities to the Company. In addition, while you render services to the Company, you will not assist any person or entity in competing with the Company, in preparing to compete with the Company or in hiring any employees or consultants of the Company.

Except as specifically amended above, all other provisions of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

BY:      /s/ ___________________________
NAME: James G. Hnat
TITLE: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary


ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

_/s/ _____________________
Dave Barger








JetBlue Airways Corporation
2011 Incentive Compensation Plan
RSU Award Agreement

Participant :

Date of Award ”: [____________], 20__

This Award Agreement, effective as of the Date of Award set forth above, sets forth the grant of Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) by JetBlue Airways Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), to the Participant named above, pursuant to the provisions of the JetBlue Airways Corporation 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”). All capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan, unless specifically set forth otherwise herein.

Participant understands and agrees that the RSU grant is awarded subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Participant hereby acknowledges the receipt of electronic delivery of the official prospectus for the Plan located in the documents library and at http://sites.jetblue.com/sites/Finance/StockOptions/default.aspx . A copy of the Plan is available upon request made to the Corporate Secretary at the Corporation’s principal offices.
The parties hereto agree as follows:
(A)
Grant of RSUs . The Company hereby grants to the Participant ______ [NUMBER] RSUs, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Each RSU represents an unfunded and unsecured right to receive one share of Common Stock in the future.
(B)
Vesting and Settlement of RSUs .
(1)
The Period of Restriction applicable to the entire RSU grant shall commence on the Date of Award. Subject to the Participant’s continued employment with the Company or an Affiliate (the “Company Group”), the RSUs shall vest, and the Period of Restriction shall lapse, in equal installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Date of Award (each such anniversary, a “ Vesting Date ”). Any RSUs as to which the Period of Restriction has not lapsed prior to the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service shall be immediately forfeited, except as otherwise provided in Section (C) below.
(2)
Each vested RSU shall be settled through the delivery of one Share no later than the last business day of the month in which the Vesting Date occurs (the “Settlement Date”).
(3)
The Shares delivered to the Participant on the Settlement Date (or such earlier date determined in accordance with section (D)) shall not be subject to contractual transfer restrictions (other than as provided in Sections (F)(2) and (F)(7) below, in the Plan and pursuant to the Company’s insider trading





policies) and shall be fully paid, non-assessable and registered in the Participant’s name.

(C)
Termination of Service .

(1)
Upon the Participant’s Termination of Service under any circumstances, any RSUs that have not been settled in accordance with Section (B) hereof prior to the date of such Termination of Service shall be immediately and unconditionally forfeited, without any action required by the Participant or the Company
(2)
Notwithstanding (1) above, upon a Termination of Service due to the Participant’s (a) Disability (as defined below) or (b) death, any such outstanding RSUs shall be distributed in Shares on a pro-rated basis in accordance with the following formula: ( A )(i) the total number of RSUs multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Date of Award through the date of such Termination of Service and the denominator of which is 1,096 (rounded down to the nearest whole share), less ( B ) the number of RSUs as to which the Period of Restriction has previously lapsed. Such distribution referenced in this section (C)(1) shall be made following such Termination of Service and no later than the last business day of the month following such Termination of Service (or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter).
(3)
Notwithstanding (1) above, upon a Termination of Service due to the Participant’s Retirement (as defined below), such RSUs shall continue to vest as if the Participant remained in Service with the Company Group.
(4)
For the purposes of this Award Agreement,
i.
Disability ” means “long-term disability” as such term is defined in the Company’s Long Term Disability Plan for full-time crewmembers in effect from time to time, to the extent consistent with Code Section 409A;
ii.
Retirement ” means voluntary Termination of Service by the Participant on or after the date on which the sum of the Participant’s age and years of service as an employee of the Company Group is at least sixty-five (65); provided , however , that the Participant has both (i) attained the age of 55, and (ii) completed ten (10) years of service as an employee of the Company Group.
(5)
Notwithstanding the Section (C)(1) to the contrary, if at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Service, the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, any delivery of Shares hereunder that constitutes a “deferral of compensation” under Code Section 409A and that would otherwise become due on account of such Termination of Service shall be delayed, and such Shares shall be delivered in full upon the earlier to occur of (i) a date during the thirty-day period commencing six months and one day following such Termination of Service and (ii) the date of the Participant’s death.

(D)
Change in Control . The RSU grant awarded under this Award Agreement is subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan; provided , however , that if a Change in Control occurs that does not constitute a “change in control event,” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), then any accelerated payment or settlement of the RSUs in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan that constitutes a “deferral of compensation” under Code Section 409A shall





be made at the times specified in Sections (B) and (C) hereof as if such Change in Control had not occurred.

(E)
Transferability . RSUs are not transferable other than by last will and testament, by the laws of descent and distribution. Further, except as set forth in the Plan, a Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant, or in the event of the Participant’s legal incapacity, the Participant’s legal guardian or representative.
(F)
Miscellaneous .
(1)
The Plan provides a complete description of the terms and conditions governing all RSUs granted thereunder. This Award Agreement and the rights of the Participant hereunder are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, as amended from time to time, and to such rules and regulations as the Committee may adopt for the administration of the Plan. If there is any inconsistency between the terms of this Award Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the Plan’s terms shall supersede and replace the conflicting terms of this Award Agreement.
(2)
The Committee shall have the right to impose such restrictions on any shares acquired pursuant to RSUs as it deems necessary or advisable under applicable federal securities laws, international laws, rules or regulations, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or market upon which such shares are then listed and/or traded, and/or under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such shares. It is expressly understood by the Participant that the Committee is authorized to administer, construe, and make all determinations necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and this Award Agreement, all of which shall be binding upon the Participant.
(3)
The Participant acknowledges that the incentive compensation covered by this Award Agreement and the RSUs granted hereunder are subject to Sections 20 and 21 of the Plan, including the Company’s recoupment policy, as may be amended or superseded from time to time by the Board or otherwise in response to changes in applicable laws, rules or regulations.
(4)
The Board may at any time, or from time to time, terminate, amend, modify or suspend the Plan, and the Board or the Committee may amend or alter this Award Agreement at any time; provided, however , that no termination, amendment, modification, alteration or suspension shall materially impair the previously accrued rights of the Participant with respect to the RSUs granted pursuant to this Award Agreement, without the Participant’s consent, except as otherwise provided by the Plan.
(5)
This Agreement and any payment or delivery of Shares under this Agreement are intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (“ Section 409A ”) and shall be administered and construed in accordance with such intent. In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the foregoing: (a) in no event may the Participant designate, directly or indirectly, the calendar year of any payment or delivery of Shares to be made hereunder; and (b) notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement to the contrary, a Termination of Service hereunder shall mean and be interpreted consistent with a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section





409A with respect to any payment or delivery of Shares hereunder that constitutes a “deferral of compensation” under Section 409A that becomes due on account of such separation from service. Notwithstanding the forgoing or any provisions of the Plan or this Award Agreement, if the Company determines that any provision of this Award Agreement or the Plan contravenes Section 409A or could cause the Participant to incur any additional tax, interest or penalties under Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without the Participant’s consent, modify such provision to (i) comply with, or avoid being subject to, Section 409A, or to avoid the incurrence of any additional taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A, and/or (ii) maintain, to the extent reasonably practicable, the original intent and economic benefit to the Participant of the applicable provision without materially increasing the cost to the Company or contravening the provisions of Section 409A. This Section F(5) does not create an obligation on the part of the Company to modify the Plan or this Award Agreement and does not guarantee that the Participant will not be subject to taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A.
(6)
Delivery of the Shares underlying the RSUs upon settlement is subject to the Participant satisfying all applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) upon settlement or earlier, to the extent required by applicable law. The Company shall have the power and the right to (i) deduct or withhold from all amounts payable to the Participant pursuant to the RSUs or otherwise, or (ii) require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable taxes required by law whenever arising with respect to the RSUs. Further, the Company may permit or require the plan administrator or Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the tax obligations by withholding Shares that would otherwise be received upon settlement of the RSUs.
(7)
In furtherance and not in limitation, of the foregoing Section (F)(6), in the event that the Participant is an employee of the Company Group and becomes eligible to Retire but does not Retire, the Participant shall at that time become responsible for payment of all FICA and any other taxes with respect to his or her outstanding RSUs. Accordingly, the Participant acknowledges that the Company may, at that time or when deemed administratively necessary by the Company, withhold from the Participant’s paycheck, funds necessary to cover such obligations, and the Company shall remit said funds to the proper authorities. The Participant shall not have the right to elect whether payment of FICA shall be made in the form of cash or through withholding Shares otherwise payable on settlement of the RSUs and such determination shall be made by the Company. To the extent the Participant incurs a Termination of Service for any reason, Participant acknowledges that she or he is solely responsible for the recovery, from the U.S. government or instrumentality thereof, of any over withholdings pursuant to this subparagraph. This Award Agreement shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required, or the Committee determines are advisable. The Participant agrees to take all steps the Company determines are necessary to comply with all





applicable provisions of federal and state securities law in exercising his or her rights under this Award Agreement.
(8)
All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.




Exhibit 10.33(b)


AMENDMENT NO. 1

to the A320 Family Aircraft Purchase Agreement

Dated as of October 19, 2011

Between

AIRBUS S.A.S.

And

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION


This Amendment No. 1 (hereinafter referred to as the “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of October 25, 2013 between Airbus S.A.S. a société par actions simplifiée , created and existing under French law, having its registered office at 1 Rond-Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac-Cedex, France and registered with Toulouse Registre du Commerce under number RCS Toulouse 383 474 814 (the “ Seller ”) and JetBlue Airways Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware having its principal corporate offices at 27-01 Queens Plaza North, Long Island City, New York 11101 (formerly 118-29 Queens Boulevard, Forest Hills, New York 11375), United States of America (the “ Buyer ”).

WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller entered into an A320 Family Purchase Agreement dated as of October 19, 2011, relating to the sale by the Seller and the purchase by the Buyer of certain firmly ordered Airbus A320 aircraft, which together with all exhibits, appendices, and letter agreements attached thereto is hereinafter called the “ Agreement ”.

WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller wish to amend the Agreement to reflect the sale by the Seller and purchase by the Buyer of fifteen (15) incremental A321-200 aircraft and twenty (20) incremental A321 NEO aircraft.

WHEREAS, concurrently with the sale and purchase of the Incremental A321 Aircraft and the Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft, the Seller and Buyer wish to further amend the Agreement to (i) convert eight (8) A320 Backlog Aircraft currently scheduled to deliver in calendar year 2017 to A321 Backlog Aircraft, (ii) reschedule one (1) of such newly converted A321 Backlog Aircraft to deliver in 2018 and (iii) convert ten (10) A320 NEO Aircraft to A321 NEO Aircraft.

NOW THEREFORE, SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN, IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:


















131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1                              Page 1/15



Exhibit 10.33(b)


The capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in this Amendment will have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. Except as used within quoted text, the terms “herein”, “hereof”, and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Amendment.

1      DEFINITIONS
1.1
Clause 0 to the Agreement is amended to either modify or add the following defined terms between the words “QUOTE” and “UNQUOTE”.

QUOTE

A321 NEO Airframe - any or all of the A321 NEO Aircraft or Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft, as applicable, excluding the A321 NEO Propulsion System therefor.

Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft - as defined in Clause 3.1 of Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement.

Converted A321 NEO Aircraft - as defined in Clause 3.2 of Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement.

Incremental A321 Aircraft - any or all of the fifteen (15) A321-200 model aircraft, as of the date hereof to be sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, together with all components, equipment, parts and accessories installed in or on such aircraft and the relevant A321 Propulsion System installed thereon.

Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft - any or all of the twenty (20) A321-200 NEO model aircraft, to be sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, together with all components, equipment, parts and accessories installed in or on such aircraft and the relevant A321 NEO Propulsion System installed thereon.

Irrevocable SCNs - the list of SCNs set forth in Exhibit B4, which are irrevocably part of the A320 NEO specification, as expressly set forth in Exhibit A3.

UNQUOTE

2      SALE AND PURCHASE OF INCREMENTAL AIRCRAFT

2.1
The Seller shall manufacture, sell and deliver, and the Buyer shall purchase from the Seller and take delivery of, the Incremental A321 Aircraft and Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft, pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein and in the Agreement.

2.2
The Buyer and the Seller hereby agree that unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, all terms and conditions governing the sale and purchase of A321 Backlog Aircraft under the Agreement will apply to the Incremental A321 Aircraft.

2.3
The Buyer and the Seller hereby agree that unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, all terms and conditions governing the sale and purchase of A321 NEO Aircraft under the Agreement will apply to the Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft.







131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1                              Page 2/15




Exhibit 10.33(b)


2.4
The Incremental A321 Aircraft and Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft will deliver to the Buyer as set forth in the Amended and Restated Schedule 1 to the Agreement, as defined in Clause 6.2 below.

3      CONVERSIONS

3.1
The Buyer and the Seller hereby agree to irrevocably convert each of the eight (8) A320 Backlog Aircraft identified with CACiDs 159 922, 159 954, 159 955, 159 921, 104 440, 104 442, 159 909 and 159 910 in the Amended and Restated Schedule 1 to the Agreement to eight (8) additional A321 Backlog Aircraft (the “ Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft ”) and to reschedule one (1) of such Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft to calendar year 2018 as detailed in the following table. It is hereby agreed that unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, all terms and conditions governing the sale and purchase of A321 Backlog Aircraft under the Agreement shall apply to the Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft in this Clause 3.1.

CACiD
Original Delivery Schedule
Revised Delivery Schedule
Initial Aircraft Type
New Aircraft Type
159 922
2017
2017
A320 Backlog Aircraft
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
159 954
2017
2017
A320 Backlog Aircraft
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
159 955
2017
2017
A320 Backlog Aircraft
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
159 921
2017
2017
A320 Backlog Aircraft
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
104 440
2017
2017
A320 Backlog Aircraft
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
104 442
2017
2017
A320 Backlog Aircraft
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
159 909
2017
2017
A320 Backlog Aircraft
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
159 910
2017
2018
A320 Backlog Aircraft
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft

3.2
In accordance with Paragraph 2.2 of Letter Agreement No. 3, the Buyer and the Seller hereby agree to irrevocably convert ten (10) A320 NEO Aircraft identified in Amended and Restated Schedule 1 with CACiD numbers 402 132, 402 133, 402 134, 402 135, 402 136, 402 137, 402 138, 402 139, 402 140 and 402 141 to ten (10) additional A321 NEO Aircraft (the “ Converted A321 NEO Aircraft ”) as detailed in the following table. It is hereby agreed that unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, all terms and conditions governing the sale and purchase of A321 NEO Aircraft under the Agreement will apply to the Converted A321 NEO Aircraft.

New
CACiD No.
Initial Aircraft Type
New Aircraft Type
402 132
A320 NEO Aircraft
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
402 133
A320 NEO Aircraft
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
402 134
A320 NEO Aircraft
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
402 135
A320 NEO Aircraft
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft




131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1                                  Page 3/15




Exhibit 10.33(b)



402 136
A320 NEO Aircraft
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
402 137
A320 NEO Aircraft
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
402 138
A320 NEO Aircraft
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
402 139
A320 NEO Aircraft
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
402 140
A320 NEO Aircraft
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
402 141
A320 NEO Aircraft
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft

3.3
It shall be the Buyer’s sole responsibility to ensure, without any intervention necessary from the Seller, that all of the BFE Suppliers are notified of and accept the conversions set forth in Clauses 3.1 and 3.2 above without the Seller incurring any costs, losses, expenses, additional obligations, penalties, damages or liabilities of any kind by reason of such conversions, and the Buyer will indemnify and hold the Seller harmless against any and all of such costs, losses, expenses, additional obligations, penalties, damages or liabilities so incurred by the Seller.

3.4
Without prejudice to Clause 3.3, the Buyer shall enter into discussions directly with the A320 Propulsion Systems Manufacturer to amend the relevant propulsion systems agreement(s) in order to reflect the conversions in Clauses 3.1 and 3.2 above and will indemnify and hold the Seller harmless against any and all costs, losses, expenses, obligations, penalties, damages or liabilities so incurred by the Seller in the event that the Buyer fails to perform its obligations as set out under this Clause 3.4.

4      INCREMENTAL AIRCRAFT COMMITMENT FEE

The Seller acknowledges that the Buyer has paid to the Seller [***] incremental aircraft commitment fee in the amount of [***] US dollars (US$[***]) per each Incremental A321 Aircraft and each Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft (the “ Incremental Aircraft Commitment Fee ”) for an aggregate total of [***] US dollars (US$[***]). The Incremental Aircraft Commitment Fee for each incremental aircraft will be [***].

5      PRICE

5.1
The Base Price of the Converted A321 Backlog Airframe and the Base Price of the Incremental A321 Airframe are the same as the Base Price of the A321 Backlog Airframe set forth in Clause 3.1.5 of the Agreement.

5.2
The Base Price of the Converted A321 NEO Airframe and the Base Price of the Incremental A321 NEO Airframe are the same as the Base Price of the A321 NEO Airframe as set forth in Clause 3.1.11 of the Agreement (as set forth in Paragraph 4.1 of Letter Agreement No. 3).

6      DELIVERY

6.1
The CACiD for the A321 Backlog Aircraft with aircraft rank number 140 is corrected to read 159 944.

6.2
Schedule 1 to the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the Amended and Restated Schedule 1 (the “ Amended and Restated Schedule 1 ”) attached hereto as Appendix 1.



____________________________
[***]      Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1                                  Page 4/15



Exhibit 10.33(b)


6.3
For reference purposes only, CACiD numbers are added to the Amended and Restated Schedule 1 for the Aircraft bearing aircraft rank numbers 189 through 198, 203 through 212, 218 through 227, and 233 through 242.

6.4
All references in the Agreement pertaining to A319 Backlog Aircraft are deleted in their entirety.

7      OTHER AMENDMENTS

7.1      Clause 9.1.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following quoted text:

QUOTE

9.1.1
In respect of each Aircraft corresponding to a Scheduled Delivery Year as set forth in Schedule 1, the Seller will provide notification to the Buyer of the Scheduled Delivery Quarter no later than [***].

UNQUOTE

7.2
Letter Agreement No. 1 is terminated in its entirety and replaced by the Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 1 attached hereto.

7.3
Letter Agreement No. 2 is terminated in its entirety and replaced by the Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 2 attached hereto.

74
Letter Agreement No. 3 is terminated in its entirety and replaced by the Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 3 attached hereto.

7.5
In the last sentence of Paragraph 3 of Letter Agreement No. 4 to the Agreement, the words “Paragraph 8” are deleted and replaced with the words “Paragraph 9”.

7.6
Letter Agreement No. 6 is terminated in its entirety and replaced by the Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 6 attached hereto.

8.      OTHER COMMERCIAL TERMS

8.1
The Predelivery Payments for the Incremental A321 Aircraft are as set forth in Clause 5.3 of the Agreement as modified by Paragraphs 1.3 and 2 of Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 2 to the Agreement.

8.2
The Predelivery Payments for the Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft are as set forth in Clause 5.3 of the Agreement as modified by Paragraphs 1.4 and 2 of Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 2 to the Agreement.

8.3
The Predelivery Payments for the Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft are as set forth in Clause 5.3 of the Agreement as modified by Paragraph 1.3 of Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 2 to the Agreement.



____________________________
[***]      Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1                                  Page 5/15







Exhibit 10.33(b)



8.4
The Predelivery Payments for the Converted A321 NEO Aircraft are as set forth in Clause 5.3 of the Agreement as modified by Paragraph 1.4 of Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 2 to the Agreement.

8.5
The purchase incentives for the Incremental A321 Aircraft are as set forth in Paragraphs 8.1 through 8.3 of Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 1 to the Agreement.

8.6
The purchase incentives for the Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft are as set forth in Paragraphs 3.1 through 3.3 of Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 1 to the Agreement.

8.7
The purchase incentives for the Converted A321 NEO Aircraft and the Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft are as set forth in Paragraphs 6.1 through 6.3 of Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 1 to the Agreement.

8.8
The price preservation applicable to the Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft, the Converted A321 NEO Aircraft, the Incremental A321 Aircraft and the Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft is as set forth in Paragraph 9 of Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 1 to the Agreement.

9
EFFECT OF THE AMENDMENT

The Agreement will be deemed amended to the extent herein provided, and, except as specifically amended hereby, will continue in full force and effect in accordance with its original terms. This Amendment contains the entire agreement between the Buyer and the Seller with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any previous understandings, commitments, or representations whatsoever, whether oral or written, related to the subject matter of this Amendment.

Both parties agree that this Amendment will constitute an integral, nonseverable part of the Agreement and be governed by its provisions, except that if the Agreement and this Amendment have specific provisions that are inconsistent, the specific provisions contained in this Amendment will govern.

This Amendment will become effective upon its execution.

10
CONFIDENTIALITY

This Amendment is subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Clause 22.10 of the Agreement.

11
ASSIGNMENT

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amendment or of the Agreement, this Amendment will not be assigned or transferred in any manner without the prior written consent of the Seller, and any attempted assignment or transfer in contravention of the provisions of this Clause 11 will be void and of no force or effect.

12
COUNTERPARTS

This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.



131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1                                  Page 6/15







Exhibit 10.33(b)




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Amendment by their respective officers or agents as of the date first above written.

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION                  AIRBUS S.A.S.



/s/ Mark D. Powers __________                      /s/ John Leahy__________
By: Mark D. Powers                          By: John Leahy
Its: EVP Chief Financial Officer
Its: Chief Operating Officer, Customers








































131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1                                  Page 7/15





Exhibit 10.33(b)




APPENDIX I

AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE I















Appendix 1
to
Amendment No. 1

Amended and Restated
SCHEDULE 1




























131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1      Appendix 1                          Page 8/15



Exhibit 10.33(b)





APPENDIX I

AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE I
DELIVERY SCHEDULE
 
CACiD No.
Aircraft Rank No.
Type
Scheduled Delivery Month/Quarter
Scheduled Delivery Year
1
159 908
122
Group 1 A320 Aircraft
[***]
2011
2
159 942
123
Group 1 A320 Aircraft
[***]
2012
3
159 943
124
Group 1 A320 Aircraft
[***]
2012
4
159 950
125
Group 1 A320 Aircraft
[***]
2012
5
159 951
126
Group 1 A320 Aircraft
[***]
2012
6
159 923
127
Group 1 A320 Aircraft
[***]
2012
7
159 924
128
Group 1 A320 Aircraft
[***]
2012
8
159 925
129
Group 1 A320 Aircraft
[***]
2012
9
159 939
130
A320 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2013
10
159 960
131
A320 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2013
11
159 961
132
A320 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2013
12
159 962
133
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2013
13
159 963
134
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2013
14
159 964
135
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2013
15
159 965
136
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2013
16
159 916
137
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2014
17
159 940
138
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2014
















___________________________
[***]      Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1      Appendix 1                          Page 9/15










Exhibit 10.33(b)


APPENDIX I

AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE I
 
CACiD No.
Aircraft Rank No.
Type
Scheduled Delivery Month/Quarter
Scheduled Delivery Year
18
159 941
139
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2014
19
159 944
140
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2014
20
159 945
141
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2014
21
159 946
142
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2014
22
159 947
143
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2014
23
159 948
144
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2014
24
159 949
145
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2014
25
159 956
146
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2015
26
159 957
147
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2015
27
159 958
148
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2015
28
159 959
149
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2015
29
159 929
150
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2015
30
159 930
151
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2015
31
159 931
152
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2015
32
159 932
153
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2015
33
159 933
154
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2015
34
 
155
Incremental A321 Aircraft
[***]
2015



___________________________
[***]      Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1      Appendix 1                          Page 10/15








Exhibit 10.33(b)


APPENDIX I
AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE 1
 
CACiD No.
Aircraft Rank No.
Type
Scheduled Delivery Month/Quarter
Scheduled Delivery Year
35
159 920
156
A321 Backlog Aircraft
[***]
2015
36
 
157
Incremental A321 Aircraft
[***]
2015
37
159 911
158
A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2016
38
159 912
159
A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2016
39
159 917
160
A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2016
40
159 918
161
A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2016
41
159 926
162
A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2016
42
159 927
163
A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2016
43
159 928
164
A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2016
44
159 952
165
A320 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2016
45
159 953
166
A320 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2016
46
159 934
167
A320 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2016
47
 
168
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2016
48
 
169
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2016
49
 
170
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2016
50
 
171
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2016
51
 
172
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2016


___________________________
[***]      Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1      Appendix 1                          Page 11/15








Exhibit 10.33(b)


APPENDIX 1

AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE 1

 
CACiD No.
Aircraft Rank No.
Type
Scheduled Delivery Month/Quarter
Scheduled Delivery Year
52
159 922
173
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2017
53
159 954
174
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2017
54
159 955
175
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2017
55
159 921
176
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2017
56
104 440
177
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2017
57
104 442
178
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2017
58
159 909
179
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2017
59
 
180
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2017
60
 
181
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2017
61
 
182
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2017
62
 
183
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2017
63
 
184
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2017
64
 
185
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2017
65
 
186
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2017
66
 
187
Incremental A321 Aircraft
Year
2017
67
159 910
188
Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft
Year
2018
68
402 127
189
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
69
402 128
190
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
70
402 129
191
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018















131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1      Appendix 1                          Page 12/15






Exhibit 10.33(b)



APPENDIX 1

AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE 1
 
CACiD No.
Aircraft Rank No.
Type
Scheduled Delivery Month/Quarter
Scheduled Delivery Year
71
402 130
192
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
72
402 131
193
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
73
402 132
194
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
74
402 133
195
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
75
402 134
196
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
76
402 135
197
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
77
402 136
198
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
78
 
199
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
79
 
200
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
80
 
201
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
81
 
202
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2018
82
402 137
203
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
83
402 138
204
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
84
402 139
205
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
85
402 140
206
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
86
402 141
207
Converted A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
87
 
208
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
88
 
209
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
89
 
210
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
90
 
211
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
91
 
212
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
92
 
213
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019





















131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1      Appendix 1                          Page 13/15


APPENDIX 1



Exhibit 10.33(b)


APPENDIX 1

AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE 1
 
CACiD No.
Aircraft Rank No.
Type
Scheduled Delivery Month/Quarter
Scheduled Delivery Year
93
 
214
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
94
 
215
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
95
 
216
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
96
 
217
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2019
97
 
218
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
98
 
219
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
99
 
220
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
100
 
221
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
101
 
222
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
102
 
223
Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
103
402 142
224
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
104
402 143
225
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
105
402 144
226
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
106
402 145
227
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
107
402 146
228
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
108
402 147
229
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
109
402 148
230
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
110
402 149
231
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
111
402 150
232
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2020
112
402 151
233
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
113
402 152
234
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
114
402 153
235
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
115
402 154
236
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
116
402 155
237
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
117
402 156
238
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021







131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1      Appendix 1                          Page 14/15







Exhibit 10.33(b)



APPENDIX 1

AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE 1

 
CACiD No.
Aircraft Rank No.
Type
Scheduled Delivery Month/Quarter
Scheduled Delivery Year
118
402 157
239
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
119
402 158
240
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
120
402 159
241
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
121
402 160
242
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
122
402 161
243
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
123
402 162
244
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
124
402 163
245
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
125
402 164
246
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
126
402 165
247
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021
127
402 166
248
A320 NEO Aircraft
Year
2021


































131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_AMD 1      Appendix 1                          Page 15/15





Exhibit 10.33(b)



AMENDED AND RESTATED
LETTER AGREEMENT NO. 1
As of October 25, 2013
JetBlue Airways Corporation
27-01 Queens Plaza North
Long Island City, New York 11101
Re: PURCHASE INCENTIVES
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen,
JetBlue Airways Corporation (the “ Buyer ”) and Airbus S.A.S. (the “ Seller ”) have entered into an A320 Family Aircraft Purchase Agreement dated as of October 19, 2011 (as supplemented and amended by the other letter agreements, and as otherwise supplemented, amended or modified from time to time, including without limitation by Amendment No. 1 dated as of even date herewith (the “ Agreement ”), which covers, among other matters, the sale by the Seller and the purchase by the Buyer of certain Aircraft, under the terms and conditions set forth in said Agreement. The Buyer and the Seller have agreed to set forth in this Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 1 (this “ Letter Agreement ”) certain additional terms and conditions regarding the sale of the Aircraft. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in this Letter Agreement will have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement. The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Letter Agreement.
Both parties agree that this Letter Agreement will constitute an integral, nonseverable part of said Agreement, that the provisions of said Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and that this Letter Agreement will be governed by the provisions of said Agreement, except that if the Agreement and this Letter Agreement have specific provisions which are inconsistent, the specific provisions contained in this Letter Agreement will govern.
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller have entered into Letter Agreement No. 1 to the Agreement, setting forth certain terms and conditions regarding the sale of the Aircraft (the “ Original Letter Agreement ”).
WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller wish to amend and restate the Original Letter Agreement to incorporate relevant amendments to such Original Letter Agreement into a single document.
NOW THEREFORE IT IS AGREED THAT THE ORIGINAL LETTER AGREEMENT IS HEREBY AMENDED AND RESTATED TO READ IN ITS ENTIRETY AS FOLLOWS:













131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended & Restated LA1                              LA1 - 1 of 12
14843562.2





Exhibit 10.33(b)



1.      INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
2.      A320 BACKLOG AIRCRAFT (Excluding Group 1 A320 Aircraft)
2.1
In respect of each A320 Backlog Aircraft (excluding Group 1 A320 Aircraft) that is sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer, the Seller will provide to the Buyer the following credits (collectively, the “ A320 Backlog Aircraft Credit Memoranda ”):
[***]
2.2
The A320 Backlog Aircraft Credit Memoranda are quoted at delivery conditions prevailing in the A320 Family Base Period and will be adjusted in accordance with the Seller Price Revision Formula, [***] in accordance with Paragraph 9 of this Letter Agreement.
2.3
The A320 Backlog Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of each A320 Backlog Aircraft that is sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer. The A320 Backlog Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***]. Unless the Buyer gives the Seller notice to the contrary at least [***] before Delivery of an A320 Backlog Aircraft, the A320 Backlog Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of the A320 Backlog Aircraft.
3.      A321 BACKLOG AIRCRAFT and CONVERTED A321 BACKLOG AIRCRAFT
3.1
In respect of each A321 Backlog Aircraft and each Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft that is sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer, the Seller will provide to the Buyer the following credits (collectively, the “ A321 Backlog Aircraft Credit Memoranda ”):
[***]
3.2
The A321 Backlog Aircraft Credit Memoranda are quoted at delivery conditions prevailing in the A320 Family Base Period and will be adjusted in accordance with the Seller Price Revision Formula, [***] in accordance with Paragraph 9 of this Letter Agreement.
3.3
The A321 Backlog Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of each A321 Backlog Aircraft and each Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft that is sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer. The A321 Backlog Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***]. Unless the Buyer gives the Seller notice to the contrary at least [***] before Delivery of an A321 Backlog Aircraft or Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft, the A321 Backlog Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of the A321 Backlog Aircraft or [***] of the Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft, as applicable.
4.      A319 NEO AIRCRAFT
4.1
In respect of each A319 NEO Aircraft, the Seller will provide to the Buyer the following credits (collectively, the “A319 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda”):
[***]

____________________________  
[***]  
Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended & Restated LA1                              LA1 - 2 of 12





Exhibit 10.33(b)


4.2
The A319 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda are quoted at delivery conditions prevailing in the A320 Family Base Period and will be adjusted in accordance with the Seller Price Revision Formula, [***] in accordance with Paragraph 9 of this Letter Agreement.
4.3
The A319 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of each A319 NEO Aircraft. The A319 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***]. Unless the Buyer gives the Seller notice to the contrary at least [***] before Delivery of an A319 NEO Aircraft, the A319 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of the A319 NEO Aircraft.
5.      A320 NEO AIRCRAFT
5.1
In respect of each A320 NEO Aircraft, the Seller will provide to the Buyer the following credits (collectively, the “ A320 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda ”):
[***]
5.2
The A320 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda are quoted at delivery conditions prevailing in the A320 Family Base Period and will be adjusted in accordance with the Seller Price Revision Formula, [***] in accordance with Paragraph 9 of this Letter Agreement.
5.3
The A320 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda will [***] of each A320 NEO Aircraft. The A320 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***]. Unless the Buyer gives the Seller notice to the contrary at least [***] before Delivery of an A320 NEO Aircraft, the A320 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of the A320 NEO Aircraft.
6.      A321 NEO AIRCRAFT, CONVERTED A321 NEO AIRCRAFT AND INCREMENTAL A321 NEO AIRCRAFT
6.1
In respect of each A321 NEO Aircraft, Converted A321 NEO Aircraft and each Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft, the Seller will provide to the Buyer the following credits (collectively, the “ A321 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda ”):
[***]
6.2
The A321 NEO Aircraft Memoranda are quoted at delivery conditions prevailing in the A320 Family Base Period and will be adjusted in accordance with the Seller Price Revision Formula, [***] in accordance with Paragraph 9 of this Letter Agreement.
6.3
The A321 NEO Credit Memoranda will be [***] of each A321 NEO Aircraft, each Converted A321 NEO Aircraft, and each Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft. The A321 NEO Credit Memoranda will be [***]. Unless the Buyer gives the Seller notice to the contrary at least [***] before Delivery of the relevant Aircraft, the A321 NEO Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of such Aircraft.
7.      GROUP 1 A320 AIRCRAFT
7.1
In respect of each Group 1 A320 Aircraft, the Seller will provide to the Buyer the following credits (collectively, the “ Group 1 Aircraft Credit Memoranda ”):
____________________________  
[***]  
Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended & Restated LA1                              LA1 - 3 of 12





Exhibit 10.33(b)



[***]
7.2
The Group 1 Aircraft Credit Memoranda are quoted at delivery conditions prevailing in the A320 Family Base Period and will be adjusted in accordance with the Seller Price Revision Formula, [***] in accordance with Paragraph 9 of this Letter Agreement.
7.3
The Group 1 Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of each Group 1 A320 Aircraft that is sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer. The Group 1 Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***]. Unless the Buyer gives the Seller notice to the contrary at least [***] before Delivery of a Group 1 A320 Aircraft, the Group 1 Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of the Group 1 A320 Aircraft.
8.      INCREMENTAL A321 AIRCRAFT
8.1
In respect of each Incremental A321 Aircraft that is sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer, the Seller will provide to the Buyer the following credits (collectively, the “ Incremental A321 Aircraft Credit Memoranda ”):
[***]
8.2
The Incremental A321 Aircraft Credit Memoranda are quoted at delivery conditions prevailing in the A320 Family Base Period and will be adjusted in accordance with the Seller Price Revision Formula, [***] in accordance with Paragraph 9 of this Letter Agreement.
8.3
The Incremental A321 Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of each Incremental A321 Aircraft that is sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer. The Incremental A321 Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***]. Unless the Buyer gives the Seller notice to the contrary at least [***] before Delivery of an Incremental A321 Aircraft, the Incremental A321 Aircraft Credit Memoranda will be [***] of the Incremental A321 Aircraft.
9.      [***]

10.      [***]
 
11.      [***]
 
12.      [***]
 


_________________________
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended & Restated LA1                              LA1 - 4 of 12



Exhibit 10.33(b)



13.      [***]
 
14.      [***]
 
15.      [***]

16.      [***]
 
17.      [***]
 
18.      [***]
 
19.      [***]
 
20.      [***]
 
21.      [***]
 
22.      ADMINISTRATION OF CREDITS
[***]
The above amounts are stated at delivery conditions prevailing in [***] and will be adjusted to the date of the respective availability in accordance with the Seller Price Revision Formula, as amended by Paragraph 9 of this Letter Agreement.
23.      ASSIGNMENT
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Letter Agreement or of the Agreement, this Letter Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Buyer hereunder will not be assigned or transferred in any manner without the prior written consent of the Seller, and any attempted
_________________________
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended & Restated LA1                              LA1 - 5 of 12



Exhibit 10.33(b)





assignment or transfer in contravention of the provisions of this Paragraph 23 will be void and of no force or effect.
24.      CONFIDENTIALITY
This Letter Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of Clause 22.10 of the Agreement.
25.      COUNTERPARTS
This Letter Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
If the foregoing correctly sets forth your understanding, please execute the original and one (1) copy hereof in the space provided below and return a copy to the Seller.
Very truly yours,
AIRBUS S.A.S.
    
/s/ John Leahy_____________________
    
By: John Leahy
Its: Chief Operating Officer, Customers
Accepted and Agreed
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

/s/ Mark D. Powers_________________

By: Mark D. Powers
Its: EVP Chief Financial Officer













131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended & Restated LA1                              LA1 - 6 of 12





Exhibit 10.33(b)


AMENDED AND RESTATED
LETTER AGREEMENT NO. 2

As of October 25, 2013

JetBlue Airways Corporation
27-01 Queens Plaza North
Long Island City, New York 11101


Re: PAYMENTS

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen,

JetBlue Airways Corporation (the “ Buyer ”) and Airbus S.A.S. (the “ Seller ”) have entered into an A320 Family Aircraft Purchase Agreement dated as of October 19, 2011 (as supplemented and amended by the other letter agreements, and as otherwise supplemented, amended or modified from time to time, including without limitation by Amendment No. 1 dated as of even date herewith the “ Agreement ”), which covers, among other matters, the sale by the Seller and the purchase by the Buyer of certain Aircraft, under the terms and conditions set forth in said Agreement. The Buyer and the Seller have agreed to set forth in this Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 2 (this “ Letter Agreement ”) certain additional terms and conditions regarding the sale of the Aircraft. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in this Letter Agreement will have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement. The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Letter Agreement.

Both parties agree that this Letter Agreement will constitute an integral, nonseverable part of said Agreement, that the provisions of said Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and that this Letter Agreement will be governed by the provisions of said Agreement, except that if the Agreement and this Letter Agreement have specific provisions which are inconsistent, the specific provisions contained in this Letter Agreement will govern.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller have entered into Letter Agreement No. 2 to the Agreement, setting forth certain terms and conditions regarding the sale of the Aircraft (the “ Original Letter Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller wish to amend and restate the Original Letter Agreement to incorporate relevant amendments to such Original Letter Agreement into a single document.

NOW THEREFORE IT IS AGREED THAT THE ORIGINAL LETTER AGREEMENT IS HEREBY AMENDED AND RESTATED TO READ IN ITS ENTIRETY AS FOLLOWS:













131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA2                      LA2 - 1 of 9




Exhibit 10.33(b)


1
PREDELIVERY PAYMENTS

1.1
For Backlog Aircraft (excluding Incremental A321 Aircraft and Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft), Clauses 5.3.2 and 5.3.3 of the Agreement are deleted in their entirety and replaced by Clauses 5.3.2 and 5.3.3 below between the QUOTE and UNQUOTE:

QUOTE

5.3.2
The Predelivery Payment Reference Price for a Backlog Aircraft to be delivered [***] is determined in accordance with the following formula:

[***].

5.3.3
Predelivery Payments will be paid according to the following schedule.

Payment Date
Percentage of Predelivery Payment
Reference Price
 
 
1 st  Payment
[***]
[***]
2 nd  Payment
[***]
[***]
3 rd  Payment
[***]
[***]
______________________________________________________
TOTAL PAYMENT PRIOR TO DELIVERY
[***]

In the event of the above schedule resulting in any Predelivery Payment falling due prior to the date of signature of the Agreement, such Predelivery Payments shall be made upon signature of this Agreement.

UNQUOTE

1.2
For NEO Aircraft (excluding Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft and Converted A321 NEO Aircraft), Clauses 5.3.2 and 5.3.3 of the Agreement are deleted in their entirety and replaced by Clauses 5.3.2 and 5.3.3 below between the QUOTE and UNQUOTE:

QUOTE

5.3.2      The Predelivery Payment Reference Price for a NEO Aircraft to be delivered [***] is determined in accordance with the following formula:

[***]


5.3.3      Predelivery Payments will be paid according to the following schedule.

______________________________  
[***]      Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA2                          LA2 - 2 of 9




Exhibit 10.33(b)





Payment Date
Percentage of Predelivery Payment
Reference Price
 
 
1 st  Payment
[***]
[***]
2 nd  Payment
[***]
[***]
3 rd  Payment
[***]
[***]
______________________________________________________
TOTAL PAYMENT PRIOR TO DELIVERY
[***]

In the event of the above schedule resulting in any Predelivery Payment falling due prior to the date of signature of the Agreement, such Predelivery Payments shall be made upon signature of this Agreement.

UNQUOTE

1.3
For Incremental A321 Aircraft and Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft, Clauses 5.3.2 and 5.3.3 of the Agreement are deleted in their entirety and replaced by Clauses 5.3.2 and 5.3.3 below between the QUOTE and UNQUOTE:

QUOTE

5.3.2
The Predelivery Payment Reference Price for an Incremental A321 Aircraft or a Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft to be delivered [***] is determined in accordance with the following formula:

[***]

5.3.3
Predelivery Payments will be paid according to the following schedule.

Payment Date
Percentage of Predelivery Payment
Reference Price
 
 
1 st  Payment
[***]
[***]
2 nd  Payment
[***]
[***]
3 rd  Payment
[***]
[***]
______________________________________________________
TOTAL PAYMENT PRIOR TO DELIVERY
[***]

______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA2                          LA2 - 3 of 9



Exhibit 10.33(b)




In the event of the above schedule resulting in any Predelivery Payment falling due prior to the date of signature of the Agreement, such Predelivery Payments shall be made upon signature of this Agreement.

UNQUOTE

1.4
For Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft and Converted A321 NEO Aircraft, Clauses 5.3.2 and 5.3.3 of the Agreement are deleted in their entirety and replaced by Clauses 5.3.2 and 5.3.3 below between the QUOTE and UNQUOTE:

QUOTE

5.3.2      The Predelivery Payment Reference Price for an Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft or a Converted A321 NEO Aircraft to be delivered [***] is determined in accordance with the following formula:

[***]

5.3.3      Predelivery Payments will be paid according to the following schedule.

Payment Date
Percentage of Predelivery Payment
Reference Price
 
 
1 st  Payment
[***]
[***]
2 nd  Payment
[***]
[***]
3 rd  Payment
[***]
[***]
______________________________________________________
TOTAL PAYMENT PRIOR TO DELIVERY
[***]

In the event of the above schedule resulting in any Predelivery Payment falling due prior to the date of signature of the Agreement, such Predelivery Payments shall be made upon signature of this Agreement.

UNQUOTE

2.
[***]

Clause 5.3.5 with the following quoted text is added to the Agreement:

QUOTE

[***]

______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA2                          LA2 - 4 of 9



Exhibit 10.33(b)




As used herein:

(i)      [***]

(ii)      " Business Day " shall mean any day which is not a Saturday or a Sunday and which is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or regulation to close in New York, New York, or London, England and

(iii)      [***]

UNQUOTE

3      BACKLOG AIRCRAFT [***]

The Buyer and the Seller acknowledge that the Buyer [***] in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 of this Letter Agreement.

4
ASSIGNMENT

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Letter Agreement or of the Agreement, this Letter Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Buyer hereunder will not be assigned or transferred in any manner without the prior written consent of the Seller, and any attempted assignment or transfer in contravention of the provisions of this Paragraph 4 will be void and of no force or effect.

5
CONFIDENTIALITY

This Letter Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of Clause 22.10 of the Agreement.

6
COUNTERPARTS

This Letter Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
















______________________________  
[***]      Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA2                          LA2 - 5 of 9




Exhibit 10.33(b)








If the foregoing correctly sets forth your understanding, please execute the original and one (1) copy hereof in the space provided below and return a copy to the Seller.

Very truly yours,

AIRBUS S.A.S.

/s/ John Leahy___________________


By: John Leahy
Its: Chief Operating Officer, Customers


Accepted and Agreed

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

/s/ Mark D. Powers__________________

By: Mark D. Powers
Its: EVP Chief Financial Officer


























131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA2                          LA2 - 6 of 9







Exhibit 10.33(b)





AMENDED AND RESTATED
LETTER AGREEMENT NO. 3

As of October 25, 2013

JetBlue Airways Corporation
27-01 Queens Plaza North
Long Island City, New York 11101


Re: [***]

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen,

JetBlue Airways Corporation (the “ Buyer ”) and Airbus S.A.S. (the “ Seller ”) have entered into an A320 Family Aircraft Purchase Agreement dated as of October 19, 2011 (as supplemented and amended by the other letter agreements, and as otherwise supplemented, amended or modified from time to time, including without limitation by Amendment No. 1 dated as of even date herewith (the “ Agreement ”), which covers, among other matters, the sale by the Seller and the purchase by the Buyer of certain Aircraft, under the terms and conditions set forth in said Agreement. The Buyer and the Seller have agreed to set forth in this Amended and Restated Letter Agreement No. 3 (this “ Letter Agreement ”) certain additional terms and conditions regarding the sale of the Aircraft. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in this Letter Agreement will have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement. The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Letter Agreement.

Both parties agree that this Letter Agreement will constitute an integral, nonseverable part of said Agreement, that the provisions of said Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and that this Letter Agreement will be governed by the provisions of said Agreement, except that if the Agreement and this Letter Agreement have specific provisions which are inconsistent, the specific provisions contained in this Letter Agreement will govern.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller have entered into Letter Agreement No. 3 to the Agreement, setting forth certain terms and conditions regarding the sale of the Aircraft (the “ Original Letter Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller wish to amend and restate the Original Letter Agreement to incorporate relevant amendments to such Original Letter Agreement into a single document.

NOW THEREFORE IT IS AGREED THAT THE ORIGINAL LETTER AGREEMENT IS HEREBY AMENDED AND RESTATED TO READ IN ITS ENTIRETY AS FOLLOWS:



______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA3                          LA3 - 1 of 15


1      DEFINITIONS

Clause 0 to the Agreement is amended to either modify or add the following defined terms between the words “QUOTE” and “UNQUOTE”:
    
QUOTE

A319 Aircraft - an Airbus A319-100 model aircraft firmly ordered under this Agreement including the A319 Airframe, the A319 Propulsion System, and any part, component, furnishing or equipment installed on the A319 Aircraft on Delivery.

A319 Airframe - any A319 Aircraft, excluding A319 Propulsion System therefor.

A319 NEO Aircraft - any or all of the A319 Aircraft that have been [***] pursuant to this Agreement together with all components, equipment, parts and accessories installed in or on such aircraft and the A319 NEO Propulsion System installed thereon upon Delivery.

A319 NEO Propulsion System - as defined in Clause 2.3.6, as set forth in Paragraph 3.2 of Letter Agreement No. 3.

A319 Propulsion System - as defined in Clause 2.3.5, as set forth in Paragraph 3.2 of Letter Agreement No. 3.

A319 Specification - either (a) the A319 Standard Specification if no SCNs are applicable or (b) if SCNs are issued, the A319 Standard Specification as amended by all applicable SCNs.

A319 Standard Specification - the A319 standard specification document number J.000.01000, Issue 7, dated June 20, 2011, which includes a maximum take-off weight (MTOW) of [***] metric tons, a maximum landing weight (MLW) of [***] metric tons and a maximum zero fuel weight (MZFW) of [***] metric tons, a copy of which is annexed as Appendix 1.

A321 Backlog Aircraft - any or all of the remaining thirty (30), of the fifty-two (52) A320-200 model aircraft originally to be sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer pursuant to the Original Agreement, as of the date hereof to be sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement as A321-200 model aircraft, and any [***] pursuant to this Agreement, together with all components, equipment, parts and accessories installed in or on such aircraft and the relevant A321 Propulsion System installed thereon.

A321 NEO Aircraft - any or all of the A321 aircraft that have been [***] pursuant to this Agreement together with all components, equipment, parts and accessories installed in or on such aircraft and the A321 NEO Propulsion System installed thereon upon Delivery. For the sake of clarity, A321 NEO Aircraft includes the Converted A321 NEO Aircraft and the Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft.

A321 NEO Propulsion System - as defined in Clause 2.3.4, as set forth in Paragraph 3.2 of Letter Agreement No. 3.


______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA3                          LA3 - 2 of 15



Exhibit 10.33(b)






Aircraft - individually or collectively, the Group 1 A320 Aircraft, the A319 NEO Aircraft, the A320 Backlog Aircraft, the A320 NEO Aircraft, the A321 Backlog Aircraft, the A321 NEO Aircraft, the Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft, the Converted A321 NEO Aircraft, the Incremental A321 Aircraft and the Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft, as applicable.

Airframe - as applicable, the A319 Airframe, the A320 Airframe or the A321 Airframe.

Backlog Aircraft - the A320 Backlog Aircraft and the A321 Backlog Aircraft.

Base Price of the Airframe - the Base Price of the A319 NEO Airframe, the Base Price of the A320 Backlog Airframe, the Base Price of A320 NEO Airframe, the Base Price of the A321 Backlog Airframe, the Base Price of the A321 NEO Airframe, the Base Price of the Group 1 A320 Airframe, the Base Price of the Incremental A321 Airframe, the Base Price of the Incremental A321 NEO Airframe, the Base Price of the Converted A321 Airframe or the Base Price of the Converted A321 NEO Airframe, as applicable.

Base Price of the A319 NEO Airframe - as defined in Paragraph 4 herein.

Base Price of the A321 NEO Airframe - as defined in Paragraph 4 herein.

Base Price of the Group 1 A320 Airframe - as defined in Paragraph 4 herein.

Base Price of the Converted A321 Backlog Airframe - as defined in Paragraph 4 herein.

Base Price of the Converted A321 NEO Airframe - as defined in Paragraph 4 herein.

Base Price of the Incremental A321 Airframe - as defined in Paragraph 4 herein.

Base Price of the Incremental A321 NEO Airframe - as defined in Paragraph 4 herein.

CFM LEAP X Propulsion System - the CFM LEAP X-1A24 Propulsion System, the CFM LEAP X-1A26 Propulsion Systems and the CFM LEAP X-1A32 Propulsion System, as applicable.

IAE Propulsion System - the IAE V2524-A5 Propulsion System, the IAE V2527-A5 Propulsion System and the IAE V2533-A5 Propulsion System, as applicable.

Irrevocable SCNs - the list of SCNs respectively set forth in Appendix 2, Exhibit B4 to the Agreement and Appendix 3, which are irrevocably part of the A319 NEO Aircraft specification set forth in Appendix 2, the A320 NEO Aircraft specification and the A321 NEO Aircraft specification, as applicable.

NEO Aircraft - an A319 NEO Aircraft, an A320 NEO Aircraft and an A321 NEO Aircraft, as applicable.

NEO Propulsion System - the A319 NEO Propulsion System, the A320 NEO Propulsion System and the A321 NEO Propulsion System, as applicable.

Propulsion System - the CFM LEAP X-1A24 Propulsion System, the CFM LEAP X-1A27 Propulsion System, the CFM LEAP X-1A32 Propulsion System, the IAE V2527-A5 Propulsion



131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA3                          LA3 - 3 of 15





Exhibit 10.33(b)






System, the IAE V2533-A5 Propulsion System, the PW1124G Propulsion System, the PW1127G Propulsion System and the PW1133G Propulsion System, as applicable.

PW Propulsion System - the PW1124G Propulsion System, the PW1127G Propulsion System and the PW1133G Propulsion System, as applicable.
 
Standard Specification - the A319 Standard Specification, the A320 Standard Specification and the A321 Standard Specification, as applicable.

2
[***]


2.3      Aircraft Specification

2.3.1
The A319 Standard Specification, as set forth in Appendix 1 to this Letter Agreement, is hereby incorporated into the Agreement.

2.3.2      Intentionally Left Blank

2.3.3
The A319 NEO Aircraft SCN List, as set forth in Appendix 3 to this Letter Agreement, is hereby incorporated into the Agreement.

2.3.4
The A321 NEO Aircraft SCN List, as set forth in Appendix 4 to this Letter Agreement, is hereby incorporated into the Agreement and shall also apply to the Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft.
    
2.3.5
Clauses 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following Clauses 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2 to read as set forth in the following quoted text:

QUOTE

2.1.2.1
The Seller is currently developing a new engine option (the “ New Engine Option ” or “ NEO ”), applicable to the A319-100, A320-200 and A321-200 model aircraft (the “ A320 Family Aircraft ”). The specification of the A320 Family Aircraft with NEO will be derived from the relevant Standard Specification and will include (i) as applicable, the relevant NEO Propulsion System (ii) Sharklets, (iii) airframe structural adaptations and (iv) Aircraft systems and software adaptations required to operate such A320 Family Aircraft with the New Engine Option. The foregoing is currently reflected in the Irrevocable SCNs listed in Exhibit B4 to the Agreement, Appendix 3 and Appendix 4 to this Letter Agreement, the implementation of which is hereby irrevocably accepted by the Buyer.

2.1.2.2      The New Engine Option shall modify the design weights of the

(i)
A319 Standard Specification as follows: MTOW of [ * **] metric tons, MLW of [***] metric tons and MZFW of [***] metric tons,


______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA3                          LA3 - 4 of 15




Exhibit 10.33(b)





(ii)
A320 Standard      Specification as follows: MTOW of [***] metric tons, MLW of [***]metric tons and MZFW of [***] metric tons, and

(iii)
the A321 Standard Specification as follows: MTOW of [***] metric tons, MLW of [***] metric tons and MZFW of [***] metric tons.

It is agreed and understood that the above design weights may be updated upon final NEO specification freeze.
UNQUOTE

3      PROPULSION SYSTEMS

3.1      Clause 2.3.2 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following quoted texted:

QUOTE

2.3.2
The A320 NEO Airframe will be equipped with either a set of two (2) (i) CFMI Leap-X1A26 engines with an AET of 26,600 lbf or (ii) PW1127G engines with an AET of 26,800 lbf (each, the “ A320 NEO Propulsion System ”).

UNQUOTE

3.2      New Clauses 2.3.4, 2.3.5 and 2.3.6 are inserted into the Agreement as set forth in the following quoted text:

QUOTE

2.3.4
The A321 NEO Airframe will be equipped with either a set of two (2) (i) CFM LEAP X-1A32 engines with an AET of 32,100 lbf or (ii) PW1133G engines with an AET of 32,700 lbf (each, the “ A321 NEO Propulsion System ”).

2.3.5      Intentionally Left Blank

2.3.6
The A319 NEO Airframe will be equipped with either a set of two (2) (i) CFM LEAP X-1A24 engines with an AET of 24,400 lbf or (ii) PW1124G engines with an AET of 24,500 lbf (each, the “ A319 NEO Propulsion System ”).

UNQUOTE

3.3      Clause 2.3.4 of the Agreement is renumbered to Clause 2.3.7.

3.4
CFM has informed the Seller of its intention to change the original development engine designation of all LEAP-X1A Propulsion Systems to LEAP-1A, and PW has informed the Seller of its intention to change the original development engine designation of all PW1100G Propulsion Systems to PW1100G-JM.

______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA3                          LA3 - 5 of 15






Exhibit 10.33(b)



The Buyer hereby agrees and accepts that any reference to respectively LEAP-X1A Propulsion Systems or LEAP-1A Propulsion Systems shall be construed as references to the same engine types.

The Buyer hereby agrees and accepts that any reference to respectively PW1100G Propulsion Systems or PW1100G-JM Propulsion Systems shall be construed as references to the same engine types.

The Buyer hereby acknowledges that any and all claims, concerns or issues it may have in respect of the foregoing shall be addressed directly to CFM or PW as applicable, and the Seller hereby declines any and all responsibility with respect to any modifications to Propulsion Sytem designations.

4      AIRFRAME BASE PRICES

4.1
New Clauses 3.1.9, 3.1.10, 3.1.11, 3.1.12, 3.1.13 and 3.1.14 are added to the Agreement to read as follows in the quoted text:

QUOTE

3.1.9
The “ Base Price of the A319 NEO Airframe” is the sum of the following base prices :


(i)
the base price of the A319 NEO Airframe as defined in the A319 Standard Specification (excluding Buyer Furnished Equipment), including nacelles and thrust reversers which is:

USD $[***]

(US Dollars - [***]),

(ii)
the sum of the base prices of the Irrevocable SCNs set forth in Appendix 3 to this Letter Agreement, which is the sum of:

a)
the base price of the New Engine Option is:

USD $[***]

(US Dollars - [***]) and

b)
the base price of the Sharklets is

USD $[***]

(US Dollars - [***]),


______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA3                          LA3 - 6 of 15



Exhibit 10.33(b)







(iii)
the sum of the base prices of any and all additional SCNs (other than Irrevocable SCNs to the extent included in Clause 3.1.9(ii)) set forth in Appendix 3 to this Letter Agreement is:

USD $[***]
    
(US Dollars - [***]), and

(iv)
the base price of the Master Charge Engine, which is applicable if a CFM LEAP X Propulsion System is selected, which is:

USD $[***] (US Dollars - [***]).

3.1.10
The A319 NEO Airframe Base Price has been established in accordance with the average economic conditions prevailing in the A320 Family Base Period.

3.1.11
The “ Base Price of the A321 NEO Airframe” is the sum of the following base prices :

(i)
the base price of the A321 NEO Airframe as defined in the A321 Standard Specification (excluding Buyer Furnished Equipment), including nacelles and thrust reversers which is:

USD $[***]

(US Dollars - [***]),

(ii)
the sum of the base prices of the Irrevocable SCNs set forth in Appendix 4 to this Letter Agreement, which is the sum of:

a)
the base price of the New Engine Option is:

USD $[***]

(US Dollars - [***]) and


b)
the base price of the Sharklets is

USD $[***]

(US Dollars - [***]), and

(iii)
the sum of the base prices of any and all additional SCNs (other than Irrevocable SCNs to the extent included in Clause 3.1.11(ii)) set forth in Appendix 4 to this Letter Agreement is:

USD $[***]


______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA3                          LA3 - 7 of 15



Exhibit 10.33(b)





(US Dollars - [***]), and

(iv)
the base price of the Master Charge Engine, which is applicable if a CFM LEAP X Propulsion System is selected, which is:

USD $[***] (US Dollars - [***]).

3.1.12      The A321 NEO Airframe Base Price has been established in accordance with the average economic conditions prevailing in the A320 Family Base Period.

UNQUOTE

4.2      New Clauses 3.2.5, 3.2.6 and 3.2.7 are added to the Agreement to read as follows in the quoted text:

QUOTE

3.2.5      Intentionally Left Blank


3.2.6
(i)      the base price of a set of two (2) CFM LEAP X-1A24 engines (the “ CFM LEAP X- 1A24 Propulsion System ” is

USD $[***]

(US Dollars - [***])

The Base Price of the CFM LEAP X-1A24 Propulsion System has been established in accordance with the delivery conditions prevailing in [***] and has been calculated from the applicable CFM Propulsion System Reference Price, as set forth in Part 2 of Exhibit C.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the CFM Propulsion System Reference Price corresponds to the thrust ratings defined for the respective Propulsion System in Clause 2.3 and may be revised to reflect thrust rating adjustments upon final NEO specification freeze.

(ii)
the base price of a set of two (2) CFM LEAP X-1A32 engines (the “ CFM LEAP X-1A32 Propulsion System ”) is

USD $[***]

(US Dollars - [***])

The Base Price of the CFM LEAP X-1A32 Propulsion System has been established in accordance with the delivery conditions prevailing in [***]and has been calculated from the applicable CFM Propulsion System Reference Price, as set forth in Part 2 of Exhibit C.



______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA3                          LA3 - 8 of 15



Exhibit 10.33(b)





Notwithstanding the foregoing, the CFM Propulsion System Reference Price corresponds to the thrust ratings defined for the respective Propulsion System in Clause 2.3 and may be revised to reflect thrust rating adjustments upon final NEO specification freeze.
        
3.2.7
(i)      the base price of a set of two (2) PW1124G engines (the “ PW1124G Propulsion System ”) is

USD $[***]

(US Dollars - [***])

The Base Price of the PW1124G Propulsion System has been established in accordance with the delivery conditions prevailing in [***] and has been calculated from the applicable PW Propulsion System Reference Price, as set forth in Part 4 of Exhibit C.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the PW Propulsion System Reference Price corresponds to the thrust ratings defined for the respective Propulsion System in Clause 2.3 and may be revised to reflect thrust rating adjustments upon final NEO specification freeze.

(ii)
the base price of a set of two (2) PW1133 engines (the “ PW1133G Propulsion System ”) is

USD $[***]

(US Dollars - [***])

The Base Price of the PW Propulsion System has been established in accordance with the delivery conditions prevailing in [***] and has been calculated from the applicable PW Propulsion System Reference Price, as set forth in Part 4 of Exhibit C.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the PW Propulsion System Reference Price corresponds to the thrust ratings defined for the respective Propulsion System in Clause 2.3 and may be revised to reflect thrust rating adjustments upon final NEO specification freeze.

UNQUOTE

5      OTHER COMMERCIAL TERMS

5.1
The Predelivery Payments for Backlog Aircraft (excluding Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft), is as set forth in Clause 5.3 of the Agreement as modified by Paragraphs 1.1 and 2 of Letter Agreement No. 2 to the Agreement.

5.2
The Predelivery Payments for NEO Aircraft (excluding the Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft and the Converted A321 NEO Aircraft) is as set forth in Clause 5.3 of the Agreement as modified by Paragraphs 1.2 and 2 of Letter Agreement No. 2 to the Agreement.

______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA3                          LA3 - 9 of 15





Exhibit 10.33(b)



5.3
The purchase incentives applicable to the A319 NEO Aircraft are set forth in Paragraphs 4.1 through 4.3 Letter Agreement No. 1 to the Agreement.

5.4
The purchase incentives applicable to the A321 NEO Aircraft are set forth in Paragraphs 6.1 through 6.3 of Letter Agreement No. 1 to the Agreement.

5.5
The [***] applicable to the A319 NEO Aircraft and the A321 NEO Aircraft is set forth in Paragraph 9 of Letter Agreement No. 1 to the Agreement.

6.      NEO AIRCRAFT AND [***]

6.1
Notwithstanding the Delivery Schedule set forth in Clause 9.1 of the Agreement, [***]

6.2      If the Seller exercises its right pursuant to Paragraph 6.1 above, [***]

6.3      Between [***] and [***], the [***].

6.4      Predelivery Payments received for any NEO Aircraft [***] pursuant to Paragraphs 6.1 or 6.3 above, [***].

[***]

8
ASSIGNMENT

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Letter Agreement or of the Agreement, this Letter Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Buyer hereunder will not be assigned or transferred in any manner without the prior written consent of the Seller, and any attempted assignment or transfer in contravention of the provisions of this Paragraph 8 will be void and of no force or effect.

9      CONFIDENTIALITY

This Letter Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of Clause 22.10 of the Agreement.

10      COUNTERPARTS

This Letter Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.










______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA3                          LA3 - 10 of 15






Exhibit 10.33(b)


If the foregoing correctly sets forth your understanding, please execute the original and one (1) copy hereof in the space provided below and return a copy to the Seller.
                         Very truly yours,
AIRBUS S.A.S.
    
/s/ John Leahy_____________________
    
By: John Leahy
Its: Chief Operating Officer, Customers
Accepted and Agreed
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

/s/ Mark D. Powers_________________

By: Mark D. Powers
Its: EVP Chief Financial Officer































131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA3                          LA3 - 11 of 15





Exhibit 10.33(b)




AMENDED AND RESTATED
LETTER AGREEMENT NO. 6
As of October 25, 2013
JetBlue Airways Corporation
27-01 Queens Plaza North
Long Island City, New York 11101
Re: SUPPORT MATTERS
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen,
JetBlue Airways Corporation (the “ Buyer ”) and Airbus S.A.S. (the “ Seller ”) have entered into an A320 Family Aircraft Purchase Agreement dated as of October 19, 2011 (as supplemented and amended by the other letter agreements, and as otherwise supplemented, amended or modified from time to time, including without limitation by Amendment No. 1 dated as of even date herewith (the “ Agreement ”), which covers, among other matters, the sale by the Seller and the purchase by the Buyer of certain Aircraft, under the terms and conditions set forth in said Agreement. The Buyer and the Seller have agreed to set forth in this amended and restated Letter Agreement No. 6 (this “ Letter Agreement ”) certain additional terms and conditions regarding the sale of the Aircraft. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in this Letter Agreement will have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement. The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Letter Agreement.
Both parties agree that this Letter Agreement will constitute an integral, nonseverable part of said Agreement, that the provisions of said Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and that this Letter Agreement will be governed by the provisions of said Agreement, except that if the Agreement and this Letter Agreement have specific provisions which are inconsistent, the specific provisions contained in this Letter Agreement will govern.
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller have entered into Letter Agreement No. 6 to the Agreement, setting forth certain terms and conditions regarding the sale of the Aircraft (the “ Original Letter Agreement ”).
WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller wish to amend and restate the Original Letter Agreement to incorporate relevant amendments to such Original Letter Agreement into a single document.
NOW THEREFORE IT IS AGREED THAT THE ORIGINAL LETTER AGREEMENT IS HEREBY AMENDED AND RESTATED TO READ IN ITS ENTIRETY AS FOLLOWS:













131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended & Restated LA6                          LA6 - 1 of 4




Exhibit 10.33(b)


1.      WARRANTY PERIOD
Clause 12.1.3 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following language between QUOTE and UNQUOTE:
QUOTE
12.1.3 The warranties set forth in Clauses 12.1.1 and 12.1.2 will be limited to those defects that [***] (the “Warranty Period”).
UNQUOTE
2.      REVISION SERVICE
2.1
For Backlog Aircraft (including Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft) and Incremental A321 Aircraft, Clause 14.5 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced by Clause 14.5 below between QUOTE and UNQUOTE:
QUOTE
14.5      Revision Service
For each Incremental A321 Aircraft firmly ordered under this Agreement, revision service for the Technical Data will be provided [***] (the “ Revision Service Period ”).
For each Backlog Aircraft (including Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft) firmly ordered under this Agreement, revision service for the Technical Data will be provided [***] (the “ Revision Service Period ”).
For each Backlog Aircraft (including Converted A321 Backlog Aircraft) firmly ordered under this Agreement, for the period from [***] (the “ Extended Revision Service Period ”), revision service will be provided [***].
Thereafter revision service will be provided in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Seller’s then current Customer Services Catalog.
UNQUOTE
2.2
For NEO Aircraft (including Converted A321 NEO Aircraft) and Incremental A321 NEO Aircraft, Clause 14.5 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced by Clause 14.5 below between QUOTE and UNQUOTE:
QUOTE
14.5      Revision Service
For each NEO Aircraft firmly ordered under this Agreement, revision service for the Technical Data will be provided [***] (also a “ Revision Service Period ”).

______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA6                          LA6 - 2 of 4






Exhibit 10.33(b)



Thereafter revision service will be provided in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Seller’s then current Customer Services Catalog.
UNQUOTE
3.      [***]
4.      [***]
5.      ASSIGNMENT
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Letter Agreement or of the Agreement, this Letter Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Buyer hereunder will not be assigned or transferred in any manner without the prior written consent of the Seller, and any attempted assignment or transfer in contravention of the provisions of this Paragraph 5 will be void and of no force or effect.
6.      CONFIDENTIALITY
This Letter Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of Clause 22.10 of the Agreement.
7.      COUNTERPARTS
This Letter Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.



If the foregoing correctly sets forth your understanding, please execute the original and one (1) copy hereof in the space provided below and return a copy to the Seller.
Very truly yours,
AIRBUS S.A.S.

/s/ John Leahy_____________________

By: John Leahy

Its: Chief Operating Officer, Customers

______________________________  
[***]     Represents material which has been redacted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended and Restated LA6                          LA6 - 3 of 4







Exhibit 10.33(b)


Accepted and Agreed
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION

/s/ Mark D. Powers__________________

By: Mark D. Powers

Its: EVP Chief Financial Officer



















131024_CT1303281_JBU_A320F_Amended & Restated LA6          LA6 - 4 of 4








JETBLUE AIRWAYS RETIREMENT PLAN
Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2013








Article I
DEFINITIONS      1
Article II
ADMINISTRATION      15
2.1
POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER      15
2.2
DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY      16
2.3
POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR      16
2.4
RECORDS AND REPORTS      17
2.5
APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS      17
2.6
PAYMENT OF EXPENSES      17
2.7
CLAIMS PROCEDURE      18
2.8
CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE      18
Article III
ELIGIBILITY      19
3.1
CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY      19
3.2
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION      19
3.3
DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY      19
3.4
TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY      20
3.5
OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE      20
3.6
INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE      20
3.7
REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICE      20
Article IV
CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION      21
4.1
FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION      21
4.2
PARTICIPANT’S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION      23
4.3
TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION      27
4.4
ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION AND EARNINGS      27
4.5
ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS      31
4.6
ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS      33
4.7
ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS      35
4.8
ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS      37
4.9
MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS      40
4.10
ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS      42
4.11
ROLLOVERS AND PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS      43
4.12
DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT      46
4.13
QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE      48





Article V
VALUATIONS      48
5.1
VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND      48
5.2
METHOD OF VALUATION      48
Article VI
DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS      49
6.1
DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT      49
6.2
DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH      49
6.3
DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY      51
6.4
DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION      51
6.5
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS      52
6.6
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH      54
6.7
TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION      55
6.8
DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT BENEFICIARY      55
6.9
LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN      55
6.10
PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION      56
6.11
ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP      56
6.12
QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION      58
6.13
LATEST TIME FOR MAKING DISTRIBUTION TO A TERMINATED PARTICIPANT      58
6.14
MILITARY WITHDRAWALS      58
Article VII
TRUSTEE      58
7.1
BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE      58
7.2
INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE      60
7.3
OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE      60
7.4
LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS      62
7.5
DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS      64
7.6
TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES      64
7.7
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE      64
7.8
AUDIT      65
7.9
RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE      65
7.10
TRANSFER OF INTEREST      66
7.11
TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION      67
7.12
DIRECT ROLLOVER; MANDATORY DISTRIBUTIONS      67
7.13
EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY      69
Article VIII AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS
69





8.1
AMENDMENT      69
8.2
TERMINATION      70
8.3
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS      71
Article IX
TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS      71
9.1
TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS      71
9.2
DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS      71
Article X
MISCELLANEOUS      74
10.1
PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS      74
10.2
ALIENATION      74
10.3
CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN      75
10.4
GENDER AND NUMBER      75
10.5
LEGAL ACTION      76
10.6
PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS      76
10.7
EMPLOYER’S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE      76
10.8
INSURER’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE      77
10.9
RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS      77
10.10
ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER      77
10.11
NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY      77
10.12
HEADINGS      78
10.13
APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE      78
10.14
UNIFORMITY      78
Article XI
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS      78
11.1
GENERAL RULES      78
11.2
TIME AND MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION      79
11.3
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS DURING PARTICIPANT’S LIFETIME      80
11.4
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER PARTICIPANT’S DEATH      80
11.5
DEFINITIONS      81
11.6
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS FOR 2009      82





JETBLUE AIRWAYS RETIREMENT PLAN
JetBlue Airways Corporation (the “Employer”) established the JetBlue Airways Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) effective as of October 1, 1999. The Plan was formerly known as the JetBlue Airways Corporation 401(k) Retirement Plan. The Plan was subsequently amended and restated in its entirety on December 31, 2001, and was subsequently amended by five additional amendments. The Plan was amended and restated in its entirety, effective January 1, 2005, except as otherwise provided herein. The Plan was again amended and restated in its entirety, generally effective as of January 1, 2009, to reflect changes required under the Pension Protection Act of 2006, the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Act of 2008, the Worker, Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 and to incorporate prior amendments. The Plan is now amended and restated in its entirety, generally effective as of January 1, 2013, to incorporate prior amendments and to make certain desired changes.
Article I

Article II DEFINITIONS
1. “Act” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.
2. “Administrator” means the Employer unless another person or entity has been designated by the Employer pursuant to Section 2.2 to administer the Plan on behalf of the Employer.
3. “Affiliated Employer” means any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Employer; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(0).
4. “Aggregate Account” means, with respect to each Participant, the value of all accounts maintained on behalf of a Participant, whether attributable to Employer or Employee contributions, subject to the provisions of Section 9.2.
5. “Anniversary Date” means the last day of the Plan Year.
6. “Beneficiary” means the person (or entity) to whom the share of a deceased Participant’s total account is payable, subject to the restrictions of Sections 6.2 and 6.6.
7. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to time.
8. “Compensation” with respect to any Participant means such Participant’s wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for the taxable year of the Participant ending with or within the Plan Year for which the Employer is required to furnish annually to the Participant a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).
For purposes of this Section, the determination of Compensation shall be made by:
(a) excluding, for purposes of the Employer’s discretionary profit sharing contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(c), the following items: per diem allowances and other similar types of expense reimbursements; the value of company-paid group term life insurance; the value of other non-cash fringe benefits, such as incentive passes and “positive space” travel benefits; moving allowances, relocation adjustments and other





similar payments and allowances; automobile expense allowances and reimbursements; annual bonuses to officers and directors, but not excluding cash incentive awards and other types of cash bonuses to Employees other than officers and directors; signing bonuses and other similar payments received in connection with becoming employed; “in lieu of” payments made to Highly Compensated Employees affected by the provisions of Section 4.10(a)(1); PTO payouts; any taxable compensation that may result from the grant or exercise of stock-based compensation; any other type of deferred compensation; severance pay and payments in the nature of severance benefits; non-taxable sick pay, workers compensation payments and payments under short-term and long-term disability plans; and payments under a pilots’ loss of license income replacement plan.
(b) excluding, for purposes of salary reduction elections pursuant to Section 4.2 and Employer matching contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the following items: per diem allowances and other similar types of expense reimbursements; the value of company-paid group term life insurance; the value of other non-cash fringe benefits, such as incentive passes and “positive space” travel benefits; moving allowances, relocation adjustments and other similar payments and allowances; automobile expense allowances and reimbursements; signing bonuses and other similar payments received in connection with becoming employed; “in lieu of” payments made to Highly Compensated Employees affected by the provisions of Section 4.10(a)(1); any taxable compensation that may result from the grant or exercise of stock-based compensation; any other type of deferred compensation; severance pay and payments in the nature of severance benefits; non-taxable sick pay; workers compensation payments and payments under any long- term disability plan; and payments under a pilots’ loss of license income replacement plan.
(c) including amounts which are contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which are not includible in the gross income of the Participant under Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b) or 457(b), and Employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions.
For a Participant’s initial year of participation, Compensation shall be recognized as of such Employee’s effective date of participation in the component of the Plan for which Compensation is being used pursuant to Section 3.2.
Compensation in excess of $200,000 (or such other amount provided in the Code) shall be disregarded for all purposes other than for purposes of salary deferral elections pursuant to Section 4.2. Such amount shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B), except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year shall be effective for the Plan Year beginning with or within such calendar year. For any short Plan Year the Compensation limit shall be an amount equal to the Compensation limit for the calendar year in which the Plan Year begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the short Plan Year by twelve (12).
If any class of Employees is excluded from the Plan, then Compensation for any Employee who becomes eligible or ceases to be eligible to participate during a Plan Year shall include only the portion of his Compensation earned while the Employee is an Eligible Employee.
Effective January 1, 2009, Compensation shall include the amount of any military differential wage payments made by the Employer to a Participant in accordance with section 3401(h) and section 414(u)(12) of the Code.





9. “Contract” or “Policy” means any life insurance policy, retirement income policy or annuity contract (group or individual) issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control
10. “Deferred Compensation” with respect to any Participant means the amount of the Participant’s total Compensation which has been contributed to the Plan in accordance with the Participant’s deferral election pursuant to Section 4.2 excluding any such amounts distributed as excess “annual additions” pursuant to Section 4.10(a). Unless specifically stated otherwise or unless otherwise required under Section 402A of the Code or the Regulations thereunder, Roth 401(k) Contributions shall be treated as Deferred Compensation for all purposes under the Plan. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007, Compensation for purposes of this paragraph shall not include any amounts that are excluded from the definition of compensation set forth in section 415(c)(3) of the Code. Compensation will include Post-Severance Compensation only to the extent that the processing of the relevant pay check began prior to the processing of the severance from employment. For purposes of determining matching contributions under Section 4.1(b), Deferred Compensation shall not include any Profit Sharing Deferral made pursuant to Section 4.2(a).
11. “Designated Investment Alternative” means a specific investment identified by name by the Employer (or such other Fiduciary who has been given the authority to select investment options) as an available investment under the Plan to which Plan assets may be invested by the Trustee pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant; provided, however, that one of such Designated Investment Alternatives shall invest primarily in Employer stock.
12. “Directed Investment Option” means one or more of the following:
(a) a Designated Investment Alternative.
(b) any other investment permitted by the Plan and the Participant Direction Procedures to which Plan assets may be invested by the Trustee pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant.
13. “Early Retirement Date.” This Plan does not provide for a retirement date prior to Normal Retirement Date.
14. “Elective Contribution” means the Employer contributions to the Plan of Deferred Compensation excluding any such amounts distributed as excess “annual additions” pursuant to Section 4.10(a). In addition, any Employer Qualified Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.6(b) which is used to satisfy the “Actual Deferral Percentage” tests shall be considered an Elective Contribution for purposes of the Plan. Any contributions deemed to be Elective Contributions (whether or not used to satisfy the “Actual Deferral Percentage” tests or the “Actual Contribution Percentage” tests) shall be subject to the requirements of Sections 4.2(b) and 4.2(c) and shall further be required to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b)(5) and Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b)(5), the provisions of which are specifically incorporated herein by reference. Unless specifically stated otherwise or unless otherwise required under Section 402A of the Code or the Regulations thereunder, Roth 401(k) Contributions will be treated as Elective Contributions for all purposes under the Plan.
15. “Eligible Employee” means any Employee except as specified below. Employees whose employment is governed by the terms of a collective bargaining agreement between Employee representatives (within the meaning of Code Section 7701(a)(46)) and the Employer under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between the parties will not be eligible to participate in this Plan unless such agreement expressly provides for coverage in this Plan.
Employees of Affiliated Employers shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan unless such Affiliated Employers have specifically adopted this Plan in writing.





Employees classified by the Employer as independent contractors who are subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be Employees shall not be Eligible Employees.
Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3).
Employees who are Leased Employees within the meaning of Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan.
Employees in the following additional classifications: (a) interns, including student interns; (b) residents of Puerto Rico; (c) customer service representatives employed on a short-term, seasonal basis (e.g., during holiday periods).
For purposes of Employer contributions described in Section 4.1(c), Employees employed by LiveTV, LLC.





16. “Employee” means any person who is employed by the Employer.
17. “Employer” means JetBlue Airways Corporation and any successor which shall maintain this Plan; and any predecessor which has maintained this Plan. The Employer is a corporation, with principal offices in the State of New York.
18. “Excess Aggregate Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of the aggregate amount of the Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) and any qualified nonelective contributions or elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section 4.7(c) on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year, over the maximum amount of such contributions permitted under the limitations of Section 4.7(a) (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants in order of the actual contribution ratios beginning with the highest of such ratios). Such determination shall be made after first taking into account corrections of any Excess Deferred Compensation pursuant to Section 4.2 and taking into account any adjustments of any Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 4.6.
19. “Excess Contributions” means, with respect to a Plan Year, the excess of Elective Contributions used to satisfy the “Actual Deferral Percentage” tests made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for the Plan Year over the maximum amount of such contributions permitted under Section 4.5(a) (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants in order of the actual deferral ratios beginning with the highest of such ratios). Excess Contributions shall be treated as an “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.9(b).
20. “Excess Deferred Compensation” means, with respect to any taxable year of a Participant, the excess of the aggregate amount of such Participant’s Deferred Compensation and the elective deferrals pursuant to Section 4.2(f) actually made on behalf of such Participant for such taxable year, over the dollar limitation provided for in Code Section 402(g), which is incorporated herein by reference. Excess Deferred Compensation shall be treated as an “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.9(b) when contributed to the Plan unless distributed to the affected Participant not later than the first April 15th following the close of the Participant’s taxable year. Additionally, for purposes of Sections 9.2 and 4.4(g), Excess Deferred Compensation shall continue to be treated as Employer contributions even if distributed pursuant to Section 4.2(f). However, Excess Deferred Compensation of Non-Highly Compensated Participants is not taken into account for purposes of Section 4.5(a) to the extent such Excess Deferred Compensation occurs pursuant to Section 4.2(d).
21. “Fiduciary” means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting management of the Plan or exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition of its assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of the Plan or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration of the Plan.
22. “Fiscal Year” means the Employer’s accounting year of 12 months commencing on January 1st of each year and ending the following December 31st.
23. “Forfeiture” means that portion of a Participant’s Account that is not Vested, and occurs on the earlier of:
(a) the distribution of the entire Vested portion of the Participant’s Account of a Former Participant who has severed employment with the Employer, or
(b) the last day of the Plan Year in which a Former Participant who has severed employment with the Employer incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.
Regardless of the preceding provisions, if a Former Participant is eligible to share in the allocation of Employer contributions or Forfeitures in the year in which the Forfeiture would otherwise





occur, then the Forfeiture will not occur until the end of the first Plan Year for which the Former Participant is not eligible to share in the allocation of Employer contributions or Forfeitures. Furthermore, the term “Forfeiture” shall also include amounts deemed to be Forfeitures pursuant to any other provision of this Plan.
24. “Former Participant” means a person who has been a Participant, but who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason.
25. “415 Compensation” with respect to any Participant means such Participant’s wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for a Plan Year for which the Employer is required to furnish the Participant a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. “415 Compensation” must be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).
Notwithstanding the preceding, “415 Compensation” shall also include Post-Severance Compensation. The term “Post-Severance Compensation” means the following amounts paid after an Employee’s severance from employment to the extent that such amounts are paid to the Employee by the later of 2½ months after the Employee’s severance from employment and the end of the “limitation year” that includes the Employee’s date of severance from employment:
(a) The payment of regular compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, provided that the payment would have been paid to the Employee prior to a severance from employment if the Employee had continued in employment with the Employer.
(b) Payments for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued and such amounts would have been included in the definition of “415 Compensation” if they had been paid prior to the Employee’s severance from employment, but only to the extent that the processing of the relevant pay check began prior to the processing of the severance from employment.
Compensation in excess of $200,000 (as adjusted in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code) shall be disregarded for purposes of this Section.
Effective January 1, 2009, 415 Compensation shall include the amount of any military differential wage payments made by the Employer to a Participant in accordance with section 3401(h) and section 414(u)(12) of the Code.
26. “414(s) Compensation” means any definition of compensation that satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 414(s) and the Regulations thereunder. The period for determining 414(s) Compensation must be either the Plan Year or the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year. An Employer may further limit the period taken into account to that part of the Plan Year or calendar year in which an Employee was a Participant in the component of the Plan being tested. The period used to determine 414(s) Compensation must be applied uniformly to all Participants for the Plan Year.
Effective January 1, 2009, 414(s) Compensation shall include the amount of any military differential wage payments made by the Employer to a Participant in accordance with section 3401(h) and section 414(u)(12) of the Code.





27. “Highly Compensated Employee” means, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, an Employee described in Code Section 414(q) and the Regulations thereunder, and generally means any Employee who:
(a) was a “five percent owner” as defined in Section 1.32(c) at any time during the “determination year” or the “lookback year”; or
(b) for the “lookback year” had “415 Compensation” from the Employer in excess of $80,000 and was in the Top-Paid Group for the “lookback year”. The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996.
The “determination year” means the Plan Year for which testing is being performed, and the “lookback year” means the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period.
A highly compensated former Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status as in effect for the “determination year,” in accordance with Regulation 1.414(q)-1T, A4 and IRS Notice 9745 (or any superseding guidance).
In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year beginning in 1997, the amendments to Code Section 414(q) stated above are treated as having been in effect for years beginning in 1996.
In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are nonresident aliens and who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. Additionally, all Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer and Leased Employees within the meaning of Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless such Leased Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified plan maintained by the Employer. The exclusion of Leased Employees for this purpose shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all of the Employer’s retirement plans. Highly Compensated Former Employees shall be treated as Highly Compensated Employees without regard to whether they performed services during the “determination year.”
28. “Highly Compensated Participant” means any Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to participate in the component of the Plan being tested.
29. “Hour of Service” means (1) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to compensation by the Employer for the performance of duties (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed); (2) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to compensation by the Employer (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such as vacation, holidays, sickness, jury duty, disability, layoff, military duty or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period (these hours will be calculated and credited pursuant to Department of Labor regulation 2530.200b-2 which is incorporated herein by reference); (3) each hour for which back pay is awarded or agreed to by the Employer without regard to mitigation of damages (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made). The same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under (3).
Notwithstanding (2) above, (i) no more than 501 Hours of Service are required to be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period); (ii) an hour for which an





Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker’s compensation, or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and (iii) Hours of Service are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.
For purposes of (2) above, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of vesting hereunder, a Participant shall be credited with Hours of Service on the basis of his payroll period in accordance with the equivalencies set forth in Department of Labor regulation 2530.200b-3(e)(1), which is incorporated herein by reference.
For purposes of this Section, Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other Affiliated Employers. The provisions of Department of Labor regulations 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.





30. “Income” means the income or losses allocable to Excess Deferred Compensation, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions which amount shall be allocated in the same manner as income or losses are allocated pursuant to Section 4.4(f). With respect to Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2006 and January 1, 2007 only or Excess Deferred Compensation for the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2007 only, Income shall include the allocable gain or loss for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution or forfeiture (or a date that is no more than seven days prior to the date of distribution or forfeiture).
31. “Investment Manager” means an entity that (a) has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of Plan assets and (b) acknowledges fiduciary responsibility to the Plan in writing. Such entity must be a person, firm, or corporation registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank, or an insurance company.
32. “Key Employee” means an Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date was an officer of the Employer having annual 415 Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1)), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3). The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the applicable Regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
33. “Late Retirement Date” means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following a Participant’s actual Retirement Date after having reached Normal Retirement Date.
34. “Leased Employee” means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient Employer and any other person or entity (“leasing organization”), has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient Employer.
35. “Non-Elective Contribution” means the Employer contributions to the Plan excluding, however, contributions made pursuant to the Participant’s deferral election provided for in Section 4.2 and any Qualified Non-Elective Contribution used in the “Actual Deferral Percentage” tests.
36. “Non-Highly Compensated Participant” means, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, any Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. However, for purposes of Section 4.5(a) and Section 4.6, if the prior year testing method is used, a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall be determined using the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for the preceding Plan Year.
37. “Non-Key Employee” means any Employee or former Employee (and such Employee’s or former Employee’s Beneficiaries) who is not, and has never been a Key Employee.
38. “Normal Retirement Age” means the Participant’s 60th birthday. A Participant shall become fully Vested in the Participant’s Account upon attaining Normal Retirement Age.
39. “Normal Retirement Date” means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age.
40. “1-Year Break in Service” means the applicable computation period during which an Employee has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service with the Employer. Further, solely for the purpose of determining whether a Participant has incurred a 1-Year Break in Service, Hours of Service shall be recognized for “authorized leaves of absence” and “maternity and paternity leaves of absence.” Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service shall be measured on the same computation period.





“Authorized leave of absence” means an unpaid, temporary cessation from active employment with the Employer pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory policy, whether occasioned by illness, military service, or any other reason.
A “maternity or paternity leave of absence” means an absence from work for any period by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, birth of the Employee’s child, placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child, or any absence for the purpose of caring for such child for a period immediately following such birth or placement. For this purpose, Hours of Service shall be credited for the computation period in which the absence from work begins, only if credit therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following computation period. The Hours of Service credited for a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” shall be those which would normally have been credited but for such absence, or, in any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine such hours normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of Service required to be credited for a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” shall not exceed the number of Hours of Service needed to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service.
41. “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan and has not for any reason become ineligible to participate further in the Plan.
42. “Participant Direction Procedures” means such instructions, guidelines or policies, the terms of which are incorporated herein, as shall be established pursuant to Section ‘4.12 and observed by the Administrator and applied and provided to Participants who have Participant Directed Accounts.
43. “Participant’s Account” means the account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to such Participant’s total interest in the Plan and Trust resulting from the Employer Non-Elective Contributions.
A separate accounting shall be maintained with respect to that portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b), Employer discretionary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(c) and any Employer Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.
44. “Participant’s Combined Account” means the total aggregate amount of each Participant’s Elective Account and Participant’s Account.
45. “Participant’s Directed Account” means that portion of a Participant’s interest in the Plan with respect to which the Participant has directed the investment in accordance with the Participant Direction Procedure.
46. “Participant’s Elective Account” means the account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to the Participant’s total interest in the Plan and Trust resulting from the Employer Elective Contributions used to satisfy the “Actual Deferral Percentage” tests. A separate accounting shall be maintained with respect to that portion of the Participant’s Elective Account attributable to such Elective Contributions pursuant to Section 4.2 and any Employer Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. A Participant’s Roth 401(k) Account will be deemed to be a subaccount of the Participant’s Elective Account; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, the Participant’s Roth 401(k) Account will be subject to separate accounting, and no contributions other than Roth 401(k) Contributions and properly attributable earnings, losses and expenses will be allocated to each Participant’s Roth 401(k) Account.
47. “Participant’s Transfer/Rollover Account” means the account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to the Participant’s total interest in the Plan resulting from amounts transferred to this Plan from a direct plan-to-plan transfer and/





or with respect to such Participant’s interest in the Plan resulting from amounts transferred from another qualified plan or “conduit” Individual Retirement Account in accordance with Section 4.11.
A separate accounting shall be maintained with respect to that portion of the Participant’s Transfer/Rollover Account attributable to transfers (within the meaning of Code Section 414(1)) and “rollovers.”
48. “Plan” means this instrument, including all amendments thereto.
49. “Plan Year” means the Plan’s accounting year of twelve (12) months commencing on January 1st of each year and ending the following December 31st, except for the first Plan Year which commenced October 1st.
50. “Profit Sharing Amount” means a discretionary profit sharing payment, if any, by the Employer attributable to a Plan Year ending or after December 31, 2012 and payable to the Participant in 2013 or later that exceeds 5% of eligible compensation pursuant to Section 4.1(c).
51. “Profit Sharing Deferral” means the portion of a Participant’s Compensation that is reduced in accordance with Section 4.2(a) and with respect to which a corresponding contribution is made to the Plan by the Employer.
52. “Qualified Non-Elective Contribution” means any Employer contributions made pursuant to Section 4.6(b) and Section 4.8(f). Such contributions shall be considered an Elective Contribution for the purposes of the Plan and used to satisfy the “Actual Deferral Percentage” tests or the “Actual Contribution Percentage” tests.
53. “Regulation” means the Income Tax Regulations as promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury or a delegate of the Secretary of the Treasury, and as amended from time to time. Any reference to Regulations under the Plan shall be deemed to include a reference to any successor to such Regulations.
54. “Retired Participant” means a person who has been a Participant, but who has become entitled to retirement benefits under the Plan.
55. “Retirement Date” means the date as of which a Participant retires for reasons other than Total and Permanent Disability, whether such retirement occurs on a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date (see Section 6.1).
56. “Roth 401(k) Account” means the account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to the Participant’s total interest in the Plan and Trust resulting from Roth 401(k) Contributions. Contributions and withdrawals of Roth 401(k) Contributions will be credited and debited to the Roth 401(k) Account maintained for each Participant. No contributions other than Roth 401(k) Contributions and properly attributable earnings, losses and expenses will be allocated to each Participant’s Roth 401(k) Account.
57. “Roth 401(k) Contribution” means a deferral election made pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Plan that is:
(a) designated irrevocably by the Participant at the time of the election as a Roth elective deferral that is being made in lieu of all or a portion of the pre-tax elective deferrals the Participant is otherwise eligible to make under the Plan; and
(b) treated by the Employer as includible in the Participant’s income at the time the Participant would have received that amount in cash if the Participant had not made a cash or deferred election.
58. “Terminated Participant” means a person who has been a Participant, but whose employment has been terminated other than by death, Total and Permanent Disability or retirement.
59. “Top Heavy Plan” means a plan described in Section 9.2(a).
60. “Top Heavy Plan Year” means a Plan Year during which the Plan is a Top Heavy





Plan.
61. “Top-Paid Group” means the top 20 percent of Employees who performed services for the Employer during the applicable year, ranked according to the amount of “415 Compensation” received from the Employer during such year. All Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer, and Leased Employees within the meaning of Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless such Leased Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified plan maintained by the Employer. Employees who are nonresident aliens who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. Furthermore, for the purpose of determining the number of active Employees in any year, the following additional Employees shall also be excluded, however, such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose of identifying the particular Employees in the Top-Paid Group:
(a) Employees with less than six (6) months of service;
(b) Employees who normally work less than 17½ hours per week;
(c) Employees who normally work less than six (6) months during a year; and
(d) Employees who have not yet attained age twenty-one (21).
In addition, if 90 percent or more of the Employees of the Employer are covered under agreements the Secretary of Labor finds to be collective bargaining agreements between Employee representatives and the Employer, and the Plan covers only Employees who are not covered under such agreements, then Employees covered by such agreements shall be excluded from both the total number of active Employees as well as from the identification of particular Employees in the Top-Paid Group.
The foregoing exclusions set forth in this Section shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable.
62. “Total and Permanent Disability” means a physical or mental condition of a Participant resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder which renders such Participant incapable of continuing usual and customary employment with the Employer. The disability of a Participant shall be determined by a licensed physician chosen by the Administrator. The determination shall be applied uniformly to all Participants.
63. “Trustee” means the person or entity named as trustee herein or in any separate trust forming a part of this Plan, and any successors.
64. “Trust Fund” means the assets of the Plan and Trust as the same shall exist from time to time.
65. “Valuation Date” means the Anniversary Date and may include any other date or dates deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator for the valuation of the Participants’ accounts during the Plan Year, which may include any day that the Trustee, any transfer agent appointed by the Trustee or the Employer or any stock exchange used by such agent, are open for business.
66. “Vested” means the nonforfeitable portion of any account maintained on behalf of a Participant.
67. “Year of Service” means the 12-month computation period set forth below during which an Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service.
For vesting purposes, the computation period is the fiscal period based upon which a Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year is determined for purposes of Section 1.8.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any short Plan Year, the determination of whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor





regulation 2530.203-2(c).
Years of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized.
Years of Service with LiveTV, LLC and its predecessors shall be recognized.
Article III

Article IV ADMINISTRATION
1.
POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER
(a) In addition to the general powers and responsibilities otherwise provided for in this Plan, the Employer shall be empowered to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator from time to time as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan to ensure that the Plan is being operated for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Code, and the Act. The Employer may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents (including any nonfiduciary agent) and other persons as the Employer deems necessary or desirable in connection with the exercise of its fiduciary duties under this Plan. The Employer may compensate such agents or advisers from the assets of the Plan as fiduciary expenses (but not including any business (settlor) expenses of the Employer), to the extent not paid by the Employer.
(b) The Employer may, by written agreement or designation, appoint at its option an Investment Manager (qualified under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended), investment adviser, or other agent to provide direction to the Trustee with respect to any or all of the Plan assets. Such appointment shall be given by the Employer in writing in a form acceptable to the Trustee and shall specifically identify the Plan assets with respect to which the Investment Manager or other agent shall have authority to direct the investment.
(c) The Employer shall establish a “funding policy and method,” i.e., it shall determine whether the Plan has a short run need for liquidity (e.g., to pay benefits) or whether liquidity is a long run goal and investment growth (and stability of same) is a more current need, or shall appoint a qualified person to do so. The Employer or its delegate shall communicate such needs and goals to the Trustee, who shall coordinate such Plan needs with its investment policy. The communication of such a “funding policy and method” shall not, however, constitute a directive to the Trustee as to the investment of the Trust Funds. Such “funding policy and method” shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan and with the requirements of Title I of the Act.
(d) The Employer shall periodically review the performance of any Fiduciary or other person to whom duties have been delegated or allocated by it under the provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures established hereunder. This requirement may be satisfied by formal periodic review by the Employer or by a qualified person specifically designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or through other appropriate ways.
2.
DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY
The Employer shall be the Administrator. The Employer may appoint any person, including, but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, to perform the duties of the Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer. Upon the resignation or removal of any individual performing the duties of the Administrator, the Employer may designate a successor.





3.
POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR
The primary responsibility of the Administrator is to administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Plan. The Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to construe the terms of the Plan and to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Any such determination by the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. The Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply any information, or reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan; provided, however, that any procedure, discretionary act, interpretation or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon uniform principles consistently applied and shall be consistent with the intent that the Plan shall continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of Code Section 401(a), and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all regulations issued pursuant thereto. The Administrator shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to accomplish the Administrator’s duties under the Plan.
The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general administration of the Plan as set forth under the terms of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following:
(a) the discretion to determine all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate or remain a Participant hereunder and to receive benefits under the Plan;
(b) to compute, certify, and direct the Trustee with respect to the amount and the kind of benefits to which any Participant shall be entitled hereunder;
(c) to authorize and direct the Trustee with respect to all discretionary or otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust;
(d) to maintain all necessary records for the administration of the Plan;
(e) to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make and publish such rules for regulation of the Plan as are consistent with the terms hereof;
(f) to determine the size and type of any Contract to be purchased from any insurer, and to designate the insurer from which such Contract shall be purchased;
(g) to compute and certify to the Employer and to the Trustee from time to time the sums of money necessary or desirable to be contributed to the Plan;
(h) to consult with the Employer and the Trustee regarding the short and long-term liquidity needs of the Plan in order that the Trustee can exercise any investment discretion in a manner designed to accomplish specific objectives;
(i) to prepare and implement a procedure to notify Eligible Employees that they may elect to have a portion of their Compensation deferred or paid to them in cash;
(j) to act as the named Fiduciary responsible for communications with Participants as needed to maintain Plan compliance with Act Section 404(c), including, but not limited to, the receipt and transmitting of Participant’s directions as to the investment of their account(s) under the Plan and the formulation of policies, rules, and procedures pursuant to which Participants may give investment instructions with respect to the investment of their accounts;
(k) to determine the validity of, and take appropriate action with respect to, any qualified domestic relations order received by it; and
(l) to assist any Participant regarding the Participant’s rights, benefits, or elections available under the Plan.





4.
RECORDS AND REPORTS
The Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep all other books of account, records, policies, and other data that may be necessary for proper administration of the Plan and shall be responsible for supplying all information and reports to the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor, Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law.
5.
APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS
The Administrator, or the Trustee with the consent of the Administrator, may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents (including nonfiduciary agents) and other persons as the Administrator or the Trustee deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of this Plan, including but not limited to agents and advisers to assist with the administration and management of the Plan, and thereby to provide, among such other duties as the Administrator may appoint, assistance with maintaining Plan records and the providing of investment information to the Plan’s investment fiduciaries and to Plan Participants.
6.
PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
All expenses of administration may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless paid by the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the Administrator, or any person or persons retained or appointed by any Named Fiduciary incident to the exercise of their duties under the Plan, including, but not limited to, fees of accountants, counsel, Investment Managers, agents (including nonfiduciary agents) appointed for the purpose of assisting the Administrator or the Trustee in carrying out the instructions of Participants as to the directed investment of their accounts and other specialists and their agents, the costs of any bonds required pursuant to Act Section 412, and other costs of administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of the Trust Fund.
7.
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the Administrator. Written notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the claimant within ninety (90) days after the application is filed, or such period as is required by applicable law or Department of Labor regulation. In the event the claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in the notice in language calculated to be understood by the claimant, pertinent provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided. In addition, the claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure.
8.
CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE
Any Employee, former Employee, or Beneficiary of either, who has been denied a benefit by a decision of the Administrator pursuant to Section 2.7 shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review of such decision under a claims review procedure established by the Administrator. Such claims review procedure shall comply with the requirements of Department of Labor regulation 2560.503-1, as amended from time to time.
The foregoing claims procedures described in Section 2.7 and this Section 2.8 shall be administered in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA and guidance issued thereunder. Any written notice required to be given to the claimant may, at the option of the Administrator and in accordance with guidance issued under Section 503 of ERISA, be provided electronically. In no event may a claim for benefits be filed by a claimant more than 120 days after the applicable “Notice Date,” as defined below.
In any case where benefits are paid to the claimant as a lump sum, the Notice Date shall be the date of payment of the lump sum.





In any case where the Plan (prior to the filing of a claim for benefits) determines that an individual is not entitled to benefits (for example (without limitation) where an individual terminates employment and the Plan determines that he has not vested) and the Plan provides written notice to such person of its determination, the Notice Date shall be the date of the individual's receipt of such notice.
In any case where the Plan provides an individual with a written statement of his account as of a specific date or the amounts credited to, or charged against, his account within a specified period, the Notice Date with regard to matters described in such statement shall be the date of the receipt of such notice by such individual (or beneficiary).
In no event may any legal proceeding regarding entitlement to benefits or any aspect of benefits under the Plan be commenced later than the earliest of (i) two years after the applicable Notice Date; or (ii) one year after the date a claimant receives a decision from the Administrator regarding his appeal, or (iii) the date otherwise prescribed by applicable law.
Article V

Article VI ELIGIBILITY
1.
CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY
An Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate hereunder on the date of such Employee’s employment with the Employer.
2.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION
With respect to salary reduction elections pursuant to Section 4.2 and Employer matching contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(b), an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan effective as of the later of (a) his date of employment with the Employer and (b) the first day of the payroll period in which his deferral election becomes effective in accordance with the rules established pursuant to Section 4.2(j).
With respect to Employer discretionary contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(c), an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant effective as of the date on which such Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 3.1, subject to any additional eligibility requirements set forth under Section 4.1(c).
If, prior to the effective date of participation, an Employee who has satisfied the eligibility conditions set forth in Section 3.1 above and would otherwise have become a Participant, shall go from an ineligible classification of Employee to that of an Eligible Employee, such Employee shall enter into participation on the date such Employee becomes an Eligible Employee or, if later, the date the Employee would otherwise have entered the Plan had the Employee always been an Eligible Employee.
If, prior to the effective date of participation, an Employee who has satisfied the eligibility conditions set forth in Section 3.1 and would otherwise become a Participant, shall go from the classification of an Eligible Employee to an ineligible classification of Employees, such Employee shall enter into participation on the date such Employee again becomes an Eligible Employee, or, if later, the date the Employee would otherwise have entered into participation had the Employee always been an Eligible Employee. However, if such Employee incurs a 1-Year Break in Service, eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules set forth in Section 3.7.
3.
DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY
The Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each Employee for participation in the Plan based upon information furnished by the Employer. Such determination shall be conclusive and





binding upon all persons, as long as the same is made pursuant to the Plan and the Act. Such determination shall be subject to review pursuant to Section 2.8.
4.
TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY
In the event a Participant shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to an ineligible Employee, such Former Participant shall continue to vest in the Plan for each Year of Service completed while a non-eligible Employee, until such time as the Participant’s Account is forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Additionally, the Former Participant’s interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund.
5.
OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE
If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by the Employer for the year has been made and allocated, then the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution, if necessary after the application of Section 4.4(c), so that the omitted Employee receives a total amount which the Employee would have received (including both Employer contributions and earnings thereon) had the Employee not been omitted. Such contribution shall be made regardless of whether it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.
6.
INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE
If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made and allocated, the Employer shall be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person provided the error is discovered within twelve (12) months of the date on which it was made. Otherwise, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a Forfeiture for the Plan Year in which the discovery is made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Deferred Compensation made by an ineligible person shall be distributed to the person (along with any earnings attributable to such Deferred Compensation).
7.
REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICE
(a) If any Participant becomes a Former Participant due to severance from employment with the Employer and is re-employed by the Employer before a 1-Year Break in Service occurs, the Former Participant shall become a Participant as of the re-employment date.
(b) If any Participant becomes a Former Participant due to severance from employment with the Employer and is re-employed after a 1-Year Break in Service has occurred, Years of Service shall include Years of Service prior to the 1-Year Break in Service subject to the following rules:
(1) In the case of a Former Participant who under the Plan does not have a nonforfeitable right to any interest in the Plan resulting from Employer contributions (including, effective January 1, 2006, Elective Contributions), Years of Service before a period of 1-Year Break in Service will not be taken into account if the number of consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service equal or exceed the greater of (A) five (5) or (B) the aggregate number of pre-break Years of Service. Such aggregate number of Years of Service will not include any Years of Service disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior 1-Year Breaks in Service.
(2) A Former Participant shall participate in the Plan as of the date of re-employment.





(c) After a Former Participant who has severed employment with the Employer incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, the Vested portion of said Former Participant’s Account attributable to pre-break service shall not be increased as a result of post-break service. In such case, separate accounts will be maintained as follows:
(1) one account for nonforfeitable benefits attributable to pre-break service; and
(2) one account representing the Participant’s Employer derived account balance in the Plan attributable to post-break service.
(d) If any Participant becomes a Former Participant due to severance of employment with the Employer and is re-employed by the Employer before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, and such Former Participant had received a distribution of the entire Vested interest prior to re-employment, then the forfeited account shall be reinstated only if the Former Participant repays the full amount which had been distributed. Such repayment must be made before the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently re-employed by the Employer or the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution. If a distribution occurs for any reason other than a severance of employment, the time for repayment may not end earlier than five (5) years after the date of distribution. In the event the Former Participant does repay the full amount distributed, the undistributed forfeited portion of the Participant’s Account must be restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring subsequent to the Valuation Date preceding the distribution. The source for such reinstatement may be Forfeitures occurring during the Plan Year. If such source is insufficient, then the Employer will contribute an amount which is sufficient to restore any such forfeited Accounts provided, however, that if a discretionary contribution is made for such year pursuant to Section 4.1(c), such contribution will first be applied to restore any such Accounts and the remainder shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.4.
Article VII
Article VIII CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION
1.
FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan:
(a) The amount of the total salary reduction elections of all Participants made pursuant to Section 4.2(a), which amount shall be deemed an Employer Elective Contribution.
(b) On behalf of a Participant who elects to defer Compensation in accordance with Section 4.2(a) hereof, a matching contribution equal to 100% of such Participant’s Deferred Compensation not in excess of 5% of his Compensation for the Plan Year, which amount shall be deemed an Employer Non-Elective Contribution. For purposes of the foregoing, the Employer shall accrue an incremental portion of the matching contribution separately each pay period during the Year, and shall contribute with respect to each pay period only the amount not in excess of 5% of the Participant’s Compensation for the period. After the end of the Plan Year, the Employer shall make a “true-up” contribution on behalf of each Participant, equal to the excess of the matching contribution payable for the entire Plan Year, as determined under the first sentence hereof, over the aggregate amount of the periodic contributions previously made for the Year.
(c) At its discretion, an amount allocated with respect to each quarter occurring in the Plan Year for each eligible Participant who is in a non-managerial workgroup (unless otherwise provided in Exhibit A) as set forth in Exhibit A (as updated from time to time by the Employer) equal to 5% of the Participant’s Compensation actually paid in such quarter





(the “Retirement Plus” contribution). In addition, at its discretion, the Employer shall contribute for each month during a Plan Year an additional amount for each eligible Participant who is in a non-managerial workgroup (unless otherwise provided in Exhibit A) as set forth in Exhibit A (as updated from time to time by the Employer) equal to 3% of the Participant’s Compensation (the “Retirement Advantage” contribution) for such month. Both the Retirement Plus and Retirement Advantage contributions shall each be deemed an Employer Non-Elective Contribution.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, effective as of January 1, 2007, Employees employed by LiveTV, LLC are not eligible to receive an allocation of any such discretionary Employer Non-Elective Contributions.
(d) Additionally, to the extent necessary, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan the amount necessary to provide the top heavy minimum contribution. The Employer shall further contribute to the Plan the amount required under the “minimum gateway” rules of Regulation 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(vi) on behalf of all or certain Non-Highly Compensated Participants (as necessary) in order to allow the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) on a “cross-tested” basis; provided, however, that each such Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall have an allocation rate (within the meaning of Regulation 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(vii)) that is not less than the lesser of five percent (5%) or one-third of the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Participant with the highest allocation rate. The “minimum gateway” contribution described in the preceding sentence (i) shall be made solely if and to the extent that the Employer elects in its discretion to test on such “cross-tested” basis in a given Plan Year, (ii) shall not be deemed accrued by any Participant prior to the date it is actually made, and (iii) is intended to reflect the “minimum gateway” requirement of Regulation 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(vi), and shall have no application except as, and to the smallest extent, required by that regulation.
All contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or in such property as is acceptable to the Trustee.
2.
PARTICIPANT’S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION
(a) Each Participant may elect to defer, from the Compensation otherwise payable to him during the Plan Year but for such election, an amount not exceeding the limits otherwise set forth in this Plan. A deferral election (or modification of an earlier election) may not be made with respect to Compensation that is currently available on or before the date the Participant executes such election. For purposes of this Section, Compensation shall be determined prior to any reductions made pursuant to Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b) or 457(b), and Employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions.
The amount by which Compensation is reduced shall be that Participant’s Deferred Compensation and be treated as an Employer Elective Contribution and allocated to that Participant’s Elective Account.
All employees who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this Plan and who have or will have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with and subject to the limitations of Code Section 414(v). Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of this Plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy its provisions





implementing the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b) or 416, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up contributions.
Each Participant may execute a separate Profit Sharing Deferral election on a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator pursuant to which such Participant may elect to defer the entire amount of any Profit Sharing Amount received on and after the effective date of the election through payroll reduction.
(b) The balance in each Participant’s Elective Account shall be fully Vested at all times and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason.
(c) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, amounts held in the Participant’s Elective Account may not be distributable (including any offset of loans) earlier than:
(1) a Participant’s severance from employment, Total and Permanent Disability, or death;
(2) a Participant’s attainment of age 59;
(3) the termination of the Plan without the existence at the time of Plan termination of another defined contribution plan or the establishment of a successor defined contribution plan by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer within the period ending twelve months after distribution of all assets from the Plan maintained by the Employer. For this purpose, a defined contribution plan does not include an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409), a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code Section 408(k)), or a simple individual retirement account plan (as defined in Code Section 408(p));
(4) the date of disposition by the Employer to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business of such corporation if such corporation continues to maintain this Plan after the disposition with respect to a Participant who continues employment with the corporation acquiring such assets;
(5) the date of disposition by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer who maintains the Plan of its interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)) to an entity which is not an Affiliated Employer but only with respect to a Participant who continues employment with such subsidiary; or
(6) the proven financial hardship of a Participant, subject to the limitations of Section 6.11.
(d) For each Plan Year, a Participant’s Deferred Compensation made under this Plan and all other plans, contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan shall not exceed, during any taxable year of the Participant, the limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in effect at the beginning of such taxable year, except to the extent permitted under Section 4.2(a) and Code Section 414(v). If such dollar limitation is exceeded, a Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrator of such excess amount, which shall be distributed in a manner consistent with Section 4.2(f). The foregoing dollar limitations shall be adjusted annually pursuant to the method provided in the Code and Regulations.
(e) In the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution from the Participant’s Elective Account pursuant to Section 6.11(b) or pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv)(B) from any other plan maintained by the Employer, then such Participant shall not be permitted to elect to have Deferred Compensation contributed to the Plan for a





period of twelve (12) months following the receipt of the distribution. Furthermore, the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) shall be reduced, with respect to the Participant’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the hardship distribution was made, by the amount of such Participant’s Deferred Compensation, if any, pursuant to this Plan (and any other plan maintained by the Employer) for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.
(f) If a Participant’s Deferred Compensation under this Plan together with any elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation 1.402(g)-1(b)) under another qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as described in Code Section 401(k)), a simplified employee pension (as described in Code Section 408(k)(6)), a simple individual retirement account plan (as described in Code Section 408(p)), a salary reduction arrangement (within the meaning of Code Section 3121(a)(5)(D)), a deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457(b), or a trust described in Code Section 501(c)(18) cumulatively exceed the limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g) (as adjusted annually in accordance with the method provided in Code Section 415(d) pursuant to Regulations) for such Participant’s taxable year, the Participant may, not later than March 1 following the close of the Participant’s taxable year, notify the Administrator in writing of such excess and request that the Participant’s Deferred Compensation under this Plan be reduced by an amount specified by the Participant. In such event, the Administrator may direct the Trustee to distribute such excess amount (and any Income allocable to such excess amount) to the Participant not later than the first April 15th following the close of the Participant’s taxable year. Any distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess Deferred Compensation and Income shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess Deferred Compensation and Income. The amount distributed shall not exceed the Participant’s Deferred Compensation under the Plan for the taxable year (and any Income allocable to such excess amount). Any distribution on or before the last day of the Participant’s taxable year must satisfy each of the following conditions:
(1) the distribution must be made after the date on which the Plan received the Excess Deferred Compensation;
(2) the Participant shall designate the distribution as Excess Deferred Compensation; and
(3) the Plan must designate the distribution as a distribution of Excess Deferred Compensation.
Any distribution made pursuant to this Section 4.2(f) shall be made first from unmatched Deferred Compensation and, thereafter, from Deferred Compensation which is matched. Matching contributions which relate to such Deferred Compensation shall be forfeited.
To the extent a Participant who is to receive a distribution pursuant to this Section 4.2(f) made both non-Roth Elective Deferrals and Roth 401(k) Contributions to the Plan for the relevant Plan Year, such distribution, whether of unmatched contributions or matched contributions, shall be distributed from the Participant’s non-Roth Elective Account and Roth 401(k) Contribution Account on a pro-rata basis, respectively.
(g) Notwithstanding Section 4.2(f) above, a Participant’s Excess Deferred Compensation shall be reduced, but not below zero, by any distribution of Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 4.6(a) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the taxable year of the Participant.





(h) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market value of the Participant’s Elective Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary.
(i) Employer Elective Contributions made pursuant to this Section may be segregated into a separate account for each Participant in a federally insured savings account, certificate of deposit in a bank or savings and loan association, money market certificate, or other short-term debt security acceptable to the Trustee until such time as the allocations pursuant to Section 4.4 have been made.
(j) The Employer and the Administrator shall implement the salary reduction elections provided for herein in accordance with the following:
(1) An Eligible Employee may make an initial salary deferral election within a reasonable time, not to exceed thirty (30) days, after first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3.2. If the Eligible Employee fails to make an initial salary deferral election within such time, then such Eligible Employee may thereafter make an election in accordance with the rules governing modifications. Such election shall constitute a binding salary reduction agreement between such Employee and the Employer and shall be filed with the Administrator. Such election shall initially be effective beginning with the pay period during which or next following the acceptance of the salary reduction agreement by the Administrator, or as otherwise specified in rules established by the Administrator hereunder. The election shall not have retroactive effect, and shall remain in force until modified or revoked.
(2) A Participant may modify a prior election at any time during the Plan Year and concurrently make a new election by filing such new election with the Administrator. A modification shall not have retroactive effect, and shall remain in force until further modified or revoked.
(3) A Participant may elect to prospectively revoke his salary reduction agreement in its entirety at any time during the Plan Year by providing the Administrator with such advance notice as may be acceptable to the Administrator. Such revocation shall become effective in accordance with the rules established by the Administrator hereunder. Furthermore, the termination of the Participant’s employment or the cessation of his participation for any other reason shall be deemed to revoke any salary reduction agreement then in effect, effective immediately following the close of the pay period within which such termination or cessation occurs.
(4) The Administrator shall have authority to establish reasonable procedures governing the making of elections hereunder. These procedures shall determine the payroll period with respect to which elections shall become effective, with the aim of giving effect to elections promptly and without undue delay after being made and accepted, while at the same time taking into account the reasonable requirements of the Employer’s payroll, plan recordkeeping and other information systems.
3.
TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
The Employer shall make all contribution to the Plan within the applicable time limits prescribed by law. Subject to the preceding requirement and any other provision set forth in this Plan, the Employer may make its contributions to the Plan for a particular Plan Year at such time or times as the Employer, in its sole discretion, may determine.





4.
ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION AND EARNINGS
(a) The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each Anniversary Date, or other Valuation Date, all amounts allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein.
(b) The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of the Employer contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the Administrator shall allocate such contribution as follows:
(1) With respect to the Employer Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.1(a), to each Participant’s Elective Account in an amount equal to each such Participant’s Deferred Compensation for the year.
(2) With respect to the Employer Non-Elective Contribution (“matching contribution”) made pursuant to Section 4.1(b), to each Participant’s Account in accordance with Section 4.1(b).
Any Participant actively employed at any time during the Plan Year shall be eligible to share in the matching contribution for the Plan Year.
(3) With respect to the Employer Non-Elective Contribution (“discretionary contribution”) made pursuant to Section 4.1(c), in the amounts described in such Section 4.1(c).
Only Participants who are actively employed on the last day of the applicable quarter shall be eligible to share in the Retirement Plus contribution described in Section 4.1(c) attributable to that quarter. An Employee who is on an approved leave of absence as of the last day of the applicable quarter, including an unpaid leave of absence, shall be deemed to be actively employed for purposes of the foregoing requirement unless the Employer has determined that such Employee is not reasonably expected to return to employment at the expiration of such leave.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in an applicable Exhibit, the “discretionary contribution” shall not be made to any participant whose job classification is a “manager” or above on the last day of the period for which such contribution is made.
(c) On or before each Anniversary Date any amounts which became Forfeitures since the last Anniversary Date may be made available to reinstate previously forfeited account balances of Former Participants, if any, in accordance with Section 3.7(d), be used to satisfy any contribution that may be required pursuant to Sections 3.5 and 6.9, or be used to pay any administrative expenses of the Plan. The remaining Forfeitures, if any, shall be used to reduce the Employer’s contributions hereunder.
(d) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, Employees not otherwise eligible to share in the allocation of contributions as provided above, shall receive the minimum allocation provided for in Section 4.4(g) if eligible pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4(i).
(e) Notwithstanding the first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 4.4(b)(3) above, however, (1) a Participant who is no longer actively employed on the last day of the applicable quarter on account of death or Total and Permanent Disability during the applicable quarter shall be entitled to share in the Retirement Plus contribution described in Section 4.1(c) for the applicable quarter; provided he had Compensation from the Employer in such quarter and (2) a Participant who is no longer actively employed on the last day of the applicable quarter on account of his retirement during the applicable quarter





at or after Normal Retirement Age shall be entitled to share in the Retirement Plus contribution described in Section 4.1(c); provided he had Compensation from the Employer in such quarter.
(f) As of each Valuation Date, before the current valuation period allocation of Employer contributions, any earnings or losses (net appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Participant’s and Former Participant’s nonsegregated accounts bear to the total of all Participants’ and Former Participants’ nonsegregated accounts as of such date. Earnings or losses with respect to a Participant’s Directed Account shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.12.
Participants’ transfers from other qualified plans deposited in the general Trust Fund shall share in any earnings and losses (net appreciation or depreciation) of the Trust Fund in the same manner provided above. Each segregated account maintained on behalf of a Participant shall be credited or charged with its separate earnings and losses.
(g) Minimum Allocations Required for Top Heavy Plan Years: Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the sum of the Employer contributions allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Employee shall be equal to at least three percent (3%) of such Employee’s “415 Compensation” (reduced by contributions and forfeitures, if any, allocated to each Employee in any defined contribution plan included with this Plan in a Required Aggregation Group). However, if (1) the sum of the Employer contributions allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year is less than three percent (3%) of each Key Employee’s “415 Compensation” and (2) this Plan is not required to be included in an Aggregation Group to enable a defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, the sum of the Employer contributions allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Employee shall be equal to the largest percentage allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee. Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and of this Section 4.4(g). The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m). However, in determining whether a Non-Key Employee has received the required minimum allocation, such Non-Key Employee’s Deferred Compensation needed to satisfy the “Actual Contribution Percentage” tests pursuant to Section 4.7(a), if any, shall not be taken into account.
No such minimum allocation shall be required in this Plan for any Employee who participates in another defined contribution plan subject to Code Section 412 included with this Plan in a Required Aggregation Group.
(h) For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the percentage allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer contributions allocated on behalf of such Key Employee divided by the “415 Compensation” for such Key Employee.
(i) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth above shall be allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of all Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including Employees who have (1) failed to complete a Year of Service; and (2) declined to make





mandatory contributions (if required) or, in the case of a cash or deferred arrangement, elective contributions to the Plan.
(j) For the purposes of this Section, “415 Compensation” in excess of $200,000 (or such other amount provided in the Code) shall be disregarded. Such amount shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B), except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year shall be effective for the Plan Year beginning with or within such calendar year. If “415 Compensation” for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a Participant’s minimum benefit for the current Plan Year, the “415 Compensation” for such determination period is subject to the applicable annual “415 Compensation” limit in effect for that prior period. For any short Plan Year the “415 Compensation” limit shall be an amount equal to the “415 Compensation” limit for the calendar year in which the Plan Year begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the short Plan Year by twelve (12).
(k) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Participants who terminated employment for any reason during the Plan Year shall share in the salary reduction contributions made by the Employer for the year of termination without regard to the Hours of Service credited.
(l) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, all information necessary to properly reflect a given transaction may not be available until after the date specified herein for processing such transaction, in which case the transaction will be reflected when such information is received and processed. Subject to express limits that may be imposed under the Code, the processing of any contribution, distribution or other transaction may be delayed for any legitimate business reason (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and the correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider). The processing date of a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan.
(m) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if this is a Plan that would otherwise fail to meet the requirements of Code Section 410(b)(1) and the Regulations thereunder because Employer contributions would not be allocated to a sufficient number or percentage of Participants for a Plan Year, then the following rules shall apply:
(1) The group of Participants eligible to share in the Employer’s contribution for the Plan Year shall be expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who would not otherwise be eligible as are necessary to satisfy the applicable test specified above. The specific Participants who shall become eligible under the terms of this paragraph shall be those who have not separated from service prior to the last day of the Plan Year and have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year.
(2) If after application of paragraph (1) above, the applicable test is still not satisfied, then the group of Participants eligible to share in the Employer’s contribution for the Plan Year shall be further expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who have separated from service prior to the last day of the Plan Year as are necessary to satisfy the applicable test. The specific Participants who shall become eligible to share shall be those Participants who have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year before terminating employment.
(3) Nothing in this Section shall permit the reduction of a Participant’s accrued benefit. Therefore any amounts that have previously been allocated to Participants





may not be reallocated to satisfy these requirements. In such event, the Employer shall make an additional contribution equal to the amount such affected Participants would have received had they been included in the allocations, even if it exceeds the amount which would be deductible under Code Section 404. Any adjustment to the allocations pursuant to this paragraph shall be considered a retroactive amendment adopted by the last day of the Plan Year.
5.
ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS
(a) Maximum Annual Allocation: The annual allocation derived from Employer Elective Contributions to a Highly Compensated Participant’s Elective Account shall satisfy one of the following tests:
(1) The “Actual Deferral Percentage” for the Highly Compensated Participant group shall not be more than the “Actual Deferral Percentage” of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group multiplied by 1.25, or
(2) The excess of the “Actual Deferral Percentage” for the Highly Compensated Participant group over the “Actual Deferral Percentage” for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group shall not be more than two percentage points. Additionally, the “Actual Deferral Percentage” for the Highly Compensated Participant group shall not exceed the “Actual Deferral Percentage” for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group multiplied by 2. The provisions of Code Section 401(k)(3) and the applicable regulations under Regulation 1.401(k) are incorporated herein by reference.
(b) For the purposes of this Section “Actual Deferral Percentage” means, with respect to the Highly Compensated Participant group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each Participant in such group, of the amount of Employer Elective Contributions allocated to each Participant’s Elective Account for such Plan Year, to such Participant’s “414(s) Compensation” for such Plan Year. The actual deferral ratio for each Participant and the “Actual Deferral Percentage” for each group shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. Employer Elective Contributions allocated to each Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s Elective Account shall be reduced by Excess Deferred Compensation to the extent such excess amounts are made under this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer.
(c) For the purposes of Sections 4.5(a) and 4.6, a Highly Compensated Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee eligible to make a deferral election pursuant to Section 4.2, whether or not such deferral election was made or suspended pursuant to Section 4.2.
(d) In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4), 401(k), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the ADP of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method.
(e) The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Contributions (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Contributions for purposes of the ADP test) allocated to such Participant’s accounts under two (2) or more arrangements described in Code Section 401(k), that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective Contributions (and, if applicable, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions,





or both) were made under a single arrangement for purposes of determining such Highly Compensated Employee’s actual deferral ratio. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) of the Employer that have different plan years, all Elective Contributions made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements shall be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before 2006, if the plans have different Plan Years, then all such arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Regulations under Code Section 401(k).
(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 4.6 may be applied separately (or will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each “plan” within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6. Furthermore, the provisions of Code Section 401(k)(3)(F) may be used to exclude from consideration all Non-Highly Compensated employees who have not satisfied the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A). For purposes of applying this provision, the Administrator may use any effective date of participation that is permitted under Code Section 410(b) provided such date is applied on a consistent and uniform basis to all Participants.
6.
ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS
In the event (or if it is anticipated) that the initial allocations of the Employer Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 4.4 do (or might) not satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a), the Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions pursuant to the options set forth below:
(a) On or before the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of each Plan Year, but in no event later than the close of the following Plan Year, the Highly Compensated Participant having the largest dollar amount of Elective Contributions shall have a portion of such Participant’s Elective Contributions distributed until the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed, or until the amount of such Participant’s Elective Contributions equals the Elective Contributions of the Highly Compensated Participant having the second largest dollar amount of Elective Contributions. This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed. In determining the amount of Excess Contributions to be distributed with respect to an affected Highly Compensated Participant as determined herein, such amount shall be reduced pursuant to Section 4.2(f) by any Excess Deferred Compensation previously distributed to such affected Highly Compensated Participant for such Participant’s taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year. However, any Highly Compensated Participant who is eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to Section 4.2(a) shall have any amount that would have otherwise been distributed pursuant to this Section recharacterized as a Catch-Up Contribution (up to the maximum catch-up dollar limitation).
(1) With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions pursuant to (a) above, such distribution:
(i) may be postponed but not later than the close of the Plan Year following the Plan Year to which they are allocable;
(ii) shall be adjusted for Income; and
(iii) shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess Contributions (and Income).
(2) Any distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess Contributions shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess Contributions and Income. To the





extent a Participant who is to receive a distribution of Excess Contributions made both non-Roth Elective Deferrals and Roth 401(k) Contributions to the Plan for the relevant Plan Year, such distribution shall be distributed from the Participant’s non-Roth Elective Account and Roth 401(k) Contribution Account on a pro-rata basis.
(3) Matching contributions which relate to Excess Contributions shall be forfeited unless the related matching contribution is distributed as an Excess Aggregate Contribution pursuant to Section 4.8.
(b) Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution in accordance with one of the following provisions which contribution shall be allocated to the Participant’s Elective Account of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant eligible to share in the allocation in accordance with such provision. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with written notification of the amount of the contribution being made and for which provision it is being made pursuant to:
(1) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s 414(s) Compensated for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year.
(2) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in the same proportion that each such Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s Deferred Compensation for the year bears to the total Deferred Compensation of all such Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year.
(3) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita).
(4) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated for the year to each Non-Highly Compensated Participant electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in equal amounts (per capita).
(5) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied), or, effective for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2006, until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.9. or the maximum that may be taken into account in the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) under Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6).





Notwithstanding the above, at the Employer’s discretion, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to receive a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution and shall be disregarded.
(c) If during a Plan Year, it is projected that the aggregate amount of Elective Contributions to be allocated to all Highly Compensated Participants under this Plan would cause the Plan to fail the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a), then the Administrator may automatically reduce the deferral amount of affected Highly Compensated Participants, beginning with the Highly Compensated Participant who has the highest deferral ratio until it is anticipated the Plan will pass the tests or until the actual deferral ratio equals the actual deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated Participant having the next highest actual deferral ratio. This process may continue until it is anticipated that the Plan will satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Alternatively, the Employer may specify a maximum percentage of Compensation that may be deferred.
7.
ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS
(a) The “Actual Contribution Percentage” for the Highly Compensated Participant group shall not exceed the greater of:
(1) 125 percent of such percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group; or
(2) the lesser of 200 percent of such percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group, or such percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group plus 2 percentage points. The provisions of Code Section 401(m) and the applicable regulations under Regulations 1.401(m) are incorporated herein by reference.
(b) For the purposes of this Section and Section 4.8, “Actual Contribution Percentage” for a Plan Year means, with respect to the Highly Compensated Participant group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in each group and rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent) of:
(1) the sum of Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) on behalf of each such Participant for such Plan Year; to
(2) the Participant’s “414(s) Compensation” for such Plan Year.
(c) For purposes of determining the “Actual Contribution Percentage,” only Employer matching contributions contributed to the Plan prior to the end of the succeeding Plan Year shall be considered. In addition, the Administrator may elect to take into account, with respect to Employees eligible to have Employer matching contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(b) allocated to their accounts, elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation 1.402(g)-1(b)) and qualified nonelective contributions (as defined in Code Section 401(m)(4)(C)) contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer. Such elective deferrals and qualified nonelective contributions shall be treated as Employer matching contributions subject to Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b)(5) which is incorporated herein by reference. However, the Plan Year must be the same as the plan year of the plan to which the elective deferrals and the qualified nonelective contributions are made.
(d) In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4), 401(m), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the ACP of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method.





Notwithstanding the above, an employee stock ownership plan described in Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409 may not be aggregated with this Plan for purposes of determining whether the employee stock ownership plan or this Plan satisfies this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m).
(e) For the purposes of this Section, if a Highly Compensated Participant is a Participant under two (2) or more plans (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) which are maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to which “matching contributions,” nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions, or both, are made, all such contributions on behalf of such Highly Compensated Participant shall be aggregated for purposes of determining such Highly Compensated Participant’s actual contribution ratio. However, if the plans have different plan years, then for purposes of Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2006, this paragraph shall be applied by treating all plans ending with or within the same calendar year as a single plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Regulations under Code Section 401(m).
(f) For purposes of Sections 4.7(a) and 4.8, a Highly Compensated Participant and Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee eligible to have Employer matching contributions (whether or not a deferral election was made or suspended) allocated to the Participant’s account for the Plan Year.
(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 4.8 may be applied separately (or will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each plan within the meaning of Regulation 1.401(m)-5. The provisions of Code Section 401(m)(5)(C) may be used to exclude from consideration all Nonhighly Compensated Employees who have not satisfied the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A).
8.
ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS
(a) In the event (or if it is anticipated) that the “Actual Contribution Percentage” for the Highly Compensated Participant group exceeds (or might exceed) the “Actual Contribution Percentage” for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group pursuant to Section 4.7(a), the Administrator (on or before the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of the Plan Year, but in no event later than the close of the following Plan Year) shall direct the Trustee to distribute to the Highly Compensated Participant having the largest dollar amount of contributions determined pursuant to Section 4.7(b)(1), the Vested portion of such contributions (and Income allocable to such contributions) and, if forfeitable, forfeit such non-Vested contributions attributable to Employer matching contributions (and Income allocable to such forfeitures) until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed, or until the Participant’s remaining amount equals the amount of contributions determined pursuant to Section 4.7(b)(1) of the Highly Compensated Participant having the second largest dollar amount of contributions. This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed.
If the correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to Employer matching contributions is not in proportion to the Vested and non-Vested portion of such contributions, then the Vested portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to Employer matching contributions after the correction shall be subject to Section 6.5(g).
(b) Any distribution and/or forfeiture of less than the entire amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income) shall be treated as a pro rata distribution and/or





forfeiture of Excess Aggregate Contributions and Income. Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income). Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated in accordance with Section 4.4.
(c) Excess Aggregate Contributions, including forfeited matching contributions, shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of Code Sections 404 and 415 even if distributed from the Plan.
Forfeited matching contributions that are reallocated to Participants’ Accounts for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs shall be treated as an “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.9(b) for the Participants to whose Accounts they are reallocated and for the Participants from whose Accounts they are forfeited.
(d) The determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions with respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first determining the Excess Contributions, if any, to be treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization for the plan year of any other qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code Section 401(k)) maintained by the Employer that ends with or within the Plan Year or which are treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization pursuant to Section 4.6(a).
(e) If during a Plan Year the projected aggregate amount of Employer matching contributions to be allocated to all Highly Compensated Participants under this Plan would, by virtue of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a), cause the Plan to fail such tests, then the Administrator may automatically reduce proportionately or in the order provided in Section 4.8(a) each affected Highly Compensated Participant’s projected share of such contributions by an amount necessary to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a).
(f) Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution in accordance with one of the following provisions which contribution shall be allocated to the Participant’s Account of each Non-Highly Compensated eligible to share in the allocation in accordance with such provision. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with written notification of the amount of the contribution being made and for which provision it is being made pursuant to:
(1) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year (or prior year if the prior year testing method is being used) bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year.
(2) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in the same proportion that each such Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s Deferred Compensation for the year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the prior year testing method is being used) bears to the total Deferred Compensation of all such Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year.





(3) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7. Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita).
(4) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated for the year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used) to each Non-Highly Compensated Participant electing salary reductions pursuant to Section 4.2 in equal amounts (per capita).
(5) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied), effective for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2006, until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.9. or the maximum that may be taken into account in the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) under Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6).
Notwithstanding the above, at the Employer’s discretion, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the prior year testing method is being used) shall not be eligible to receive a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution and shall be disregarded.
9.
MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS
(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum “annual additions” that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s accounts for any “limitation year” shall equal the lesser of: (1) $49,000, adjusted for increases in the cost of living as provided in Code Section 415(d) and pursuant to the Regulations, and (2) one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s “415 Compensation” for such “limitation year.” If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s accounts would cause the “annual additions” for the “limitation year” to exceed the maximum “annual additions,” the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the “annual additions” for the “limitation year” will equal the maximum “annual additions,” and any amount in excess of the maximum “annual additions,” which would have been allocated to such Participant may be allocated to other Participants. For any short “limitation year,” the dollar limitation in (1) above shall be reduced by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in the short “limitation year” and the denominator of which is twelve (12).
(b) For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, “annual additions” means the sum credited to a Participant’s accounts for any “limitation year” of (1) Employer contributions, (2) Employee contributions, (3) forfeitures, (4) amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2), that is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, and (5) amounts derived from contributions attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit plan (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer. Except, however, the “415 Compensation” percentage limitation referred to in paragraph (a)(2) above shall





not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) after separation from service which is otherwise treated as an “annual addition.” Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, “annual additions” shall be determined consistent with Code Section 415 and the Regulations promulgated thereunder.
(c) For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the transfer of funds from one qualified plan to another is not an “annual addition.” In addition, the following are not Employee contributions for the purposes of Section 4.9(b)(2): (1)      rollover contributions (as defined in Code Sections 402(e)(6), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3)); (2) repayments of loans made to a Participant from the Plan; (3) repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(7)(B) (cashouts); (4) repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(3)(D) (mandatory contributions); and (5) Employee contributions to a simplified employee pension excludable from gross income under Code Section 408(k)(6).
“Annual additions” for purposes of Code Section 415 shall not include restorative payments. A restorative payment is a payment made to restore losses to a Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA or under other applicable federal or state law, where Participants who are similarly situated are treated similarly with respect to the payments. Generally, payments are restorative payments only if the payments are made in order to restore some or all of the Plan’s losses due to an action (or a failure to act) that creates a reasonable risk of liability for such a breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan). This includes payments to the Plan made pursuant to a Department of Labor order, the Department of Labor’s Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or a court-approved settlement, to restore losses to the Plan on account of the breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan). Payments made to the Plan to make up for losses due merely to market fluctuations and other payments that are not made on account of a reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA are not restorative payments and generally constitute contributions that are considered annual additions.
(d) For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the “limitation year” shall be the Plan Year.
(e) For the purpose of this Section, all qualified defined contribution plans (whether terminated or not) ever maintained by the Employer shall be treated as one defined contribution plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Employer shall aggregate all defined contribution plans in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 1.415(f)-1 of the Regulations.
(f) For the purpose of this Section, if the Employer is a member of a controlled group of corporations, trades or businesses under common control (as defined by Code Section 1563(a) or Code Section 414(b) and (c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)), is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined by Code Section 414(m)), or is a member of a group of entities required to be aggregated pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o), all Employees of such Employers shall be considered to be employed by a single Employer.
(g) For the purpose of this Section, if this Plan is a Code Section 413(c) plan, each Employer who maintains this Plan will be considered to be a separate Employer.





(h) (1)      If a Participant participates in more than one defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer which have different Anniversary Dates, the maximum “annual additions” under this Plan shall equal the maximum “annual additions” for the “limitation year” minus any “annual additions” previously credited to such Participant’s accounts during the “limitation year.”
(1) If a Participant participates in both a defined contribution plan subject to Code Section 412 and a defined contribution plan not subject to Code Section 412 maintained by the Employer which have the same Anniversary Date, “annual additions” will be credited to the Participant’s accounts under the defined contribution plan subject to Code Section 412 prior to crediting “annual additions” to the Participant’s accounts under the defined contribution plan not subject to Code Section 412.
(2) If a Participant participates in more than one defined contribution plan not subject to Code Section 412 maintained by the Employer which have the same Anniversary Date, the maximum “annual additions” under this Plan shall equal the product of (A) the maximum “annual additions” for the “limitation year” minus any “annual additions” previously credited under subparagraphs (1) or (2) above, multiplied by (B) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the “annual additions” which would be credited to such Participant’s accounts under this Plan without regard to the limitations of Code Section 415 and (ii) the denominator of which is such “annual additions” for all plans described in this subparagraph.
(i) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the limitations, adjustments and other requirements prescribed in this Section shall at all times comply with the provisions of Code Section 415 and the Regulations thereunder.
10.
ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS
(a) If, as a result of a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any Participant under the limits of Section 4.9 or other facts and circumstances to which Regulation 1.415-6(b)(6) shall be applicable, the “annual additions” under this Plan would cause the maximum “annual additions” to be exceeded for any Participant, the “excess amount” will be disposed of in the following manner:
(1) The Participant’s share of the Employer’s discretionary contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(c) will be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the “excess amount.” The amount so reduced shall be held unallocated in a “Section 415 suspense account” and will thereafter be applied to reduce future Employer contributions in the succeeding “limitation years” as provided in Regulation 1.415-6(b)(6)(i).
(2) If, after the application of subparagraph (1) above, an “excess amount” still exists, any unmatched Deferred Compensation of the Participant will be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the “excess amount.” The Deferred Compensation so reduced (and any gains attributable to such Deferred Compensation) will be distributed to the Participant. To the extent a Participant who is to receive a distribution under this subparagraph made both non-Roth Elective Deferrals and Roth 401(k) Contributions to the Plan for the relevant Plan Year, such distribution shall be distributed from the Participant’s unmatched non-Roth Elective Account and unmatched Roth 401(k) Contribution Account on a pro-rata basis.
(3) If, after the application of subparagraph (2) above, an “excess amount” still exists, any Deferred Compensation which is matched and the matching





contributions which relate to such Deferred Compensation will be reduced proportionately to the extent necessary to reduce the “excess amount.” The Deferred Compensation so reduced (and any gains attributable to such Deferred Compensation) will be distributed to the Participant, and the Employer matching contributions so reduced (and any gains attributable to such matching contributions) will be used to reduce the Employer contribution in the next “limitation year.” To the extent a Participant who is to receive a distribution under this subparagraph made both non-Roth Elective Deferrals and Roth 401(k) Contributions to the Plan for the relevant Plan Year, such distribution shall be distributed from the Participant’s non-Roth Elective Account and Roth 401(k) Contribution Account on a pro-rata basis.
(b) For purposes of this Article, “excess amount” for any Participant for a “limitation year” shall mean the excess, if any, of (1) the “annual additions” which would be credited to the Participant’s account under the terms of the Plan without regard to the limitations of Code Section 415 over (2) the maximum “annual additions” determined pursuant to Section 4.9.
(c) For purposes of this Section, “Section 415 suspense account” shall mean an unallocated account equal to the sum of “excess amounts” for all Participants in the Plan during the “limitation year.”
(d) Effective January 1, 2008, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any “annual additions” that are determined to be excess under this Section shall only be corrected as permissible under applicable guidance, including the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System that is issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
11.
ROLLOVERS AND PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS
(a) With the consent of the Administrator, amounts may be transferred (within the meaning of Code Section 414(1)) to this Plan from other tax qualified plans under Code Section 401(a) by Participants, provided the trust from which such funds are transferred permits the transfer to be made and the transfer will not jeopardize the tax exempt status of the Plan or Trust or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. Prior to accepting any transfers to which this Section applies, the Administrator may require written assurances that the amounts to be transferred meet the requirements of this Section. The amounts transferred shall be set up in a separate account herein referred to as a “Participant’s Transfer/Rollover Account.” The portion of the Participant’s Transfer/Rollover Account attributable to any transfer shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason, except as otherwise provided in the conditions governing such transfer or in an amendment to the Plan relating thereto.
Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation 1.411(d)-4), amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(g)(3)), including amounts treated as elective contributions, which are transferred from another qualified plan in a plan-to-plan transfer (other than a direct rollover) shall be subject to the distribution limitations provided for in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d).
(b) With the consent of the Administrator, the Plan may accept a “rollover” by Participants, as specified below, provided the rollover will not jeopardize the tax exempt status of the Plan or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. Prior to accepting any rollover to which this Section applies, the Administrator may require the Employee to furnish written assurances that the amounts to be rolled over to this Plan meet the requirements of this Section. The amounts rolled over shall be set up in a the Participant’s





Transfer/Rollover Account and shall be fully Vested at all times and not subject to Forfeiture for any reason.
(1) Direct Rollovers. The Plan will accept a direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from: (a) a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions; (b) an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), excluding after-tax employee contributions; and (c) an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, except to the extent that such distribution consists of amounts attributable to after-tax employee contributions.
(2) Participant Rollover Contributions from Other Plans. The Plan will accept a participant contribution of an eligible rollover distribution from: (a) a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions; (b) an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), excluding after-tax employee contributions; (c) an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b), which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, except to the extent that such distribution consists of amounts attributable to after-tax employee contributions.
(3) Participant Rollover Contributions from IRAs. The Plan will accept a participant rollover contribution of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or 408(b) that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income of the distributee.
(4) Rollover Contributions of After-Tax Employee Contributions Not Accepted. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Plan will not accept a rollover contribution or any portion of a rollover contribution that consists of amounts attributable to after-tax employee contributions that would otherwise (but for the making of such rollover contribution) be excludible from the gross income of the distributee.
(c) Amounts in a Participant’s Transfer/Rollover Account shall be held by the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may not be withdrawn by, or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire as to the propriety of the amount, value or type of assets transferred, nor to conduct any due diligence with respect to such assets; provided, however, that such assets are otherwise eligible to be held by the Trustee under the terms of this Plan.
(d) The Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute all or a portion of the amount credited to the Participant’s Transfer/Rollover Account. Any distributions of amounts held in a Participant’s Transfer/Rollover Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder. Such amounts (including the earnings thereon) shall be disregarded in determining whether an involuntary cashout of benefits may be made without Participant consent.
(e) The Administrator may direct that Employee transfers and rollovers made after a Valuation Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may





remain segregated or be invested as part of the general Trust Fund or be directed by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.12.
(f) This Plan shall not accept any direct or indirect transfers (as that term is defined and interpreted under Code Section 401(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder) from a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan (including a target benefit plan), stock bonus or profit sharing plan which would otherwise have provided for a life annuity form of payment to the Participant.
(g) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transfer directly to this Plan from another qualified plan (or a transaction having the effect of such a transfer) shall be permitted only if it will not result in the elimination or reduction of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit” as described in Section 8.1.
12.
DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT
(a) Participants may, subject to a procedure established by the Administrator (the Participant Direction Procedures) and applied in a uniform nondiscriminatory manner, direct the Trustee, in writing (or in such other form which is acceptable to the Trustee), to invest all of their accounts in specific assets, specific funds or other investments permitted under the Plan and the Participant Direction Procedures. That portion of the interest of any Participant so directing will thereupon be considered a Participant’s Directed Account.
(b) As of each Valuation Date, all Participant Directed Accounts shall be charged or credited with the net earnings, gains, losses and expenses as well as any appreciation or depreciation in the market value using publicly listed fair market values when available or appropriate as follows:
(1) to the extent that the assets in a Participant’s Directed Account are accounted for as pooled assets or investments, the allocation of earnings, gains and losses of each Participant’s Directed Account shall be based upon the total amount of funds so invested in a manner proportionate to the Participant’s share of such pooled investment; and
(2) to the extent that the assets in the Participant’s Directed Account are accounted for as segregated assets, the allocation of earnings, gains and losses from such assets shall be made on a separate and distinct basis.
(c) Investment directions will be processed as soon as administratively practicable after proper investment directions are received from the Participant. No guarantee is made by the Plan, Employer, Administrator or Trustee that investment directions will be processed on a daily basis, and no guarantee is made in any respect regarding the processing time of an investment direction. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Employer, Administrator or Trustee reserves the right to not value an investment option on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate by the Employer, Administrator or Trustee. Furthermore, the processing of any investment transaction may be delayed for any legitimate business reason (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider). The processing date of a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan and considered the applicable Valuation Date for an investment transaction.
(d) The Participant Direction Procedures shall provide an explanation of the circumstances under which Participants and their Beneficiaries may give investment instructions, including, but need not be limited to, the following:
(1) the conveyance of instructions by the Participants and their Beneficiaries to invest Participant Directed Accounts in Directed Investment Options;





(2) the name, address and phone number of the Fiduciary (and, if applicable, the person or persons designated by the Fiduciary to act on its behalf) responsible for providing information to the Participant or a Beneficiary upon request relating to the Directed Investment Options;
(3) applicable restrictions on transfers to and from any Designated Investment Alternative;
(4) any restrictions on the exercise of voting, tender and similar rights related to a Directed Investment Option by the Participants or their Beneficiaries;
(5) a description of any transaction fees and expenses which affect the balances in Participant Directed Accounts in connection with the purchase or sale of Directed Investment Options; and
(6) general procedures for the dissemination of investment and other information relating to the Designated Investment Alternatives as deemed necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a description of the following:
(i) the investment vehicles available under the Plan, including specific information regarding any Designated Investment Alternative;
(ii) any designated Investment Managers; and
(iii) a description of the additional information which may be obtained upon request from the Fiduciary designated to provide such information.
(e) With respect to any Employer stock which is allocated to a Participant’s Directed Investment Option, the Participant or Beneficiary shall direct the Trustee with regard to any voting, tender and similar rights associated with the ownership of Employer stock, (hereinafter referred to as the “Stock Rights”) as follows:
(1) each Participant or Beneficiary shall direct the Trustee to vote or otherwise exercise such Stock Rights in accordance with the provisions, conditions and terms of any such Stock Rights;
(2) such directions shall be provided to the Trustee by the Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the procedure as established by the Administrator and the Trustee shall vote or otherwise exercise such Stock Rights with respect to which it has received directions to do so under this Section; and
(3) to the extent to which a Participant or Beneficiary does not instruct the Trustee to vote or otherwise exercise such Stock Rights, such Participants or Beneficiaries shall be deemed to have directed the Trustee that such Stock Rights remain nonvoted and unexercised.
(f) Any information regarding investments available under the Plan, to the extent not required to be described in the Participant Direction Procedures, may be provided to the Participant in one or more written documents (or in any other form including, but not limited to, electronic media) which are separate from the Participant Direction Procedures and are not thereby incorporated by reference into this Plan.
(g) The Administrator may, in its discretion, include in or exclude by amendment or other action from the Participant Direction Procedures such instructions, guidelines or policies as it deems necessary or appropriate to ensure proper administration of the Plan, and may interpret the same accordingly.
13.
QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE
Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994, contributions, benefits and service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).





Article IX

Article X VALUATIONS
1.
VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND
The Administrator shall direct the Trustee, as of each Valuation Date, to determine the net worth of the assets comprising the Trust Fund as it exists on the Valuation Date. In determining such net worth, the Trustee shall value the assets comprising the Trust Fund at their fair market value (or their contractual value in the case of a Contract or Policy) as of the Valuation Date and shall deduct all expenses for which the Trustee has not yet obtained reimbursement from the Employer or the Trust Fund. The Trustee may update the value of any shares held in the Participant Directed Account by reference to the number of shares held by that Participant, priced at the market value as of the Valuation Date.
2.
METHOD OF VALUATION
In determining the fair market value of securities held in the Trust Fund which are listed on a registered stock exchange, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to value the same at the prices they were last traded on such exchange preceding the close of business on the Valuation Date. If such securities were not traded on the Valuation Date, or if the exchange on which they are traded was not open for business on the Valuation Date, then the securities shall be valued at the prices at which they were last traded prior to the Valuation Date. Any unlisted security held in the Trust Fund shall be valued at its bid price next preceding the close of business on the Valuation Date, which bid price shall be obtained from a registered broker or an investment banker. In determining the fair market value of assets other than securities for which trading or bid prices can be obtained, the Trustee may appraise such assets itself, or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers for that purpose and rely on the values established by such appraiser or appraisers.
Article XI

Article XII DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
1.
DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT
Every Participant may terminate employment with the Employer and retire for the purposes hereof on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. However, a Participant may postpone the termination of employment with the Employer to a later date, in which event the participation of such Participant in the Plan, including the right to receive allocations pursuant to Section 4.4, shall continue until such Participant’s Late Retirement Date. Upon a Participant’s Retirement Date or attainment of Normal Retirement Date without termination of employment with the Employer, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, the Trustee shall distribute, at the election of the Participant, all amounts credited to such Participant’s Combined Account in accordance with Sect on 6.5, provided, however, that no distribution under this paragraph shall be made without the consent of the Participant.
2.
DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH
(a) Upon the death of a Participant before the Participant’s Retirement Date or other termination of employment, all amounts credited to such Participant’s Combined Account shall become fully Vested. The Administrator shall direct the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, to distribute the value of the deceased Participant’s accounts to the Participant’s Beneficiary. Effective January 1, 2007, a Participant who dies while performing qualified military service (as defined under section 414(u) of the Code) shall be treated as if he had resumed employment as of the date of his death and then incurred a termination of employment. As a consequence, such Participant shall become fully (100%) vested as of the date of such deemed termination of employment.
(b) Upon the death of a Former Participant, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, to distribute any





remaining Vested amounts credited to the accounts of a deceased Former Participant to such Former Participant’s Beneficiary.
(c) Any security interest held by the Plan by reason of an outstanding loan to the Participant or Former Participant shall be taken into account in determining the amount of the death benefit.
(d) The Administrator may require such proper proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value of the account of a deceased Participant or Former Participant as the Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator’s determination of death and of the right of any person to receive payment shall be conclusive.
(e) The Beneficiary of the death benefit payable pursuant to this Section shall be the Participant’s spouse. Except, however, the Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than the spouse if:
(1) the spouse has waived the right to be the Participant’s Beneficiary, or
(2) the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect (and there is no “qualified domestic relations order” as defined in Code Section 414(p) which provides otherwise), or
(3) the Participant has no spouse, or
(4) the spouse cannot be located.
In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a form satisfactory to the Administrator. A Participant may at any time change or revoke a designation of a Beneficiary by filing written notice of such change or revocation with the Administrator. However, the Participant’s spouse must again consent in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service) to any change in Beneficiary unless the original consent acknowledged that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elected to relinquish such right.
(f) In the event no valid designation of Beneficiary exists, or if the Beneficiary is not alive at the time of the Participant’s death, the death benefit will be paid to the Participant’s estate. If the Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant, but dies prior to distribution of the death benefit, the death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary’s estate.
(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if a Participant has designated the spouse as a Beneficiary, then a divorce decree or a legal separation that relates to such spouse shall revoke the Participant’s designation of the spouse as a Beneficiary unless the decree or a qualified domestic relations order (within the meaning of Code Section 414(p)) provides otherwise.
(h) Any consent by the Participant’s spouse to waive any rights to the death benefit must be in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service), must acknowledge the effect of such waiver, and be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public. Further, the spouse’s consent must be irrevocable and must acknowledge the specific nonspouse Beneficiary.
3.
DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY
In the event of a Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability prior to the Participant’s Retirement Date or other termination of employment, all amounts credited to such Participant’s Combined Account shall become fully Vested. In the event of a Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability, the Administrator, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.7, shall direct the distribution to such Participant of all Vested amounts credited to such Participant’s Combined Account.





4.
DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION
(a) If a Participant’s employment with the Employer is terminated for any reason other than death, Total and Permanent Disability or retirement, then such Participant shall be entitled to such benefits as are provided hereinafter pursuant to this Section 6.4.
Distribution of the funds due to a Terminated Participant shall be made on the occurrence of an event which would result in the distribution had the Terminated Participant remained in the employ of the Employer (upon the Participant’s death, Total and Permanent Disability or Normal Retirement). However, at the election of the Participant, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee that the entire Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Combined Account be payable to such Terminated Participant. Any distribution under this paragraph shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder.
If the value of a Terminated Participant’s Vested benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to cause the entire Vested benefit to be paid immediately to such Participant in a single lump sum. For purposes of this provision and the provisions of Section 6.5(b), the value of a Participant’s Vested benefit shall be determined without regard to that portion of his Account that is attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) as defined in Code Section 411 (a)(11)(D).
(b) Effective January 1, 2007, a Participant shall become fully Vested in the Participant’s Account attributable to Employer discretionary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(c) upon his completion of three (3) Years of Service.
(c) The Vested portion of any Participant’s Account attributable to Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) shall be a percentage of the total of such amount credited to the Participant’s Account determined on the basis of the Participant’s number of Years of Service according to the following schedule:
Vesting Schedule
Years of Service
Percentage
1
20%
2
40%
3
60%
4
80%
5
100%
 
 
(d) Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, the Vested percentage of a Participant’s Account shall not be less than the Vested percentage attained as of the later of the effective date or adoption date of this amendment and restatement.
(e) Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, upon the complete discontinuance of the Employer contributions to the Plan or upon any full or partial termination of the Plan, all amounts then credited to the account of any affected Participant shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter be subject to Forfeiture.
(f) The computation of a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage of such Participant’s interest in the Plan shall not be reduced as the result of any direct or indirect





amendment to this Plan. In the event that the Plan is amended to change or modify any vesting schedule, or if the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage, or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to a top heavy vesting schedule, then each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service as of the expiration date of the election period may elect to have such Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. If a Participant fails to make such election, then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The Participant’s election period shall commence on the adoption date of the amendment and shall end sixty (60) days after the latest of:
(1) the adoption date of the amendment,
(2) the effective date of the amendment, or
(3) the date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment from the Employer or Administrator.
5.
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
(a) The Administrator, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a Participant or such Participant’s Beneficiary any amount to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan in one lump-sum payment in cash.
(b) Any distribution to a Participant who has a Vested benefit that exceeds $5,000 shall require such Participant’s written (or in such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service) consent.
(c) The following rules will apply to the consent requirements set forth in subsection (b):
(1) The Participant must be informed of the right to defer receipt of the distribution. If a Participant fails to consent, it shall be deemed an election to defer the distribution of any benefit. However, any election to defer the receipt of benefits shall not apply with respect to distributions which are required under Section 6.5(d).
(2) Notice of the rights specified under this paragraph shall be provided no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days before the date the distribution commences.
(3) Written (or such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service) consent of the Participant to the distribution must not be made before the Participant receives the notice and must not be made more than ninety (90) days before the date the distribution commences.
(4) No consent shall be valid if a significant detriment is imposed under the Plan on any Participant who does not consent to the distribution.
Any such distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under Regulation 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that: (1) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (2) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
(d) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the distribution of a Participant’s benefits made on or after January 1, 1997, shall be made in accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise comply with Code Section and the Regulations thereunder (including Regulation 1.401(a)(9)-2), the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference:





(1) A Participant’s benefits shall be distributed or must begin to be distributed not later than April 1st of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2, or (ii) the calendar year in which the Participant retires, provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply in the case of a Participant who is a “five (5) percent owner” at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70-1/2. Such distributions shall be equal to or greater than any required distribution.
(2) Distributions to a Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiaries shall only be made in accordance with the incidental death benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G) and the Regulations thereunder.
(e) For purposes of this Section, the life expectancy of a Participant and a Participant’s spouse may, at the election of the Participant or the Participant’s spouse, be redetermined in accordance with Regulations. The election, once made, shall be irrevocable. If no election is made by the time distributions must commence, then the life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse shall not be subject to recalculation. Life expectancy and joint and last survivor expectancy shall be computed using the return multiples in Tables V and VI of Regulation 1.72-9.
(f) All annuity Contracts under this Plan shall be nontransferable when distributed. Furthermore, the terms of any annuity Contract purchased and distributed to a Participant or spouse shall comply with all of the requirements of the Plan.
(g) If a distribution is made to a Participant who has not severed employment and who is not fully Vested in the Participant’s Account and the Participant may increase the Vested percentage in such account, then, at any relevant time the Participant’s Vested portion of the account will be equal to an amount (“X”) determined by the formula:
X equals P (AB plus D) - D
where “P” is the Vested percentage at the relevant time, “AB” is the account balance at the relevant time, and “D” is the amount of the distribution.
6.
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH
(a) The death benefit payable pursuant to Section 6.2 shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in one lump-sum payment in cash subject to the rules of Section 6.6(b).
(b) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, distributions upon the death of a Participant shall be made in accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise comply with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. If it is determined, pursuant to Regulations, that the distribution of a Participant’s interest has begun and the Participant dies before the entire interest has been distributed, the remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution selected pursuant to Section 6.5 as of the date of death. If a Participant dies before receiving any distributions of the interest in the Plan or before distributions are deemed to have begun pursuant to Regulations, then the death benefit shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiaries by December 31st of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s date of death occurs.
However, in the event that the Participant’s spouse (determined as of the date of the Participant’s death) is the designated Beneficiary, then in lieu of the preceding rules, distributions must be made over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the spouse and must commence on or before the later of: (1) December 31st of the calendar





year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died; or (2) December 31st of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2. If the surviving spouse dies before distributions to such spouse begin, then the 5-year distribution requirement of this Section shall apply as if the spouse was the Participant.
(c) For purposes of this Section, any amount paid to a child of the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the surviving spouse if the amount becomes payable to the surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.
7.
TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION
Except as limited by Sections 6.5 and 6.6, whenever the Trustee is to make a distribution the distribution may be made on such date or as soon thereafter as is practicable. The payment of benefits shall occur not later than the sixtieth (60th) day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events occurs: (a) the date on which the Participant attains the earlier of age 65 or the Normal Retirement Age specified herein; or (b) the date the Participant terminates service with the Employer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution that is “immediately distributable” (within the meaning of Section 6.5), shall be deemed to be an election to defer the commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant’s benefit payment date shall in no event be later than the date described in Section 6.5(d).
8.
DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT BENEFICIARY
In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor or incompetent Beneficiary, then the Administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian, or if none in the case of a minor Beneficiary, to a parent of such Beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the Beneficiary maintains residence, or to the custodian for such Beneficiary under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which said Beneficiary resides. Such a payment to the legal guardian, custodian or parent of a minor Beneficiary shall fully discharge the Trustee, Employer, and Plan from further liability on account thereof.
9.
LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN
In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a Participant or Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the Participant’s attainment of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age, remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability of the Administrator, after sending a certified letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address of such person, to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2001, if the value of a Participant’s Vested benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000, then the amount distributable may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, either be treated as a Forfeiture, or be paid directly to an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) at the time it is determined that the whereabouts of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary cannot be ascertained. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to the Forfeiture, such benefit shall be restored, first from Forfeitures, if any, and then from an additional Employer contribution if necessary. However, regardless of the preceding, a benefit which is lost by reason of escheat under applicable state law is not treated as a Forfeiture for purposes of this Section nor as an impermissible forfeiture under the Code.





10.
PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION
Unless otherwise provided, at such time as a Participant shall have attained the age of 5911 years, the Administrator, at the election of the Participant who has not severed employment with the Employer, shall direct the Trustee to distribute all or a portion of the Vested amount then credited to the accounts maintained on behalf of the Participant, excluding that portion of his Participant’s Account attributable to Employer discretionary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(c). In the event that the Administrator makes such a distribution, the Participant shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan on the same basis as any other Employee. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder.
11.
ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP
(a) The Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to any Participant in any one Plan Year up to the lesser of (1) 100% of the sum of the Participant’s Elective Account and the Vested portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) and discretionary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(c), valued as of the last Valuation Date (less any applicable earnings) or (2) the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the Participant’s Elective Account and the Participant’s Account attributable to Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) and discretionary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(c), as applicable, shall be reduced accordingly. Withdrawal under this Section is deemed to be on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant only if the withdrawal is for:
(1) Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or any of the Participant’s dependents (as defined in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B)(3)) or necessary for these persons to obtain medical care as described in Code Section 213(d);
(2) The costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant;
(3) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant and the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B)(3));
(4) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence;
(5) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under section 165 of the Code (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or
(6) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B)(3)).
(b) No distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section unless the Administrator, based upon the Participant’s representation and such other facts as are known to the Administrator, determines that all of the following conditions are satisfied:





(1) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. The amount of the immediate and heavy financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution;
(2) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable (at the time of the loan) loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer; and
(3) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant’s elective deferrals and after-tax voluntary Employee contributions will be suspended for at least six (6) months after receipt of the hardship distribution or, the Participant, pursuant to a legally enforceable agreement, will suspend elective deferrals and after-tax voluntary Employee contributions to the Plan and all other plans maintained by the Employer for at least six (6) months after receipt of the hardship distribution.
(c) Notwithstanding the above, distributions from the Participant’s Elective Account pursuant to this Section shall be limited solely to the Participant’s total Deferred Compensation as of the date of distribution, reduced by the amount of any previous distributions pursuant to this Section and Section 6.10.
(d) Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder.
12.
QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION
All rights and benefits, including elections, provided to a Participant in this Plan shall be subject to the rights afforded to any “alternate payee” under a “qualified domestic relations order.” Furthermore, a distribution to an “alternate payee” shall be permitted if such distribution is authorized by a “qualified domestic relations order,” even if the affected Participant has not separated from service and has not reached the “earliest retirement age” under the Plan. For the purposes of this Section, “alternate payee,” “qualified domestic relations order” and “earliest retirement age” shall have the meaning set forth under Code Section 414(p).
13.
LATEST TIME FOR MAKING DISTRIBUTION TO A TERMINATED PARTICIPANT
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 6.5, 6.6 and 6.7, in the event that a terminated Participant’s account remains undistributed to him or his Beneficiary, in whole or in part, when the Participant attains (or would have attained, if still living) age 65, the Administrator shall immediately distribute such Participant’s entire nonforfeitable account balance.
14.
MILITARY WITHDRAWALS
Effective January 1, 2009, a Participant receiving differential military pay shall be treated as having a termination of employment for purposes of taking a distribution consisting of his Elective Contributions if he is absent from employment due to performing service in the uniformed services described in section 3401(h)(2)(A) of the Code. If a Participant elects to take a distribution pursuant to the foregoing, he shall be precluded from electing to have the Employer contribute Elective Contributions from his/her Compensation on his/her behalf to the Plan for six months following the date of the distribution.
Article XIII

Article XIV TRUSTEE
1.
BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE
(a) The Trustee shall have the following categories of responsibilities:





(1) Consistent with the “funding policy and method” determined by the Employer, to invest, manage, and control the Plan assets subject, however, to the direction of a Participant with respect to Participant Directed Accounts, the Employer or an Investment Manager appointed by the Employer or any agent of the Employer;
(2) At the direction of the Administrator, to pay benefits required under the Plan to be paid to Participants, or, in the event of their death, to their Beneficiaries; and
(3) To maintain records of receipts and disbursements and furnish to the Employer and/or Administrator for each Plan Year a written annual report pursuant to Section 7.7.
(b) In the event that the Trustee shall be directed by a Participant (pursuant to the Participant Direction Procedures), or the Employer, or an Investment Manager or other agent appointed by the Employer with respect to the investment of any or all Plan assets, the Trustee shall have no liability with respect to the investment of such assets, but shall be responsible only to execute such investment instructions as so directed.
(1) The Trustee shall be entitled to rely fully on the written (or other form acceptable to the Administrator and the Trustee, including, but not limited to, voice recorded) instructions of a Participant (pursuant to the Participant Direction Procedures), or the Employer, or any Fiduciary or nonfiduciary agent of the Employer, in the discharge of such duties, and shall not be liable for any loss or other liability, resulting from such direction (or lack of direction) of the investment of any part of the Plan assets.
(2) The Trustee may delegate the duty of executing such instructions to any nonfiduciary agent, which may be an affiliate of the Trustee or any Plan representative.
(3) The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in the event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems such directions improper by virtue of applicable law. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or expense which may result from the Trustee’s refusal or failure to comply with any directions from the Participant.
(4) Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the Participant’s directions shall be borne by the Participant’s Directed Account, unless paid by the Employer.
(c) If there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by a majority of their number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign papers on their behalf.
2.
INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE
(a) The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the Trust Fund to keep the Trust Fund invested without distinction between principal and income and in such securities or property, real or personal, wherever situated, as the Trustee shall deem advisable, including, but not limited to, stocks, common or preferred, open-end or closed-end mutual funds, bonds and other evidences of indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any interest therein. The Trustee shall at all times in making investments of the Trust Fund consider, among other factors, the short and long-term financial needs of the Plan on the basis of information furnished by the Employer. In making such investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to securities or other property of the character expressly authorized by the applicable law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give due regard to any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times the Plan may qualify as a qualified Profit Sharing Plan and Trust.





(b) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to the terms of its usual and customary bank agency agreement, under which the duties of such bank or trust company shall be of a custodial, clerical and recordkeeping nature.
3.
OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE
The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law, statutory authority, including the Act, and other provisions of the Plan, shall have the following powers and authorities, to be exercised in the Trustee’s sole discretion:
(a) To purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property and to retain the same. In conjunction with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be opened and maintained;
(b) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held by the Trustee, by private contractor at public auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition, with or without advertisement;
(c) To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies or powers of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments or charges in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property. However, the Trustee shall not vote proxies relating to securities for which it has not been assigned full investment management responsibilities. In those cases where another party has such investment authority or discretion, the Trustee will deliver all proxies to said party who will then have full responsibility for voting those proxies;
(d) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the Trustee’s own name, in the name of one or more of the Trustee’s nominees, in a clearing corporation, in a depository, or in book entry form or in bearer form, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are part of the Trust Fund;
(e) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such amount, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any part, of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing;
(f) To keep such portion of the Trust Fund in cash or cash balances as the Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the best interests of the Plan, without liability for interest thereon;
(g) To accept and retain for such time as the Trustee may deem advisable any securities or other property received or acquired as Trustee hereunder, whether or not such securities or other property would normally be purchased as investments hereunder;
(h) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;
(i) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or legal or





administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings;
(j) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation, and such agent or counsel may or may not be agent or counsel for the Employer;
(k) To apply for and procure from responsible insurance companies, to be selected by the Administrator, as an investment of the Trust Fund such annuity, or other Contracts (on the life of any Participant) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise, at any time or from time to time, whatever rights and privileges may be granted under such annuity, or other Contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for the proceeds of all such annuity or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof;
(l) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts bearing a reasonable rate of interest or in cash or cash balances without liability for interest thereon;
(m) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations;
(n) To invest in shares of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940;
(o) To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options are traded on and purchased through a national securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are not traded on a national securities exchange, are guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange regardless of whether such options are covered;
(p) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations;
(q) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with assets belonging to any other qualified employee pension benefit trust created by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, and to commingle such assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint accounts on behalf of this Plan and Trust and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided shares or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets of the two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests;
(r) To appoint a nonfiduciary agent or agents to assist the Trustee in carrying out any investment instructions of Participants and of any Investment Manager or Fiduciary, and to compensate such agent(s) from the assets of the Plan, to the extent not paid by the Employer;
(s) To do all such acts and exercise all such rights and privileges, although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan.
4.
LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
(a) The Trustee may, in the Trustee’s discretion, make loans to Participants and Beneficiaries under the following circumstances: (1) loans shall be made available to all Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis; (2) loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Participants and Beneficiaries; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate of interest; (4) loans shall be adequately secured; and (5) loans shall provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time.
(b) Loans made pursuant to this Section (when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans made by the Plan to the Participant) may, in accordance with a uniform and nondiscriminatory policy established by the Administrator, be limited to the lesser of:





(1) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant during the one year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant on the date on which such loan was made, or
(2) one-half (1/2) of the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued benefit of the Participant under the Plan.
For purposes of this limit, all plans of the Employer shall be considered one plan.
(c) Loans shall provide for level amortization with payments to be made not less frequently than quarterly over a period not to exceed five (5) years. However, loans used to acquire any dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time, is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a “principal residence” of the Participant shall provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time that may exceed five (5) years. For this purpose, a “principal residence” has the same meaning as a “principal residence” under Code Section 1034. Loan repayments may be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4).
(d) Any loans granted or renewed shall be made pursuant to a Participant loan program. Such loan program shall be established in writing and must include, but need not be limited to, the following:
(1) the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer the Participant loan program;
(2) a procedure for applying for loans;
(3) the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;
(4) limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans offered;
(5) the procedure under the program for determining a reasonable rate of interest;
(6) the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and
(7) the events constituting default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan assets.
Such Participant loan program shall be contained in a separate written document which, when properly executed, is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of the Plan. Furthermore, such Participant loan program may be modified or amended in writing from time to time without the necessity of amending this Section.
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if a Participant or Beneficiary defaults on a loan made pursuant to this Section, then the loan default will be a distributable event to the extent permitted by the Code and Regulations.
(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, any loans made prior to the date this amendment and restatement is adopted shall be subject to the terms of the plan in effect at the time such loan was made.
5.
DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS
At the direction of the Administrator, the Trustee shall, from time to time, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, make payments out of the Trust Fund. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the application of such payments.
6.
TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES
The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as set forth in the Trustee’s fee schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or as agreed upon in writing by the Employer and the





Trustee. However, an individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time pay from the Employer shall not receive compensation from the Plan. In addition, the Trustee shall be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses, including reasonable counsel fees incurred by it as Trustee. Such compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund unless paid or advanced by the Employer. All taxes of any kind whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the Trust Fund.
7.
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE
(a) Within a reasonable period of time after the later of the Anniversary Date or receipt of the Employer contribution for each Plan Year, the Trustee, or its agent, shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement of account with respect to the Plan Year for which such contribution was made setting forth:
(1) the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund;
(2) the gains, or losses, realized by the Trust Fund upon sales or other disposition of the assets;
(3) the increase, or decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund;
(4) all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and
(5) such further information as the Trustee and/or Administrator deems appropriate.
(b) The Employer, promptly upon its receipt of each such statement of account, shall acknowledge receipt thereof in writing and advise the Trustee and/or Administrator of its approval or disapproval thereof. Failure by the Employer to disapprove any such statement of account within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof shall be deemed an approval thereof. The approval by the Employer of any statement of account shall be binding on the Employer and the Trustee as to all matters contained in the statement to the same extent as if the account of the Trustee had been settled by judgment or decree in an action for a judicial settlement of its account in a court of competent jurisdiction in which the Trustee, the Employer and all persons having or claiming an interest in the Plan were parties. However, nothing contained in this Section shall deprive the Trustee of its right to have its accounts judicially settled if the Trustee so desires.
8.
AUDIT
(a) If an audit of the Plan’s records shall be required by the Act and the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to engage on behalf of all Participants an independent qualified public accountant for that purpose. Such accountant shall, after an audit of the books and records of the Plan in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, within a reasonable period after the close of the Plan Year, furnish to the Administrator and the Trustee a report of the audit setting forth the accountant’s opinion as to whether any statements, schedules or lists that are required by Act Section 103 or the Secretary of Labor to be filed with the Plan’s annual report, are presented fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently.
(b) All auditing and accounting fees shall be an expense of and may, at the election of the Employer, be paid from the Trust Fund.
(c) If some or all of the information necessary to enable the Administrator to comply with Act Section 103 is maintained by a bank, insurance company, or similar institution, regulated, supervised, and subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency, then it shall transmit and certify the accuracy of that information to the Administrator as provided in Act Section 103(b) within one hundred twenty (120) days





after the end of the Plan Year or such other date as may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary of Labor.
9.
RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE
(a) Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, a Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the Employer, at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of resignation.
(b) Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, the Employer may remove a Trustee at any time by delivering to the Trustee, at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of such Trustee’s removal.
(c) Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any Trustee, a successor may be appointed by the Employer; and such successor, upon accepting such appointment in writing and delivering same to the Employer, shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the predecessor as if such successor had been originally named as a Trustee herein. Until such a successor is appointed, the remaining Trustee or Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of the Plan.
(d) The Employer may designate one or more successors prior to the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of a Trustee. In the event a successor is so designated by the Employer and accepts such designation, the successor shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the predecessor as if such successor had been originally named as Trustee herein immediately upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of the predecessor.
(e) Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases to serve as such, the Trustee shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement of account with respect to the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual or entity served as Trustee. This statement shall be either (i) included as part of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year required under Section 7.7 or (ii) set forth in a special statement. Any such special statement of account should be rendered to the Employer no later than the due date of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year. The procedures set forth in Section 7.7 for the approval by the Employer of annual statements of account shall apply to any special statement of account rendered hereunder and approval by the Employer of any such special statement in the manner provided in Section 7.7 shall have the same effect upon the statement as the Employer’s approval of an annual statement of account. No successor to the Trustee shall have any duty or responsibility to investigate the acts or transactions of any predecessor who has rendered all statements of account required by Section 7.7 and this subparagraph.
10.
TRANSFER OF INTEREST
Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Plan, the Trustee at the direction of the Administrator shall transfer the Vested interest, if any, of a Participant to another trust forming part of a pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan maintained by such Participant’s new employer and represented by said employer in writing as meeting the requirements of Code Section 401(a), provided that the trust to which such transfers are made permits the transfer to be made.
11.
TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION
The Employer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses and liabilities the Trustee may incur in the exercise and performance of the Trustee’s power and duties hereunder, unless the same are determined to be due to gross negligence or willful misconduct.





12.
DIRECT ROLLOVER; MANDATORY DISTRIBUTIONS
(a) General . A Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by forms provided by the record-keeper for the Plan, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution of at least $500 paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, for any mandatory distribution made under Section 6.4(a) of the Plan that is greater than $1,000 but less than or equal to $5,000, such distribution shall be paid in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement account designated by the Administrator, unless the Participant previously elected to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly.
(b) Definitions . For the purpose of this Section, the following terms shall have these meanings:
(1) Eligible Rollover Distribution . Any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code section 401(a)(9); any hardship withdrawal; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). However, such portion may be paid only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible. Effective January 1, 2007, the nontaxable portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution may be rolled over tax-free to an Eligible Retirement Plan as specified below if the Eligible Retirement Plan provides for separate accounting of the amount transferred and earnings on such amounts.
(2) Eligible Retirement Plan . (A) an individual retirement account described in Code section 408(a), (B) an individual retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b) (other than an endowment contract), (C) an annuity plan described in Section 403(a), (D) a qualified plan described in Code section 401(a) the terms of which permit the acceptance of the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution, (E) an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Code section 457(b) that is maintained by an eligible employer described in Code section 457(e)(I)(A) that shall separately account for the distribution or (F) an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b). The portion of any Eligible Rollover Distribution that consists of after-tax employee contributions only may be paid to any Eligible Plan described in (A) or (B), a qualified plan described in (C) or (D) or a plan described in (F) that separately accounts for the amounts transferred earnings on such amounts. The $500 minimum in Section 7.12(a) is applied by treating any amount distributed from the Participant’s Roth 401(k) Account as a separate distribution from any amount distributed from the Participant’s other accounts in the Plan, even if the amounts are distributed at the same time.





(3) Distributee . A Participant, a Former Participant, a Participant’s or Former Participant’s surviving spouse and a Participant’s or Former Participant’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, within the meaning of Code section 414(p).
(4) Direct Rollover . A payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.
(c) The Plan will not provide for a Direct Rollover (including an automatic rollover) for distributions from a Participant’s Roth 401(k) Account if the amount of the distributions that are Eligible Rollover Distributions are reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. In addition, any distribution from a Participant’s Roth 401(k) Account is not taken into account in determining whether distributions from a Participant’s other accounts are reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. However, Eligible Rollover Distributions from a Participant’s Roth 401(k) Account are taken into account in determining whether the total amount of the Participant’s account balances under the Plan exceeds $1,000 for purposes of mandatory distributions from the Plan.
(d) Effective January 1, 2010, any distribution of benefits to the beneficiary of a deceased Participant who is not the surviving spouse of the Participant may be transferred in a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer to an individual retirement account or annuity under Code Sections 408(a) and (b) established for the purpose of receiving such distribution and which will be treated as an inherited IRA pursuant to the provisions of Code Section 402(c)(11), if such distribution otherwise meets the requirements set forth in subsection (b) above. Such direct rollover of a distribution by a nonspouse Beneficiary shall be treated as an eligible rollover distribution only for purposes of Code Section 402(c). Eligible Retirement Plan shall include an individual retirement account or annuity under Code Sections 408(a) and (b) established for the purpose of receiving a distribution that is rolled over from a nonspouse distributee, but only if the conditions set forth herein above are satisfied. Distributee shall include a nonspouse beneficiary, but only if the conditions set forth above are satisfied.
(e) No distribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution shall commence less than 30 days after the Participant receives the notice required under the provisions of section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the regulations under section 411(a)(11) of the Code unless the Participant receives written notice that he has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receipt of the notice to consider whether he wants to exercise the rollover election described instead of receiving a distribution.
(f) A “qualified rollover contribution” as described in Code Section 408A(e) may be made from the Plan to a Roth IRA in a Direct Rollover subject to the rules and provisions set forth in Section 408A(e) of the Code and any regulations issued there under.
(g) The $500 minimum in Section 7.12(a) is applied by treating any amount distributed from the Participant’s Roth 401(k) Account as a separate distribution from any amount distributed from the Participant’s other accounts in the Plan, even if the amounts are distributed at the same time.
13.
EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY
The Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold “qualifying Employer securities” and “qualifying Employer real property,” as those terms are defined in the Act, provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be permitted to acquire any “qualifying Employer securities” or “qualifying Employer real property” if, immediately after the acquisition of such securities or property, the fair market value of all “qualifying Employer securities” and “qualifying Employer real property” held by the Trustee hereunder should amount to more than 100% of the fair market value of all the assets in the Trust Fund.





Article XV

Article XVI AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS
1.
AMENDMENT
(a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend this Plan, subject to the limitations of this Section. However, any amendment which affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee or Administrator may only be made with the Trustee’s or Administrator’s written consent. Any such amendment shall become effective as provided therein upon its execution. The Trustee shall not be required to execute any such amendment unless the amendment affects the duties of the Trustee hereunder.
(b) No amendment to the Plan shall be effective if it authorizes or permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part as is required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates; or causes any reduction in the amount credited to the account of any Participant; or causes or permits any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become property of the Employer.
(c) Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation 1.411(d)-4) or other IRS guidance, no Plan amendment or transaction having the effect of a Plan amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer or similar transaction) shall be effective if it eliminates or reduces any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit” or adds or modifies conditions relating to “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” which results in a further restriction on such benefits unless such “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” are preserved with respect to benefits accrued as of the later of the adoption date or effective date of the amendment. “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” are benefits described in Code Section 411(d)(6)(A), early retirement benefits and retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms of benefit. A Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of the Participant’s interest in the Plan under a particular optional form of benefit will be permissible if the amendment satisfies the conditions in (1) and (2) below:
(d) The amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit eliminated or restricted. For purposes of this condition (1), a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement.
(e) The amendment is not effective unless the amendment provides that the amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an annuity starting date earlier than the earlier of: (i) the ninetieth (90th) day after the date the Participant receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and that satisfies the Act requirements at 29 CFR 2520.104b-3 (relating to a summary of material modifications) or (ii) the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted.
2.
TERMINATION
(a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate the Plan by delivering to the Trustee and Administrator written notice of such termination. Upon any full or partial termination, all amounts credited to the affected Participants’ Combined Accounts shall become 100% Vested as provided in Section 6.4 and shall not thereafter be subject to forfeiture, and all unallocated amounts, including Forfeitures, shall be allocated to the accounts of all Participants in accordance with the provisions hereof.





(b) Upon the full termination of the Plan, the Employer shall direct the distribution of the assets of the Trust Fund to Participants in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5. Distributions to a Participant shall be made in cash or through the purchase of irrevocable nontransferable deferred commitments from an insurer. Except as permitted by Regulations, the termination of the Plan shall not result in the reduction of “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” in accordance with Section 8.1(c).
3.
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS
This Plan and Trust may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or liabilities may be transferred to any other plan and trust only if the benefits which would be received by a Participant of this Plan, in the event of a termination of the Plan immediately after such transfer, merger or consolidation, are at least equal to the benefits the Participant would have received if the Plan had terminated immediately before the transfer, merger or consolidation, and such transfer, merger or consolidation does not otherwise result in the elimination or reduction of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” in accordance with Section 8.1(c).
Article XVII

Article XVIII TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS
1.
TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide the special vesting requirements of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan and the special minimum allocation requirements of Code Section 416(c) pursuant to Section 4.4(d) of the Plan. The Top Heavy requirements of Code Section 416 and of this Section 9.1 shall not apply in any year beginning after December 31, 2001, in which the Plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code section 401(m)(11) are met.
2.
DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS
(a) This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year in which, as of the Determination Date, (1) the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees and (2) the sum of the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group, exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits and the Aggregate Accounts of all Key and Non-Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group.
If any Participant is a Non-Key Employee for any Plan Year, but such Participant was a Key Employee for any prior Plan Year, such Participant’s Present Value of Accrued Benefit and/or Aggregate Account balance shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether this Plan is a Top Heavy Plan (or whether any Aggregation Group which includes this Plan is a Top Heavy Group). In addition, if a Participant or Former Participant has not performed any services for any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date, any accrued benefit or account for such Participant or Former Participant shall not be taken into account for the purposes of determining whether this Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.
(b) Aggregate Account: A Participant’s Aggregate Account as of the Determination Date is the sum of:
(1) the Participant’s Combined Account balance as of the most recent valuation occurring within a twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.
(2) an adjustment for any contributions due as of the Determination Date. Such adjustment shall be the amount of any contributions actually made after the





Valuation Date but due on or before the Determination Date, except for the first Plan Year when such adjustment shall also reflect the amount of any contributions made after the Determination Date that are allocated as of a date in that first Plan Year.
(3) the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.”
(4) any Employee contributions, whether voluntary or mandatory. However, amounts attributable to tax deductible qualified voluntary employee contributions shall not be considered to be a part of the Participant’s Aggregate Account balance.
(5) with respect to unrelated rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers (ones which are both initiated by the Employee and made from a plan maintained by one employer to a plan maintained by another employer), if this Plan provides the rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, it shall always consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers as distributions for the purposes of this Section. If this Plan is the plan accepting such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, it shall not consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers as part of the Participant’s Aggregate Account balance.
(6) with respect to related rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers (ones either not initiated by the Employee or made to a plan maintained by the same employer), if this Plan provides the rollover or plan-to-plan transfer, it shall not be counted as a distribution for purposes of this Section. If this Plan is the plan accepting such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer, it shall consider such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer as part of the Participant’s Aggregate Account balance, irrespective of the date on which such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer is accepted.
(7) For the purposes of determining whether two employers are to be treated as the same employer in (5) and (6) above, all employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) are treated as the same employer.
(c) “Aggregation Group” means either a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group as hereinafter determined.
(1) Required Aggregation Group: In determining a Required Aggregation Group hereunder, each plan of the Employer in which a Key Employee is a participant in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years, and each other plan of the Employer which enables any plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410, will be required to be aggregated. Such group shall be known as a Required Aggregation Group.
In the case of a Required Aggregation Group, each plan in the group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy Group. No plan in the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.





(2) Permissive Aggregation Group: The Employer may also include any other plan not required to be included in the Required Aggregation Group, provided the resulting group, taken as a whole, would continue to satisfy the provisions of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. Such group shall be known as a Permissive Aggregation Group.
In the case of a Permissive Aggregation Group, only a plan that is part of the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Permissive Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy Group. No plan in the Permissive Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Permissive Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.
(3) Only those plans of the Employer in which the Determination Dates fall within the same calendar year shall be aggregated in order to determine whether such plans are Top Heavy Plans.
(4) An Aggregation Group shall include any terminated plan of the Employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years ending on the Determination Date.
(d) “Determination Date” means (a) the last day of the preceding Plan Year, or (b) in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year.
(e) Present Value of Accrued Benefit: In the case of a defined benefit plan, the Present Value of Accrued Benefit for a Participant other than a Key Employee, shall be as determined using the single accrual method used for all plans of the Employer and Affiliated Employers, or if no such single method exists, using a method which results in benefits accruing not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). The determination of the Present Value of Accrued Benefit shall be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date except as provided in Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan.
(f) “Top Heavy Group” means an Aggregation Group in which, as of the Determination Date, the sum of: (1) the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included in the group, and (2) the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in the group, exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all Participants.
Article XIX
Article XX MISCELLANEOUS
1.
PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS
This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer and any Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment of any Participant or Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant or Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which such discharge shall have upon the Employee as a Participant of this Plan.
2.
ALIENATION
(a) Subject to the exceptions provided below, and as otherwise permitted by the Code and the Act, no benefit which shall be payable out of the Trust Fund to any person (including a Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no such benefit shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts,





contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person, and the same shall not be recognized by the Trustee, except to such extent as may be required by law.
(b) Subsection (a) shall not apply to the extent a Participant or Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan, by reason of a loan made pursuant to Section 7.4. At the time a distribution is to be made to or for a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit, such proportion of the amount to be distributed as shall equal such indebtedness shall be paid to the Plan, to apply against or discharge such indebtedness. Prior to making a payment, however, the Participant or Beneficiary must be given written notice by the Administrator that such indebtedness is to be so paid in whole or part from the Participant’s Combined Account.
If the Participant or Beneficiary does not agree that the indebtedness is a valid claim against the Vested Participant’s Combined Account, the Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to a review of the validity of the claim in accordance with procedures provided in Sections 2.7 and 2.8.
(c) Subsection (a) shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and those other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated by the Administrator under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. The Administrator shall establish a written procedure to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
(d) Subsection (a) shall not apply to an offset to a Participant’s accrued benefit against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order, or decree issued, or a settlement entered into in accordance with Code Sections 401 (a)(13)(C) and (D).
3.
CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN
This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced according to the Code, the Act and the laws of the State of New York, other than its laws respecting choice of law, to the extent not preempted by the Act.
4.
GENDER AND NUMBER
Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender in all cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply.
5.
LEGAL ACTION
In the event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Trust and/or Plan established hereunder to which the Trustee, the Employer or the Administrator may be a party, and such claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in favor of the Trustee, the Employer or the Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed from the Trust Fund for any and all costs, attorney’s fees, and other expenses pertaining thereto incurred by them for which they shall have become liable.
6.
PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS
(a) Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted by law, it shall be impossible by operation of the Plan or of the Trust, by termination of either, by power of revocation or amendment, by the happening of any contingency, by collateral arrangement or by any other means, for any part of the corpus or income of any Trust Fund





maintained pursuant to the Plan or any funds contributed thereto to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants, Former Participants, or their Beneficiaries.
(b) In the event the Employer shall make an excessive contribution under a mistake of fact pursuant to Act Section 403(c)(2)(A), the Employer may demand repayment of such excessive contribution at any time within one (1) year following the time of payment and the Trustees shall return such amount to the Employer within the one (1) year period. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contributions may not be returned to the Employer but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned.
(c) Except for Sections 3.5, 3.6, and 4.1(d), any contribution by the Employer to the Trust Fund is conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution by the Employer under the Code and, to the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the Employer may, within one (1) year following the final determination of the disallowance, whether by agreement with the Internal Revenue Service or by final decision of a competent jurisdiction, demand repayment of such disallowed contribution and the Trustee shall return such contribution within one (1) year following the disallowance. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned.
7.
EMPLOYER’S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE
The Employer, Administrator and Trustee, and their successors, shall not be responsible for the validity of any Contract issued hereunder or for the failure on the part of the insurer to make payments provided by any such Contract, or for the action of any person which may delay payment or render a Contract null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part.
8.
INSURER’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE
Except as otherwise agreed upon in writing between the Employer and the insurer, an insurer which issues any Contracts hereunder shall not have any responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of this Plan. The insurer shall be protected and held harmless in acting in accordance with any written direction of the Trustee, and shall have no duty to see to the application of any funds paid to the Trustee, nor be required to question any actions directed by the Trustee. Regardless of any provision of this Plan, the insurer shall not be required to take or permit any action or allow any benefit or privilege contrary to the terms of any Contract which it issues hereunder, or the rules of the insurer.
9.
RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS
Any payment to any Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, Beneficiary, or to any guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and the Employer, either of whom may require such Participant, legal representative, Beneficiary, guardian or committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as shall be determined by the Trustee or Employer.
10.
ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER
Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required to do or perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.
11.
NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY
The “named Fiduciaries” of this Plan are (1) the Employer, (2) the Administrator, (3) the Trustee and (4) any Investment Manager appointed hereunder. The named Fiduciaries shall have only





those specific powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan including, but not limited to, any agreement allocating or delegating their responsibilities, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. In general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making the contributions provided for under Section 4.1; and shall have the authority to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan’s “funding policy and method”; and to amend or terminate, in whole or in part, the Plan. The Administrator shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the items specified in Article II of the Plan, as the same may be allocated or delegated thereunder. The Administrator shall act as the named Fiduciary responsible for communicating with the Participant according to the Participant Direction Procedures. The Trustee shall have the sole responsibility of management of the assets held under the Trust, except to the extent directed pursuant to Article II or with respect to those assets, the management of which has been assigned to an Investment Manager, who shall be solely responsible for the management of the assets assigned to it, all as specifically provided in the Plan. Each named Fiduciary warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or action taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, authorizing or providing for such direction, information or action. Furthermore, each named Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information or action of another named Fiduciary as being proper under the Plan, and is not required under the Plan to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action. It is intended under the Plan that each named Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan as specified or allocated herein. No named Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value. Any person or group may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity.
12.
HEADINGS
The headings and subheadings of this Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.
13.
APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, pursuant to an application for qualification filed by or on behalf of the Plan by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date that the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, the Commissioner of Internal Revenue Service or the Commissioner’s delegate should determine that the Plan does not initially qualify as a tax-exempt plan under Code Sections 401 and 501, and such determination is not contested, or if contested, is finally upheld, then if the Plan is a new plan, it shall be void ab initio and all amounts contributed to the Plan by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall be returned within one (1) year and the Plan shall terminate, and the Trustee shall, be discharged from all further obligations. If the disqualification relates to an amended plan, then the Plan shall operate as if it had not been amended.
14.
UNIFORMITY
All provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and any Contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.
Article XXI

Article XXII MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
1.
GENERAL RULES
1. Effective Date. The provisions of this Article will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.





2. Coordination with Minimum Distribution Requirements Previously in Effect. Required minimum distributions for 2002 will be determined under the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to the effective date of this Article.
3. Precedence. The requirements of this Article will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.
4. Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Article will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code § 401(a)(9).
2.
TIME AND MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION
1. Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.
2. Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(a) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, if later.
(b) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, distributions to the designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.
(c) If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(d) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 11.2.2, other than Section 11.2.2(a), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
For purposes of this Section 11.2.2 and Section 11.4, unless section 11.2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date. If section 11.2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under section 11.2.2(a). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under section 11.2.2(a)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
3. Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 11.3 and 11.4 of this Article. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code § 401(a)(9) and the Treasury regulations.
3.
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS DURING PARTICIPANT’S LIFETIME
1. Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:





(a) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
(b) if the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.
2. Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 11.3 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.
4.
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER PARTICIPANT’S DEATH
1. Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.
(a) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:
(1) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(2) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
(3) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the designated Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(b) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
2. Death Before Date Distributions Begin.
(a) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. Except as provided in the adoption agreement, if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 11.4.1.





(b) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(c) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 11.2.2(a), this Section 11.4.2 will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
5.
DEFINITIONS
1. Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 6.2 of the Plan and is the designated Beneficiary under Code § 401(a)(9) and section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.
2. Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 11.2.2. The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.
3. Life expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.
4. Participant’s account balance. The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
5. Required beginning date. The date specified in Section 6.5(d)(1) of the Plan.
6.
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS FOR 2009.
Notwithstanding this Article XI or Sections 6.5 or 6.6 of the Plan, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of section 401(a)(9)(H) of the Code (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years (“Extended 2009 RMDs”), shall not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence shall be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence. A Direct Rollover shall be offered only for distributions that would be Eligible Rollover Distributions without regard to section 401(a)(9)(H) of the Code.







[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan has been executed as of _____________ ________, 2013, to become effective January 1, 2013, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Exhibit A
Non-Managerial and Managerial Workgroups
Eligible for Retirement Advantage Contributions
Group Name
Effective Date
Non-managerial Pilots
August 1, 2012
Non-managerial Dispatch and Controllers in System Operations
April 1, 2013
Managerial Pilots
January 1, 2014
Non-managerial Technicians and Inspectors
January 1, 2014

Managerial Workgroups
Eligible for Retirement Plus Contributions

Group Name
Effective Date
Managerial Pilots
January 1, 2014






Exhibit 12.1
JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(in millions, except ratios)
 
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income before income taxes
 
$
279

 
$
209

 
$
145

 
$
161

 
$
104

  Less: Capitalized interest
 
(13
)
 
(8
)
 
(5
)
 
(4
)
 
(7
)
  Add:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Fixed charges
 
255

 
270

 
273

 
272

 
298

    Amortization of capitalized interest
 
3

 
2

 
2

 
2

 
2

       Adjusted earnings
 
$
524

 
$
473

 
$
415

 
$
431

 
$
397

Fixed charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Interest expense
 
$
154

 
$
167

 
$
171

 
$
172

 
$
189

  Amortization of debt costs
 
8

 
9

 
8

 
8

 
9

  Rent expense representative of interest
 
93

 
94

 
94

 
92

 
100

      Total fixed charges
 
$
255

 
$
270

 
$
273

 
$
272

 
$
298

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
 
2.05

 
1.75

 
1.52

 
1.59

 
1.33




Exhibit 21.1

JETBLUE AIRWAYS CORPORATION
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
As of December 31, 2013


BlueBermuda Insurance, LTD (Bermuda corporation)
LiveTV, LLC ( Delaware limited liability company )
LTV Global, Inc. (Delaware corporation)
LiveTV International, Inc. (Delaware corporation)
LiveTV Satellite Communications, LLC. (Delaware limited liability company)







Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-86444) pertaining to the JetBlue Airways Corporation 2002 Stock Incentive Plan,

(2)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-129238) pertaining to the JetBlue Airways Corporation Crewmember Stock Purchase Plan,

(3)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-161565) pertaining to the JetBlue Airways Corporation 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and the JetBlue Airways Corporation Crewmember Stock Purchase Plan,

(4)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-174947) pertaining to the JetBlue Airways Corporation 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan and the JetBlue Airways Corporation 2011 Crewmember Stock Purchase Plan,

(5)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-181058) of JetBlue Airways Corporation, and

(6)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-184730) of JetBlue Airways Corporation;

of our reports dated February 18, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of JetBlue Airways Corporation, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of JetBlue Airways Corporation and the financial statement schedule of JetBlue Airways Corporation listed in Item 15(2) included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of JetBlue Airways Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2013.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
February 18, 2014






Exhibit 31.1
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer
I, David Barger, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of JetBlue Airways Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
February 18, 2014
By:
/s/ DAVID BARGER
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 






Exhibit 31.2
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer
I, Mark D. Powers, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of JetBlue Airways Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
February 18, 2014
 
By:
/s/ MARK D. POWERS
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 










Exhibit 32
JetBlue Airways Corporation
SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS
In connection with the Annual Report of JetBlue Airways Corporation on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 18, 2014 (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the dates indicated below, each hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) and the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of JetBlue Airways Corporation.
Date:
February 18, 2014
 
By:
/s/ DAVID BARGER
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 18, 2014
 
By:
/s/ MARK D. POWERS
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer